Home

Fujitsu XG2000 User's Manual

1. Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 12 dot1dPortNumTrafficClasses INTEGER dot1dPortPriorityEntry 2 13 dotidTrafficClassTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dPriority 3 14 dot1dTrafficClassEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTrafficClassTable 1 15 dot1dTrafficClassPriority INTEGER dot1dTrafficClassEntry 1 16 dotidTrafficClass INTEGER dot1dTrafficClassEntry 2 O Q Bridge MIB RFC2674 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 dot1dBridge 17 QBridgeMIB 7 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 7 eee _ 1 qBridgeMIBObjects NOT ACCESSIBLE qBridgeMIB 1 2 dotiqBase NOT ACCESSIBLE qBridgeMIBObjects 1 3 dot1qVlanVersionNumber INTEGER dot1qBase 1 4 dot1qMaxVlanld Vlanld dot1gBase 2 5 dot1qMaxSupportedVlans Unsigned32 dot1qBase 3 6 dot1qNumVlans Unsigned32 dot1qBase 4 7 dot1qGvrpStatus EnabledStatus dot1qBase 5 8 dotiqVlan NOT ACCESSIBLE qBridgeMIBObjects 4 9 dot1qVlanNumDeletes Counter32 dot1qVlan 1 10 dot1qVlanCurrentTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qVlan 2 11 dot1qVlanCurrentEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qVlanCurrentTable 1 12 dot1qVlanTimeMark TimeFilter dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 1 13 dot1qVlanindex VlanIndex dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 2 14 dotiqVlanFdbld Unsigned32 dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 3 15 dot1qVlanCurrentEgressPorts PortList dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 4 16 dot1qVlanCurrentUntaggedPorts PortList
2. S gt Port Rx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx Tx Rx amp Tx Rx Total CRC Over Under Fragment Jabber Align Lost 1 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 123 Aa 34 34 56 78 90 3 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 4 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 5 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 6 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 7 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 8 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 gt ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Error Statistics Current Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 lt o o o Port Description port_namel port_name2 port_name3 port_name4 port_name5 port_name6 port_name7 lt s o o o o oooooo ooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooooo o o ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The displayed values are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 222 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 10 show statistics traffic bytes Function Displays the accumulated number of bytes sent or received to and from each port after the system startup Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show
3. S1000 Abnormal reset occurred WatchDog Reset code 1 CRITICAL Explanation The fault monitor control detected an error and rebooted the device Inserted string 1 Additional information that indicates the cause of the reset Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command after restarting the system then note the message content before contacting the sales representative S1001 MAC address in EEPROM is invalid CRITICAL Explanation An error occurred in the device that stores the device s MAC addresses Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative P1100 1 config auto negotiation on 2 INFO Explanation Management LAN auto negotiation is being performed O Inserted string 1 Name of target network interface O Inserted string 2 Displays supported features speed and duplex P1101 1 status link 2 INFO Explanation The link status of the management LAN changed O Inserted string 1 Name of target network interface O Inserted string 2 Displays details of the current link state S1900 Core dumped 1 CRITICAL Explanation A critical firmware error was detected and a process dump was output O Inserted string 1 Process number Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales rep
4. _Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt protocol none port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Assign a number to the aggregation group to be created agg port and the port numbers assigned to the link aggregation Specify none for static configuration xg config interface agg port lt 1 10 gt To change the setting of the aggregation group created switch to the interface edit mode for the aggregation group and specify the interface agg port requiring change The prompt changes to config agg xg config agg port vlan id vlan 2 Optional Change the setting of the aggregation group as required In this example default VLAN ID is set to 2 xg config agg exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode To configure LACP link aggregation carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt protocol lacp lacp mode active passive port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Assign a number to the aggregation group to be created agg port and the port numbers assigned to the link aggregation Specify lacp for LACP link aggregation Specify the desired negotiation ope
5. Parameter O info warning error critical Specifies the type of system log to be displayed info Displays the INFO log The INFO log stores informational INFO messages that report on the system status f the device arning isplays the WARNING log he WARNING log stores warning WARNING messages that report on the system status f the device ror isplays the ERROR log he ERROR log stores error ERROR messages that report on the system status of the evice itical isplays the CRITICAL log he CRITICAL log stores critical CRITICAL messages that report on the system status of the device O latest lt 1 10000 gt Specifies the number of most current log entries to be displayed within the range of 1 to 10000 If omitted all logs are displayed Jo oH l Do 3 El Q 309 Command type Operation management command Output form xg show log info latest 1 May 25 22 08 33 xghost xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 3388 show log info Month Hours Min Sec Function name Severity Message text Day The device s MessagelD Host name O Month Displays the month when the event occurred O Day Displays the day when the event occurred O Hours Min Sec Displays the time hours minutes and seconds when the event occurred O Host name of the device Displays the host name of the XG2000 series O Function name Displays the function name O Severity Indica
6. cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeess 48 remote hOSt ccceeeeeeeeeee Removing Group Members rename A EA 2 81 Resetting startup config to Factory Defaults ooooooonicccnnnncccnnnn o 277 Restoring Factory DefaultS oooooocniciciniccccinocccconccccconcinnnnns 277 278 Reviewing Fault LogS oooococonccccnnnccccnnccccnonccnnoncncnnancncnnancccnnnos 269 Reviewing Log Messages 268 RMON ahina aiir wee O4 rmon alarm rmon collection history MON EVENT N RMON Setup Commands cnc 238 TUNNING CONFIG seeren aeania aaaea i arreen uaap naar Kean Eai 16 SOUL E E A A T 118 SCP put Maintenance ocooocccccnocccononcnconancnnononcnnono canon cnn nano nnnnnnnnn 256 Scrolling Down or Up a Line or a Page ue 18 Selecting Firmware oooonccccnnncccnnocccnnoncccnoncccnnannconnnnn cn nnnnccnnnnncnnnns 273 Selecting the Alternate Firmware Image 277 Setting Up the Serial Interface ai 23 shortcut key 2 18 SNOW ACCOUM OA A secs cuasestecccrescucesstaseisusecpsctenbencescoabatayseancdecenis 77 show authentication siss eee eee itii di ieia 90 show bridge nsee 121 show bridge mac address table show history show interface 142 show ip snooping 187 show link aggregation ooocoonoccconnccccnnocccconccnccnnacanonancn nono ncnnnnann 130 SHOW OG reia Po its show maintenance SHOW MilTOFooccnncnincnacinanc no si
7. cccceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeees All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide SNMP Agente ra eee SNMP ConfiguratiQN coocconnnccccnoccccononccconananonnncn non edak ao nidara iais SNMP Setup Commands i SNMP Traps n se snmp server access snmp server contact snmp server location z snmp Server trap iiini e akere erR oa nakk geet REST eaii Spanning Tree Protocol cccsecc0 cranes neva a aes Spanning Tree Protocol STP Configuration Commands Spanning Tree Protocol Port States 0 0 eee sat SPAIN Mii ies spanning tree forward time oooccconnccccnnnccccnoccccononcncnnnrncnnnanannnnnno spanning tree hello time spanning tree max age spanning tree path cost default spanning tree portfast spanning tree portfast bpdu filter ha spanning tree portfast bpdu guard coooocccinocccnnncciconocccnonancnnonnnon spanning tree portfast errdisable tiMedUt oooonccccnnncccnnncicnnnccos spanning tree port path cost 0 spanning tree port priority spanning tree pririty ccecceeeeeeeseneeeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeees SSH Connection via the Management LAN Interface ssh auto key generation cccceceeseeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeneees a SS initial raai start p CoNfig acia aa tanda Static multicast address Static unicast address aon Statistics COMMANS 0 0 2 eee cee eeee eee e teeter nno co
8. dst src mac Determines the forwarding destination port based on the destination MAC address of a frame and the source MAC address vlan Determines the forwarding destination port based on VLAN membership Ip hash Determines the forwarding destination port based on the IP hash information When this parameter is omitted dst mac is assumed Point O lf there are not many MAC addresses to be distributed across an aggregation group the distribution among the destination ports tends to become biased To reduce such bias use a distribution method that uses more MAC addresses If a server is connected to an aggregation group and a client is connected to a different port it is recommended that either src mac or dst src mac be used O lf the load balancing of frame forwarding is questioned the traffic state of each port can be checked by using the monitor traffic bytes or the monitor traffic counts commands 134 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Oo distribution parameter lt 0 3 gt Specifies a parameter used in calculating of frame distribution method When this parameter is omitted 0 is assumed Point O Under certain circumstances load balance bias may not be resolved when the distribution method is changed By changing the distribution parameter value the bias can be minimized However this value affects the distr
9. gt 32 2 2 gt ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Dataflow Statistics Current Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Full Drop VLAN Drop Port Description Counts Counts 1234567890 1234567890 port_namel 0 O port_name2 1234567890K 1234567890K port_name3 25690M 25690M port_name4 25690G 25690G port_name5 25690T 25690T port_name6 0 O port_name7 0 0 2 2 23 2 3 35332 23 3 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State indicates the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States O Flow Ctl Mode Displays the flow control setup for each port Rx amp Tx Both transmission and reception of pause frames are enabled Rx Only the reception of pause frames is enabled O Forward Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames forwarded normally the unicast frames received at each port after the startup of th
10. O Link Status Detail Details of the port are displayed Display Meaning PLUG OUT The XFP is not installed LOW PWR The XFP is in low power state PHY Access to the XFP failed CLI The shutdown command was executed TMR Since the shutdown command and link aggregation command were executed the port is down for a certain period of time AGG MIN The number of ports in a link up state comprising an aggregation group became less than the minimum number of ports required to maintain a link up state LF A local fault was detected RF A remote fault was detected LPT A link down state notification through the link pass through function occurred SDL Frame discarding due to broadcast storm control was detected PSL Frame discarding due to a port security violation was detected LAL Frame discarding due to a loop back alert was detected SYS An internal system contradiction was detected STP State Disabled The port is in a state to discard data traffic Learn The port is in the learning state It prepares for forwarding data traffic It discards data traffic Forward The port is ready to transmit data traffic O Flow Control Disabled PAUSE flow control is disabled Rx Only Rx PAUSE flow control is enabled Tx Only Tx PAUSE flow control is enabled Rxand TX Rx and Tx PAUSE flow control is enabled O Address Learning Enabled Dynamic MAC addre
11. SS i E mo Removing Group Members 1 IGMP Specific Query Multicast Router MAC 0100 5E01 0203 Destination IP 239 1 2 3 Group IP 223910275 Removing Group Members 2 49 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 3 Managing Group Members When network congestion causes Leave message loss or there is a host that uses IGMPv1 the multicast router does not receive Leave messages The multicast router sends out an IGMP General Query message to all hosts IP address 224 0 0 1 at intervals query interval to determine membership information Upon reception of an IGMP General Query message the host a member of the group returns an IGMP Report message to maintain membership in the group IGMP General Query MAC 0100 5 01 0001 Destination IP 224 0 0 1 Group IP 0 0 0 0 bs Ls i Sec A ss Terminal 2 Terminal 3 Managing Group Members In consideration of General Query or Report message loss caused by network congestion it is recommended that the following equation be used to determine the group member interval for the device O Group member interval query interval for multicast router x 2 10 seconds Since RFC 3376 defines the default query interval for multicast routers as 125 seconds the device uses 260 seconds for the default group member interval 50 315 All Rights Reserved Copy
12. 5 16 5 monitor qos priority traffic counts Function Displays the number of frames received at each port for each QoS priority Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor gos priority traffic counts current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated number of frames in each QoS priority received after startup of this command total Displays the accumulated number of frames in each QoS priority received after the system startup O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor qos priority traffic counts current Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 SS SS SS SS SS gt SS AOS SS SS SS SS SS SS SSS SS SS es Port Priority 0 Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 Priority 5 Priority 6 Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 1 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 1234567890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 5 1234567890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 6 1234567890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 7 0 0
13. Command type Operation management commands Default None 84 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Message DATE 1 is invalid Explanation The specified date time is incorrect Inserted string 1 incorrect parameter value is displayed Solution Correct the error in the parameter and execute the command again OFFSET 1 is invalid Explanation The specified OFFSET is incorrect Inserted string 2 incorrect parameter value is displayed Solution Correct the error in the parameter and execute the command again Parameter 1 is too long Explanation The parameter specified is too long Inserted string 1 incorrect parameter value is displayed Solution Correct the error in the parameter and execute the command again DATE 1 is too long Explanation The date specified is too long Inserted string 1 incorrect parameter value is displayed Solution Correct the error in the parameter and execute the command again Type of start day and end day is inconsistency Explanation Different formats are specified for start date and end date parameters of Daylight Saving Time Solution Make the formats of the start date and end date of Daylight Saving Time Mm w d Jn n consistent and execute the command again ole ole ole Note O The setting will be valid after restarting the system O Use the show system information command to confirm th
14. Default Registers all ports with egress untagging the default VLAN Not set except for the default VLAN Message 2 o cannot found port interface 1 Explanation The specified port number is not found Inserted string 1 Port number Solution Assign the specified port not to be a member of an aggregation group Cannot found agg port interface 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group is not found Inserted string 1 Aggregation group number Solution Check whether the specified aggregation group number is correct duplicate port number 1 Explanation The specified port number was duplicated Inserted string 1 specified switch port number Solution Specify a switch unique port numbers duplicate agg port number 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group number was duplicated Inserted string 1 specified aggregation group number Solution Specify a unique aggregation group number Can t remove vlan from port Same pvid entry 1 Explanation The specified VID cannot be deleted because it is identical to the default PVID Inserted string 1 Port number Solution Change the default PVID and reissue the command Example The following example shows registering port 20 as members of VLAN 1 2 and 3 with untag xg config interface vlan 1 2 3 xg config vlan egress untagging port 20 174 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009
15. Displays the status of the fans Rear Fan 0 O good normal speed The fan is working at a normal speed O good high speed The fan is working at a high speed Removed The fan was removed Check that the fan is installed O Speed is below the Low Limit xx yy The fan speed is below the low limit Replace the fan unit Messages other than those above The fan is not working properly Replace the fan unit Rear Fan 1 Status of rear fan 1 The messages and actions to take are the same as those described for Rear Fan 0 PWR 0 Fan fan installed in power supply unit 0 O Good The fan is working properly O Speed is below the Low Limit xx yy The fan speed is below the low limit It is also displayed when the PSU is removed Replace the power supply unit if the message is displayed even though it is working properly PWR 1 Fan fan installed in power supply unit 1 Status of the fan installed in power supply unit 1 The messages are the same as those described for PWR O fan XFP Displays the vender name PHY type and status for each XFP The vender name is read from the XFP device while the PHY type is based of XFP MSA4 5 port xx status of port xx The number of ports are depend on the device O Good The XFP is working properly Low Power The XFP is in power down mode O Alarm xx An XFP alarm was detected If high temperature alarm is detected the devic
16. Multicast router auto learning Fast leave Group Membership interval 60 sec Last Member Query interval sec Send Query count times IGMP snooping querier Enabled Disabled General Query interval 125 sec Multicast Router Information Enabled Disabled O Current 32 Maximum Enabled Disabled Enabled Disabled 2 2 2 Querier IP address 0 0 0 0 Global IGMP snooping The operational state of IGMP snooping for the device is displayed Enabled IGMP snooping is enabled Disabled IGMP snooping is disabled 187 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide vlan 1 The VIDs of applicable VLANs are displayed O IGMP snooping The IGMP operational state for the applicable VLANs are displayed Enabled IGMP snooping is enabled Disabled IGMP snooping is disabled O Registered group number The number of registered multicast groups detected through IGMP snooping are displayed Current The number of currently registered groups is displayed Maximum The maximum number of groups that can be registered for the applicable VLANs is displayed O Multicast router auto learning The status of the Automatic Learning mode for the multicast router is displayed Enabled Automatic learning for the multicast router is enabled Disabled Automatic learning for the multicast router is disabled O Fast leav
17. O Inserted string 1 Attempted Hello Time value change O Inserted string 2 The current Max Age value Solution Check that the setting of Hello Time satisfies the following condition Max Age gt 2 x Hello Time 1 A 2 8 lacp LACP Control 5000 5499 P5001 WARNING BE detects loopback packet Explanation Ports being members of the same link aggregation group are connected O Inserted string 1 Port information Solution Review the connection between port being members of the link aggregation A 2 9 sys Maintenance Support Function 7400 7499 P7400 INFO Dump configuration succeeded Explanation The maintenance support function was successfully initialized S7410 WARNING Could not save a system dump file Explanation An error occurred while storing the system dump file Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7411 ERROR Could not execute system dump Explanation An error occurred while storing the system dump file Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 7490 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause critical system error occurred Explanation An error occurred while storing the system dump file Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sale
18. Statistics traffic bytes Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics traffic bytes Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 19 22 55 No 1 Port 21 Link State STP State Up Forward Tx Frame Bytes 71872 Rx Frame Bytes 63424 Port Description port_namel No 2 No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States Tx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated number of bytes sent after the system startup Rx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated number of bytes received after the system startup Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 33 characters can be displayed 223 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 11 show statistics traffic counts Function Displays the accumulated number of frames sent or received to and from each port after the system startup Prompt xg gt or
19. ccccecceeeeneeceteeeeeeaeeeeeneeeseeaeeeteneneeteeaeeess bridge mac address table bridge mac address table filter clear bridge mac address table 120 Cle APNOG A ceed sees desta 250 clear maintenance 258 Clear ssh rhost key cocoooccconoccccnoncccnonancnnonncnonano ca nonn cnn nana cnnnanacanannns 71 Clear sStatiStiCS oooonncccnncccnonicccnnccccnnancccnoncccnnonnccnnnrn nn rnnnccnn nn 232 clear violation 146 Command Abbreviation Command Completion Sed Command History 19 Command Modes and Mode Switching x Command Reference s src ripia iinniiien danaya ia dadeni Command Systemi hieer iiaia aeania ea ao pinata danat nadaa EAE Command Line Error Messages Configuration File Operation Commands J Configuration of Command Reference Configure Management LAN InterfaCe oooocnocccnnnccconocccccncnccconnnos 24 configure terminal Configuring IGMP Snooping Configuring Link Aggregation Configuring RADIUS TACACS Configuring Spanning Tree pee Context Sensitive Help ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeseneeeeeeneeeeeeaee Copy Startup COnfig isisisi adri ayata copy running config startup config 4 Cut through switching mode cceeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeteaes description DiffServ downlink allowed uplink domain cccceceeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeeteees Downloading a Configuration File a Dynamic M
20. 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 105 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 1 invalid user name Explanation Specified username is invalid Inserted string 1 Specified username Solution Specify the correct username Cannot create output file 1 Explanation There is not enough free space to create output file on the device A temporary file may remain on the device Solution After deleting the files processed for import and unnecessary files using the delete command execute the command again Note When copied into volatile memory the file will be lost when the system is restarted If uploading is necessary restart the system after storing the data on a TFTP server using the tftp command If there are no files on the TFTP server or directories are not specified an error may occur depending upon the functionality of the TFTP server If the timeout se
21. 12 etherHistorylndex Integer32 etherHistoryEntry 1 13 etherHistorySamplelndex Integer32 etherHistoryEntry 2 14 etherHistoryIntervalStart TimeTicks etherHistoryEntry 3 15 etherHistoryDropEvents Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 4 16 etherHistoryOctets Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 5 17 etherHistoryPkts Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 6 18 etherHistoryBroadcastPkts Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 7 19 etherHistoryMulticastPkts Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 8 20 etherHistoryCRCAlignErrors Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 9 21 etherHistoryUndersizePkts Counter32 305 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 22 etherHistoryOversizePts Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 11 23 etherHistoryFragments Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 12 24 etherHistoryJabbers Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 13 25 etherHistoryCollisions Counter32 etherHistoryEntry 14 26 etherHistoryUtilization Integer32 etherHistoryEntry 15 O RMON MIB alarm group RFC2819 iso 1 or 3 dod 6 i nternet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 rmon 16 alarm 3 1 alarmTable NOT ACCESSIBLE alarm 1 2 alarmEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE alarmTable 1 3 alarmindex Integer32 alarmEntry 1 4 alarminterval Integer32 alarmEntry 2 5 alarmVariable OBJECT IDENTIFIER alarmEntry 3 6 alarmSampleType INTEGER alarmEntry 4 7 alarmValue Integer32
22. Hello Time 2 sec Forward Time 15 sec Topology Changes 50 Last Topology Change 2007 01 22 12 12 15 portfast errdisable enabled disabled timeout portfast errdisable 300 sec timeout interval Port State Mode Cost Pri PortID Flags Designated Switch 1 Forward RSTP 2000 128 32769 Rpp w 8000 0080 17C2 0511 2 Discard RSTP 2000 128 32770 Bpp w 8000 0080 17C2 0511 3 Learn RSTP 2000 128 32771 Bpp w 8001 0080 17C2 0512 4 Forward RSTP 2000 128 32772 Dpp 8001 0080 17C2 0512 5 Down RSTP 04 12 88 lt 3 2073 Hna 0000 0000 0000 0000 6 Down None 0128 32774 0000 0000 0000 0000 7 Down None 0128 32775 0000 0000 0000 0000 8 Down None 0 128 32776 0000 0000 0000 0000 9 Down None 0 128 32777 y 0000 0000 0000 0000 10 Down None 0 128 32778 0000 0000 0000 0000 11 Down None 0 128 327192 0000 0000 0000 0000 12 Down None 0 128 32780 0000 0000 0000 0000 Flags 1 Port role R Root D Designated A Alternate B Backup 2 Config type p Point to point s Shared 3 Oper type p Point to point s Shared 4 Proposal state p Proposing 5 Received BPDU d 802 1d w 802 1w 156 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Switch Information for Spanning Tree General Spanning Tree Protocol information is displayed Spanning Tree The operational state of the Spanning Tree Protocol is displayed Disabled Spanning Tre
23. O Event 1 Indicates an index number that identifies the RMON event entry Event Type log Displays the status of the RMON log entry creation when a RMON event occurred Enabled A RMON log entry was created Disabled No RMON log entry was created Trap Displays the trap notification status Enabled SNMP trap notification occurs Disabled No SNMP trap notification occurs Trap Community Displays a community name for the SNMP trap Description Displays a character string that explains the RMON event entry Owner Displays the owner name of the RMON event entry 239 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 18 2 rmon collection history Function Sets an RMON history Up to 40 entries can be set Use the no form to delete the information set Prompt xg config Command syntax rmon collection history INDEX port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt buckets BUCKET NUM interval SECOND owner OWNERNAME no rmon collection history INDEX Parameter O INDEX Specifies an entry index number for the history within the range of 1 to 65535 O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port number for collection of the RMON history group O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies an aggregation group number for collecting of the RMON history group O buckets BUCKET NUM Specifies the data storage unit count of the RMON history entry group within the range
24. 1 Explanation An error was received from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 content of error message received from the TFTP server The content of message depends on the type of the TFTP server For example there is a message as below File not found There are no files in the TFTP server Access violation File permission error occurred in the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists There are files in the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions in accordance with the message received from the TFTP server tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response fromthe TFTP server There is a possibility of network communication error with the management LAN or the setting of time out of the TFTP server may be too short Solution Check whether there is no problem in network connection with the TFTP server using the ping command If the problem persists review the setting of time out of the TFTP server 100 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute it again Cannot fi
25. 63 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 5 hostname Function Changes the hostname of the device Use the no form to return to the default xg Prompt xg config Command syntax hostname HOST NAME no hostname Parameter O HOST NAME Specifies the hostname of the device Specify the hostname using 63 characters or less with an alphabet character at the beginning Point Follow these rules for specifying the hostname Characters usable for the name Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 hyphen and period First character Alphabet a z A Z Last character Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters O 9 and period Command type Configuration command Default xg Example Specify the hostname of the device to be xg2 The prompt will change to xg2 Switching to the administrator exec mode and displaying the system status will confirm that the System Name was changed to xg2 xg config hostname xg2 xg2 config exit xg2 show system information System Information 2007 01 22 11 04 54 System Name hostname xg2 System Location none 64 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 6 remote host Function Registers remote host information and shows the relations
26. An illegal character was specified in the community name Solution Review the specified community name then reissue the command DESCRIPTION cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was specified in the description Solution Review the specified description then reissue the command OWNERNAME cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was specified in the ownername Solution Review the specified ownername then reissue the command 243 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 It failed in the snmpset command Explanation It fails to set RMON because the command was executed while the SNMP manager was accessing Solution While the SNMP is not accessing execute the no command and set RMON again Note An RMON event entry must be created using the rmon event command for log creation or SNMP trap notification to occur Example Set RMON events xg config rmon event 1 log trap public description event test1 owner admin xg config rmon event 2 log description event test2 owner admin 244 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 19 System Operation Display Commands This section explains commands that display the system s operational status 5 19 1 show system status Function Displays the hardware operational status For ex
27. Command xg syntax show statistics traffic counts Command type Operation management command Output form Port Link No 2 xg show statistics traffic counts Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 19 41 39 Tx Frame Counts Rx Frame Counts 300 Rx Bcast Counts 0 Rx Mcast Counts 300 Port z 1 State STP State Up Forward 367 Description port_namel No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States Tx Frame Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames sent after the system startup Rx Frame Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames received after the system startup Rx Bcast Counts Displays the accumulated number of broadcast frames received after the system startup Rx Mcast Counts Displays the accumulated number of multicast frames received after the system startup Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 36 character
28. Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan send query count command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan send query count command Example Set the query message transmission frequency on VLAN 2 to 3 xg config ip snooping vlan 2 send query count 3 196 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 10 ip snooping vlan querier Function The IGMP Querier function sends an IGMP General Query message to each terminal node instead of the multicast router if no multicast router exists on the network segment This command enables the IGMP querier The query message transmission interval called Query interval is calculated based on the query message transmission frequency and the group valid time interval called Group member interval as follows O Query interval Group membership interval 10 send query count seconds The device does not send Query messages when there is a multicast router on the network Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg
29. For LACP link aggregation If the number of ports that make up an established LACP aggregation group changes the aggregation group reverts to a linkdown state To set the number of ports in the aggregation group carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config link aggregation agg port Specify the required number of ports in minimum port lt 1 10 gt me parameter of the link aggregation command protocol none lacp minimum port lt 1 20 gt The default value for minimum port parameter is 1 port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 34 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 4 4 Notes on Link Aggregation The smallest port number in an aggregation group serves as the master port Port settings established after defining an aggregation group inherit the same settings as those of the master port with some exceptions The settings that are not inherited from the master port are O link pass through Settings for these ports are cleared O The information registered in MAC address table All addresses related to ports configured are cleared O spanning tree port path cost Port path cost will be re adjusted to match the new configuration When changing the port settings for aggregation grou
30. Function Displays the setting status of authentication method Prompt xg Command syntax show authentication Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show authentication Authentication Information 2008 05 20 16 23 25 Login Primary Local Login Secondary none SSH ssh Login Primary RADIUS Login Secondary none O Login Primary Displays the primary login authentication method Local Local authentication based on the account information stored in the device is used RADIUS RADIUS authentication using PAP User Password is used TACACS TACACS authentication using PAP User Password is used O Login Secondary Displays the secondary login authentication method Secondary login authentication is used if primary login authentication is failed Example Local Local authentication based on the account information stored in the device is used none Secondary login authentication is disabled Displays the setting status of authentication method xgH show authentication 90 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 2 aaa authentication login Function Configure login authentication method Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax aaa authentication login console ssh local radius tac
31. Mac address 0080 17c2 2144 Protocol LACP Active LACP Passive Distribution algorithm Destination address Source address Destination address amp Source address Vlan IP Hash Destination IP Source IP Destination port Source port p The minimum number of ports 1 Actor System Key 1 Partner System Priority 32768 Partner System ID 0080 17c2 05e2 Partner Key 2 port 1 Port Status Active Inactive Port Priority 32768 Synchro State Sync No Sync Receive State Invalid Initialize Port Disabled LACP Disabled Expired Defaulted Current Periodic Tx State Invalid No Periodic Fast Periodic Slow Periodic Actor System Key sud Partner System Priority 32768 Partner System ID 0080 17c2 05e2 Partner Key 2 Partner Port Priority 32768 Partner Port Number 10011 Partner Synchro State Sync No Sync port 2 Port Status Active Inactive Port Priority 32768 Synchro State Sync No Sync Receive State Invalid Initialize Port Disabled LACP Disabled Expired Defaulted Current Periodic Tx State No Periodic Fast Periodic Slow Periodic Actor System Key Sd Partner System Priority 32768 Partner System ID 0080 17c2 05e2 Partner Key 5 2 Partner Port Priority 32768 Partner Port Number Edel Partner Synchro State Sync No Sync agg port 2 Link aggregation common information Link aggregation informati
32. Maintenance Information 2007 01 22 20 58 17 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system dump 2007 01 22 18 21 23 2 system dump dump switch 2007 01 22 20 57 58 3 system dump machine check 2007 01 22 20 58 14 xg tftp put maintenance hostl Total file size 480711 bytes 255 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 7 scp put maintenance Function Transfers the system maintenance information to a SSH server The file size of the maintenance information is displayed on the screen Prompt xg Command syntax scp put maintenance USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE Parameter O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server O HOST Specifies the host name or the IP address of the SSH server The IP address can be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the path and file name the maintenance information will reside in once transferred to the SSH server If the file name is omitted the following file name is generated automatically mainte_2008_07_01 13 30 59 date and time when obtained Command type Operation management command Message The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters lost connection Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server
33. Solution No action is required if this message appears in Step 2 of Restoring Factory Defaults If the message is displayed every time the system is booted contact the sales representative S7530 CRITICAL init firmup Internal error occurred inconsistency in firmware update information Explanation An error occurred while processing the firmware update information O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 295 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S7531 CRITICAL init firmup Internal error occurred SRAM access error Explanation An error occurred while processing the firmware update information Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7532 CRITICAL init firmup Internal error occurred FlashROM access error Explanation An error occurred while processing the firmware update information Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7533 CRITICAL init firmup Internal error occurred SRAM data error invalid boot parameter Explanation An error occurred while processing the firmware update information Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative P7600 INFO firm update succeeded 1 Explanation The firmware update completed successfu
34. Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 115 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server Note O scp supports only password authe
35. Solution Specify the correct host name IP address or username No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 256 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or
36. The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Note When the IP address is changed from a telnet SSH terminal using this command the telnet SSH connection will be disconnected Connect again with a new address Example Make the Management LAN Interface usable by setting IP address to 12 34 56 25 subnet mask bit length to 24 255 255 255 0 and default gateway address to 12 34 56 1 xg config management lan ip 12 34 56 25 24 default gw 12 34 56 1 61 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 3 management lan dns server Function Registers the IP address of a DNS Domain Name Service server used for host name resolution Up to three DNS servers can be registered Use the no form to delete registered DNS servers Prompt xg config Command syntax management lan dns server A B C D no management lan dns server A B C D Parameter O dns serverA B C D Sets the IP address to register as a DNS server in A B C D format IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O no management lan dns server A B C D Deletes registered DNS server s Specifies IP address in A B C D format When IP address is omitted all registered DNS servers will be delete
37. Up to 128 VLANs can be created Use the no form to delete the VLAN Prompt xg config Command syntax vlan lt 1 4094 gt description name VLAN DESCRIPTION no vlan lt 2 4094 gt Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies an ID for the VLAN to be created The VLAN ID or VID can be an integer in the range of 1 to 4094 The default VLAN VID 1 and description default cannot be deleted O description name VLAN_DESCRIPTION Describes the VLAN using ASCII characters The description can be up to 256 alphanumeric characters in length The default VLAN description is VLAN where is the VID No need to enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a blank space Command type Configuration command Default The default VLAN VID 1 VLAN description default is initially registered with all ports as members Message Argument is too long Explanation The VLAN description length exceeded 256 characters Solution Specify a VLAN description consisting of up to 256 alphanumeric characters Can t add vlan Max entry over Explanation No more VLANs can be created The maximum VLAN entries 128 entries allowed are registered on the system Solution Delete unnecessary VLANs and reissue the command Can t delete vlan same pvid entry Explanation The VLAN cannot be deleted because the specified port was set to port VLAN ID port vlan id Solution Make sure that each port VID is not t
38. XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 5 port vlan id Function The port vlan id command allows assigning a port to explicitly belong to a VLAN and configure the VLAN as a group of ports However when a frame with VLAN tags is received the VLAN tag information has precedent over the port VID This command sets the default port VID PVID of the switch port Also the command registers it as a VLAN member port without a tag Use the no form to return to the default value Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax port vlan id vlan lt 1 4094 gt no port vlan id Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the default port VLAN 1D PVID The PVID can be an integer of 1 to 4094 Command type Configuration command Default 1 Message VLAN 1 not configured 2 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 VID Inserted string 2 Port number Solution Create the VLAN first then reissue the command Note When this command is issued the port is registered as a member of the specified VLAN having no tag The frame having no tag is sent during egressing To change the rule during egressing to transfer tagged frames issue vlan member allowed vlan lt 1 4094 gt egress tagging Example Set the default PVID of switch ports 2 and assign it to vlan floor2 VID 3 Then display the VLAN information using the show vlan command and make sure that VID 3 was r
39. absolute The value obtained from the MIB is evaluated based on the absolute value delta The difference between the value obtained from the previous MIB and the value obtained from the current MIB is evaluated rising threshold VALUE EVENT NUM The VALUE specifies the threshold upper limit or the rising threshold The EVENT NUM specifies an index for the event to be executed if the rising threshold is exceeded If EVENT NUM is omitted event will not occur falling threshold VALUE EVENT NUM The VALUE specifies the threshold lower limit or the falling threshold The EVENT NUM specifies an index for the event to be executed if the falling threshold is exceeded If EVENT NUM is omitted event will not occur owner OWNERNAME Specifies an owner name for the entry using up to 127 alphanumeric characters If omitted no owner name is set Command type Configuration command Default None Message 2 ole ole ole ole RMON alarm can register up to 30 Explanation The RMON alarm group data entry registration limit was exceeded Solution Delete unnecessary RMON alarm groups then reissue the command RMON alarm 1 is not set Explanation An attempt to delete a non existing RMON alarm group occurred Inserted string 1 Specified index Solution Review the specified index then reissue the command OWNERNAME is too long Explanation The ownername length limit was exceeded Solution Redu
40. bridge diffserv tos ipv4 182 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 13 5 qos egress scheduling Function Sets the egress scheduling algorithm Use the no form to reset to default Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax qos egress scheduling strict drr drr strict no qos egress scheduling Parameter O egress scheduling Specify the egress scheduling algorithm strict Frames are forwarded based on strict priority scheduling Higher priority frames always precede those of lower priority drr Frames are forwarded based on deficit round robin DRR algorithm Minimum bandwidth for each output queue can be specified by gos bandwidth command drr strict Frames are forwarded based on the combination of strict priority scheduling and DRR algorithm Strict priority scheduling is used for output queue 0 and 1 and DRR algorithm for output queue 2 and 3 Command type Configuration command Default Strict Example Sets strict method to the algorithm that schedules priority xg config if qos egress scheduling strict 183 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 13 6 qos bandwidth Function Sets a band width value for an output queue Each output queue can be assured sufficient output traffic rate Use the no form to res
41. dot1dTpHCPortTable 1 51 dot1dTpHCPortinFrames Counter64 dot1dTpHCPortEntry 1 52 dot1dTpHCPortOutFrames Counter64 dot1dTpHCPortEntry 2 53 dot1dTpHCPortinDiscards Counter64 dot1dTpHCPortEntry 3 54 dot1dTpPortOverflowTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTp 6 55 dotidTpPortOverflowEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTpPortOverflowTable 1 56 dot1dTpPortInOverflowFrames Counter32 dot1dTpPortOverflowEntry 1 57 dot1dTpPortOutOverflowFrames Counter32 dot1dTpPortOverflowEntry 2 58 dot1dTpPortInOverflowDiscards Counter32 dot1dTpPortOverflowEntry 3 P Bridge MIB RFC2674 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 dotidBridge 17 pBridgeMIB 6 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 pBridgeMIBObjects NOT ACCESSIBLE pBridgeMIB 1 2 dotidExtBase NOT ACCESSIBLE pBridgeMIBObjects 1 3 dot1dDeviceCapabilities BITS dot1dExtBase 1 4 dot1dTrafficClassesEnabled TruthValue dot1dExtBase 2 5 dot1dPortCapabilities Table NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dExtBase 4 6 dot1dPortCapabilitiesEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dPortCapabilities Table 1 7 dot1dPortCapabilities BITS dot1dPortCapabilitiesEntry 1 8 dot1dPriority NOT ACCESSIBLE pBridgeMIBObjects 2 9 dot1dPortPriority Table NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dPriority 1 10 dotidPortPriorityEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dPortPriorityTable 1 11 dot1dPortDefaultUserPriority INTEGER dot1dPortPriorityEntry 1 308 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide
42. dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 5 17 dot1qVlanStatus INTEGER dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 6 18 dot1qVlanCreationTime TimeTicks dot1qVlanCurrentEntry 7 19 dot1qVlanStaticTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qVlan 3 20 dotiqVlanStaticEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qVlanStaticTable 1 21 dot1qVlanStaticName SnmpAdminString dot1qVlanStaticEntry 1 22 dot1qVlanStaticEgressPorts PortList dot1qVlanStaticEntry 2 23 dot1qVlanForbiddenEgressPorts PortList dot1qVlanStaticEntry 3 24 dot1qVlanStaticUntaggedPorts PortList dot1qVlanStaticEntry 4 25 dot1qVlanStaticRowStatus RowStatus dot1qVlanStaticEntry 5 26 dot1qNextFreeLocalVlanIndex INTEGER dot1qVlan 4 27 dot1qPortVlanTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qVlan 5 28 dot1qPortVlanEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1qPortVlanTable 1 29 dot1qPvid VlanIndex dot1qPortVlanEntry 1 30 dot1qPortAcceptableFrameTypes INTEGER dot1qPortVlanEntry 2 309 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 31 dot1qPortingressFiltering TruthValue dotigPortVlanEntry 3 32 dot1qPortGvrpStatus EnabledStatus dotigPortVlanEntry 4 33 dot1qPortGvrpFailedRegistrations Counter32 dotigPortVlanEntry 5 34 dot1qPortGvrpLastPduOrigin MacAddress dotigPortVlanEntry 6 O IF MIB RFC2863 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 ifMIB 31 1 ifMIBObjects NOT ACCESSIBLE ifMIB 1 2 ifXTable NOT
43. monitor command or the update system command is being executed no operation monitoring is deterred O The setting of this command will become valid after login Example Set the monitoring idle time for the serial connection and Telnet and SSH connections to 10 minutes and 5 minutes respectively xg configure terminal xg config terminal timeout console 10 xg config terminal timeout vty 5 68 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 5 telnet server Function Enables telnet connections with the device Use the no form to disable telnet connections Prompt xg config Command syntax telnet server no telnet server Command type Configuration command Default Disabled Example Enable telnet connections to the device xg config telnet server 5 3 6 ssh server Function Enables SSH connections with the device Up to 4 terminal sessions can access the device concurrently Use the no form to disable SSH connections Prompt xg config Command syntax ssh server no ssh server Command type Configuration command Default None Note The device supports password authentication The device supports only version 2 Example Enable SSH connections to the device xg config ssh server 5 3 7 ssh auto key generation Function Regenerate authenti
44. monitor vlan traffic counts current VLAN Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 VID Rx Frame Rx NonUcast Counts Counts 1 1234567890 1234567890 10 0 0 20 1234567890K 1234567890K 30 25690M 25690M 40 25690G 25690G F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right Oo VID Displays the VID of the VLAN set for statistics collection Statistics for each VLAN are displayed on one line Point Specify the VLAN to collect its statistics using the vlan statistics collection command O Rx Frame Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames received at the specified VLAN after the startup of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx NonUcast Counts Displays the accumulated number of multicast or broadcast frames received at the specified VLAN after the startup of this command using a 10 digit right justified value Output form if total is specified xg monitor vlan traffic counts total VLAN Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 VID Rx Frame Rx NonUcast Counts Counts 1 1234567890 1234567890 10 0 0 20 1234567890K 1234567890K 30 25690M 25690M 40 25690G 25690G 4094 0 0 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The values displayed in the Counts column are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the
45. show optical module SCNSOM ccccccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeesseeeeseaeees 249 show port descriptiON ooooooconocccconocccconocncconoccncnnncanonancn nono n ca nannnn 145 SNOW OS cocooocccccccccccnno 180 show radius 92 show remote host 60 show rmon 238 show running config 99 show running config Tedirect ooooocconnicicinnnccnnnccoconcccnnoncccnconnnon 100 SNOW SNIMP SELVEN coronado tido arodc nica incorrectas 233 show spanning tree 156 show ssh host key A O show ssh rhost key e 70 show startup config 103 show startup config redirect 104 show statistics dataflow cece cece eeneeteeeeeeeeseeeseneennees 230 SHOW Statistics OTTO ic A nirani a lira 231 show statistics framesize traffic COUN S 0 eee ee eerste 225 show statistics qos priority traffic bytes c cceecceeeeeeeeeeteees 226 show statistics qos priority traffic COUNTS ceeeeeeeeeeees 227 show Statistics traffic byteS cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeseneeeeteaeees show statistics traffic counts show statistics vlan traffic bytes show statistics vlan traffic counts show system information show system status 2 SHOW taca Sisene ra Sta SHOW UDIINK sr cts a a eE AR een SNOW VAM iii shutdown Administrator exec mode shutdown Global configuration mode shutdown Interface edit MOde
46. show system information command Example Set the banner string to Welcome to XG2000 xg config banner login Welcome to XG2000 88 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 22 ntp server Function Synchronizes the system time to a specified NTP server s time using NTP Network Time Protocol Version3 Up to four NTP servers can be registered Use the no form to return the setting to its default Prompt xg config Command syntax ntp server host HOST ntp server polling MINUTES ntp server timeout SECONDS no ntp server host HOST no ntp server polling no ntp server timeout Parameter O host HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of an NTP server IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 lt 0 1 223 255 255 254 O polling MINUTES Specifies the time interval for synchronizing the device time with an NTP server in minutes The value can be set in the range of 1 to 1440 O timeout SECONDS Specifies the response latency of an NTP server in seconds The value can be set in the range of 1 to 4 Command type Configuration command Default host None polling 60 minutes timeout 1 second Message hostname can register up to 4 Explanation The number of hosts that can be set to an NTP server was exceeded Solution After deleting unnecessary NTP servers execute
47. z A Z numerical characters 0 9 underscore _ and period Command type Operation management commands Message unable to rename 1 No such file or directory Explanation The specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check whether the specified file name is correct Example Change a file with the file name run_conf_20070122 to run_conf xg rename run conf 20070122 run conf 112 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 10 tftp get Function Downloads files on the TFTP server into volatile memory Prompt xg Command syntax tftp get HOST REMOTE FILE LOCAL FILE Parameter O HOST Specify the hostname of the TFTP server or IP address IP addresses that can be specified are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name stored on the TFTP server LOCAL FILE Specifies the file name to save in volatile memory When this parameter is omitted the REMOTE FILE file name will be used Command type Operation management commands Message tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified hostname does not exist Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check whether the specified hostname is correct tftp server says 1 Explanation An error w
48. 1 Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the MAC address management table O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2201 WARNING Too Many MAC Table Error Reset Switch LSI Explanation An uncorrectable error was repeatedly detected in the MAC address management table The switch chip was reset Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2202 WARNING VLAN Table MBE detected 1 Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the VLAN management table O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2203 WARNING VLAN Table SBE detected 1 Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the VLAN management table It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2204 WARNING Too Many VLAN Table MBE Errors Reset Switch LSI Explanation An uncorrectable error was repeatedly detected in the VLAN management table The switch chip was reset Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2205 WARNI
49. 2 437 running 09302005 xg tftp put remote hostl startup_09302005 restore startup_09302005 xg tftp put remote host1 running 09302005 restore running 09302005 xg tftp put remote hostl system_09302005 restore system_09302005 20 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide In the following example show command output is redirected to TFTP server remote host1 using tftp xg show startup config tftp remote hostl restore_ startup_ 09302005 xg show running config tftp remote hostl restore running 09302005 xg show system information tftp remote hostl restore system_09302005 n the following example show command output is redirected to SSH server remote host2 using scp xg show startup config scp foo remote host2 restore startup 07012008 remote host2 s password xg show running config scp foo remote host2 restore running 07012008 remote host2 s password xg show system information scp foo remote host2 restore_system_07012008 remote host2 s password Point scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key 2 2 12 Using the monitor Command The monitor command provides additional key commands to perform screen navigation The following tab
50. 2 tx mirroring port 3 Mirror the frames received at port 1 to port 2 xg config mirror monitored port 1 rx mirroring port 2 186 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 IGMP Snooping Setup Commands This section explains the IGMP snooping configuration commands 5 15 1 show ip snooping Function Displays the IGMP snooping configuration Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt show ip snooping mrouter vlan lt 1 4094 gt show ip snooping group vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter o Command vlan lt 1 4094 gt Displays the IGMP snooping configuration for the specified VLAN If this parameter is omitted all of the VLANs configuration information is displayed mrouter vlan lt 1 4094 gt Displays only the multicast router information for the IGMP snooping configuration If vlan is omitted all of the VLANs configuration information is displayed group vlan lt 1 4094 gt Displays only the registered multicast group information for the IGMP snooping configuration If vlan is omitted all of the VLANs configuration information is displayed type Operation management command Output form xg show ip snooping IGMP Snooping Information 2007 01 22 22 17 04 Global IGMP snooping Enabled Disabled vlan 1 IGMP snooping Registered group number
51. 246 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 19 2 show system information Function Displays the operational status of the device Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show system information Command type Operation management command Output form xg show system information System Information 2007 01 22 21 06 11 System Name hostname xg System Location none System Contact none Default Banner XG2000 E10L11 Z01 Startup Time 2007 01 22 19 28 24 Startup config Modified 2007 01 22 19 54 01 Firmware Information Firmware 1 El0L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 01 22 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 01 23 10 57 53 Current Firmware 2 Next Startup Firmware 2 Boot Loader E10L10 Z01 Timezone gmt 0900 Next Boot gmt 800 Summer Time none Next Boot M4 1 0 0200 M10 5 0 0200 0100 RS232C Baud Rate 9600 Management LAN Information MAC Address 0080 17c2 0500 IP Address Mask 192 168 41 22 24 Default Gateway 192 168 41 1 DNS Server 192 168 77 20 Domain Name abc efg com System Load Information CPU Used Ratio 1 Memory Used Size 36 429 824 bytes 57 O System Name hostname Displays the system name host name of the device System Location Displays the installation location of the device System Contact Displays the contact informati
52. 9 gt Specifies the monitoring time in seconds to check for member exit Command type Configuration command Default 2 seconds Message 2 Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Example Set the monitoring time to check for member exit on VLAN 2 to 3 seconds xg config interface vlan 2 xg config vlan ip snooping last member interval 3 203 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 17 ip snooping send query count Function Sets a query message transmission frequency Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping send query count lt 1 3 gt no ip snooping send query count Parameter O send query count lt 1 3 gt Sets a query message transmission frequency Command type Configuration command Default 2 Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Ena
53. ACCESSIBLE ifMIBObjects 1 3 ifXEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE ifXTable 1 4 ifName DisplayString ifXEntry 1 5 ifInMulticastPkts Counter32 ifXEntry 2 6 ifInBroadcastPkts Counter32 ifXEntry 3 7 ifOutMulticastPkts Counter32 ifXEntry 4 8 ifOutBroadcastPkts Counter32 ifXEntry 5 9 ifHCInOctets Counter64 ifXEntry 6 10 ifHCInUcastPkt Counter64 ifXEntry 7 11 ifHCInMulticastPkts Counter64 ifXEntry 8 12 ifHCInBroadcastPkts Counter64 ifXEntry 9 13 ifHCOutOctets Counter64 ifXEntry 10 14 ifHCOutUcastPkts Counter64 ifXEntry 11 15 ifHCOutMulticastPkts Counter64 ifXEntry 12 16 ifHCOutBroadcastPkts Counter64 ifXEntry 13 17 ifLinkUpDownTrapEnable INTEGER ifXEntry 14 18 ifHighSpeed Gauge32 ifXEntry 15 19 ifPromiscuousMode TruthValue ifXEntry 16 20 ifConnectorPresent TruthValue ifXEntry 17 21 ifAlias DisplayString ifXEntry 18 22 ifCounterDiscontinuityTime TimeTicks ifXEntry 19 310 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O FUJITSU XG2000 MIB iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 private 4 enterprises 1 fujitsu 211 Product 1 nonos 127 xg switch 61 xg2000 107 xg2000 107 becomes xg2000 108 in case of XG2000C xg2000 109 in case of XG2000CR and xg2000 110 in case of XG2000R 1 xg2000Monitor NOT ACCESSIBLE Object identifier of monitor information specific to the xg2000 1
54. AEAEE 180 TOS SHOW QOS lt a E es Bie ie Mees Bog TE RA E NE N OE E I Sia Melee doe e Be 180 D132 200S OC TAUIE POUL ia eth O A a 4 fot gaa A A tias dl 181 DASS OS ANA PON TE E A A tata sos senda ected A A EE oe 181 3134 pidge OME AOS cri tdi IA A A AA A A AAA on AA a a Edit 182 913 008 CGrESS SCHEQUIIAG ocaciia aia it id AAA S ee ad 183 1356 GOS DANGWICUA Eta Bes ated eh Ein CA AER AAA AA A en late Aaa as 184 5 14 Port Mirroring Setup COMMANAS cece eteee ee ete ee etre ee eee nr eet atte seen ee eet rene ren rra 185 5 14 1 SHOW MITO assented A alanine A ato sialic 185 DAZ MTOR A Ni leeds tied adapting ails aby sda ated lena tia se Le 186 5 15 IGMP Snooping Setup COMMANAS 2 cee eeeeeccee cece cece cece aeaeeeeee ceed cceaeaeceeeeesescaaeaeeeeeeeeeeseccasaeseeeesecseneeeeees 187 5 15 1 SHOW IP SNOOPING 2 cescistee tess e ides eters Lag a aa a E aid 187 5 15 2 Ip SNOOPING Protocol iii ic 189 DADOS AD SNOODING VIQN iii A ved gan Api 190 5 15 4 ip snooping vlan Max group oooocociiociccccccnnnn narrar 191 5 15 5 ip snooping VIAN MOUTON iieis nar 192 5 15 6 ip snooping vlan Group MeMber intervall 221cccccccccececececneececececeeeesecaaaececeeecesecneeaeceseceeeesesseaieseeenteteesiaes 193 5 15 7 ip snooping vlan faSt leaVe ooooooonnniiiiinnnnnncniccccrccnnn nr 194 5 15 8 ip snooping vlan last member query interVal ooooooooocococonococccononoconnnononnconcnncnnnnn nn 195 5 15 9 ip snooping vlan send query co
55. Command syntax uplink domain lt 1 20 gt port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt no uplink domain lt 1 20 gt Parameter O uplink domain lt 1 20 gt Specify a domain ID The domain ID can be an integer of 1 to 20 O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Register or delete member uplink ports When specifying multiple ports list them separated with space Command type Configuration command Default None Message STP is enabled on uplink port port 1 Explanation Uplink port assignments are not allowed for ports with STP enabled Inserted string 1 port number Solution After disabling STP or configuring the port as portfast execute the command again port 1 is member of aggregation group Explanation Uplink port assignments are not allowed for aggregation ports Inserted string 1 port number Solution After releasing the ports from the aggregation group execute the command again port 1 is included another uplink domain Explanation This uplink port is already a member of another uplink domain Inserted string 1 port number Solution After releasing the uplink domain that includes the specified port execute the command again port 1 is already downlink port in same uplink domain Explanation This port is a member of the downlink Inserted string 1 port number Solution After releasing the member from the downlink execute the command again IGMP snooping is enabled E
56. Enter the interface edit mode using switch ports 1 to 3 then set them to the unregistered multicast forwarding mode xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if multicast forwarding forward unregistered mac 155 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 Spanning Tree Protocol STP Configuration Commands This section explains the commands related to the Spanning Tree Protocol 5 11 1 show spanning tree Function Displays the state of the Spanning Tree Protocol Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show spanning tree detail port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O detail Displays the state of the Spanning Tree Protocol configuration in detail When this parameter is omitted the display will be simplified O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies the ports to display O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation groups to display When port parameter and agg port parameter are omitted the state of all ports will be displayed Command type Operation management commands Output form simplified display xg show spanning tree Spanning Tree Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Spanning Tree Enabled Disabled Root Switch Priority 32768 Root Switch ID 8000 0080 17C2 0511 Root Path Cost 0 Root Port portl Switch Priority 32768 Switch ID 8001 0080 17C2 0512 Max Age 20 sec
57. Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7630 CRITICAL firm update failed SRAM data error invalid firmware update information Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempting the update process after rebooting the device using the reset command If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative 7631 CRITICAL firm update failed SRAM data error invalid boot parameter Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempting the update process after rebooting the device using the reset command If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative 7632 CRITICAL firm update failed SRAM data error no boot command Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempting the update process after rebooting the device using the reset command If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7699 CRITICAL firm update failed unknown error Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 297 315 All Rights Re
58. Information The state of the registered multicast groups detected through IGMP snooping are displayed O Vian The ID of the applicable VLAN is displayed Multicast Group The addresses of registered IP multicast groups are displayed O O Ver O The version of the received IGMP protocol is displayed Member ports The port numbers of the registered multicast group is displayed For an aggregation group the group number is displayed immediately after the agg port information 188 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Output form if mrouter is specified Only the multicast router information is extracted from the IGMP snooping information and displayed xg show ip snooping mrouter IGMP Snooping Information Multicast Router 2005 04 24 22 19 52 1 static port 5 2 dynamic port 6 Output form if group is specified Only the multicast group information is extracted from the IGMP snooping information and displayed xg show ip snooping group IGMP Snooping Information Multicast Group 2005 04 24 22 20 56 5 15 2 ip snooping protocol Function Enables global IGMP snooping Use the no form to disable the snooping Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping protocol igmp no ip snooping protocol igmp Parameter O protocol igmp Enables global IGMP snooping for the device Command type Co
59. Inserted string 1 Host name specified with the ntp server host command Solution Review the host name defined Check that DNS was configured P8691 System Error 1 ERROR Explanation A system error occurred while NTP time synchronization was in progress O Inserted string 1 Additional information on the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 299 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 3 Message Format for Forwarding syslog The logs output from the device can be forwarded to a syslog server The device forwards logs in a message format that conforms to the RFC3164 The BSD Syslog Protocol The format the device uses to forward a syslog message to the syslog server is shown below Priority Priority string PRI part Priority Time The time the message was generated HEADER part TimeStamp MM DD HH MM SS Host name Host name of the device HostName Device type XG MSG part Tag Function type Abbreviated name for the control that output the Content message Severity Severity of the message Message ID The code that uniquely identifies the message Message Message text The device appends the Priority value at the beginning of the log message then inserts the Device type between the Host name and the Function type before forwarding the message to the specified syslog server The Priority
60. Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check the content of the file Config file version level is invalid 1 Explanation The configuration file firmware revision does not match the firmware revision installed on the device Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check the content of the file tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified hostname does not exist Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check whether the specified hostname is correct 107 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 tftp server says 1 Explanation An error was received from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 content of error message received from the TFTP server The content of message depends on the type of TFTP server For example File not found There are no files on the TFTP server Access violation File permission error occurred on the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists There are files in the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions in accordance with the message received from the TFTP server tftp write No space left on device Explanation There is no free space for files to use as
61. Loader E10L10 Z01 Timezone gmt 0900 Next Boot gmt 800 Summer Time none Next Boot M4 1 0 0200 M10 5 0 0200 0100 RS232C Baud Rate 9600 Management LAN Information MAC Address 0080 17c2 0500 IP Address Mask 192 168 41 22 24 Default Gateway 192 168 41 1 DNS Server 192 168 77 20 Domain Name abc efg com System Load Information CPU Used Ratio 1 Memory Used Size 36 429 824 bytes 28 Check the version of firmware Verify the system status based on CPU load and memory usage 6 1 3 Reviewing Log Messages Log messages from the device are classified into 4 levels CRITICAL ERROR WARNING and INFO in accordance with the severity of events To display event logs run the show log command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode 268 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 1 3 1 Format of Log Message An example of the format of a log message displayed by the show log command is shown below Month Day xg show log info latest 1 May 25 22 08 33 xghost xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 3388 show log info latest 1 HH MM SS Function name Severity Message text Host name Message ID forthe device O Month Displays the date month of the event Day Displays the date day of the event HH MM SS Displays the time hours minutes seconds of the event Host name of the device D
62. MAC address of a frame and the transmitted frame MAC address Vlan This is a distribution method based on the VLAN membership of a frame Hash his is a distribution method based on the following frame information Destination IP Frames are distributed based on destination IP address Source IP Frames are distributed based on source IP address Destination port Frames are distributed based on destination TCP UDP port Source port Frames are distributed based on source TCP UDP port O Distribution parameter Displays the parameter used to calculate the distribution of frames O The minimum number of ports Displays the port minimum number of ports that must be in a link up required to maintain a link up state for the aggregation group l iw 3 E El Static link aggregation specific information The state of each port belonging to a static link aggregation group is then listed ort 1 4 RE the port number being displayed O Port Status The status of the port is displayed Active The port is usable Inactive The port is not usable 131 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Output form in case of LACP link aggregation xg show link aggregation Link Aggregation Information 2005 04 24 16 16 36 System Priority 32768 System ID 0080 17c2 05e2 agg port 1 Master port port lt 1 20 gt Management packet send port port lt 1 20 gt
63. Memory SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2216 Input Buffer Tag Memory SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 286 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide ee tl Message Explanation Solution 2217 Too Many Input Queue Tag Memory SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 82218 MAC address learning failed WARNING Explanation Failed to learn the MAC address Solution Delete the unused static MAC address Since MAC addresses are managed with a hashing algorithm a message stating the address cannot be registered may be displayed even though the number of addresses registered is less than the number that can be registered If the message is displayed even though no static MAC address is unregistered note the message cont
64. None Note When a security violation is detected the port is set to a in violation state The Link Status Detail of the show interface command will display PSL After eliminating the cause of the violation clear the violation state with the clear violation command to return the port to usable state When port security is enabled throughput decreases by about 10 since the forwarding overhead increases Also receiving a frame that causes a security violation affects transmission from the port Therefore in an environment where security violations occur frequently a decrease in the transmission rate should be anticipated Example Set port security to switch port 3 Then when port 3 is in violation check the port state using the show interface command After eliminating the cause of violation make it usable again using the clear violation command xg config interface port 3 xg config if port security violation shutdown xg config if exit xg config exit lt When the port is in violation state xg show interface port 3 lt When link Status Detail is PSL xg clear violation port 3 152 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 13 link pass through Function Link pass through is a function that monitors the link state of a specific port and by synchronizing the link state of the specified port promptly notifies chang
65. Port number Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2106 Input Buffer Tag Memory MBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Port number Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2107 Too Many Input Queue Tag Memory MBE Errors LOG Disabled ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2110 CM Buffer MBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2111 Drop Queue MBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 284 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2112 ERROR ME Halt detected 1 Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2200 WARNING MAC Table Error detected
66. REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name stored on the SSH server LOCAL FILE Specifies the file name to save in volatile memory When this parameter is omitted the REMOTE FILE file name will be used Command type Operation management commands Message The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server 1 No space left on device Explanation This device does not have enough space to copy the file Incomplete copied file may remain on the device Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Delete incomplete copied file and unnecessary files by using delete command then execute the command again ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name
67. Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 Can t set mrouter on a port which belongs to an aggregation port Explanation A port belonging to a link aggregation group cannot be specified as an mrouter port Solution Review the specified port number and reissue the command When registering an aggregation group specify agg port Multicast router port 1 could not be deleted Explanation The specified port is not set to be an multicast router port Inserted string 1 Specified port number Solution Review multicast router information and execute the command again Example Set port 1 as a multicast router port at VLAN 2 and 3 xg config interface vlan 2 3 xg config vlan ip snooping mrouter port 1 5 15 14 ip snooping group member interval Function Sets a valid time interval in seconds for the IP multicast group which was registered for IGMP snooping The registered IP multicast group is deleted if an IGMP Report message is not received within the valid time Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping group member interval lt 60 600 gt no ip snooping group member interval Parameter O group member interval lt 60 600 gt Specifies the valid time period in seconds for the registered IP multicast group It is recommended group member interval be set by considering the message transm
68. RxCRC Displays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames received after startup of this command O Rx amp Tx Over Displays the accumulated number of frames whose size exceeds 1518 bytes excluding the VLAN tag after startup of this command O Rx amp Tx Under Displays the accumulated number of transmission frames whose size is less than 64 bytes after startup of this command O Rx amp Tx Fragment Displays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames whose size is less than 64 bytes sent or received after startup of this command O Rx amp Tx Jabber Displays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames whose size exceeds 1518 bytes excluding the VLAN tag sent or received after startup of this command 221 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O RxAlign Displays the accumulated number of 64 to 1518 byte alignment error frames whose bit size is not a multiple of 8 received after startup of this command O Total Lost Displays the accumulated number of frames received but discarded at each port after startup of this command O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 31 characters can be displayed Output form if total is specified xg monitor error total Error Statistics Total Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15
69. SNMP authentication failure Example Allow access from the SNMP manager having the IP address 192 168 1 10 and the community name xgpublic xg config snmp server access host 192 168 1 10 community xgpublic 236 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 17 5 snmp server trap Function Sets the destination for SNMP trap notifications Up to four 4 destinations can be registered Use the no form to delete the existing destination names Prompt xg config Command syntax snmp server trap host HOSTNAME community COMMUNITY NAME protocol v1 v2c no snmp server trap host HOSTNAME Parameter O host HOSTNAME Specifies a host name or an IP address for the destination SNMP manager The IP address can be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 O community COMMUNITY NAME Specifies a community name for the destination SNMP manager The community name can be up to 255 alphanumeric characters O protocol v1 v2c Specifies the SNMP protocol to be used vi The SNMP vl protocol is used for trap notification v2c The SNMP v2c protocol is used for trap notification The SNMP v2c protocol is the default if not specified Command type Configuration command Default None Message SNMP Trap Manager can register up to 4 Explanation Four SNMP trap managers ha
70. Solution After deleting unnecessary MAC addresses execute the command again 128 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Note O The maximum number of unicast MAC addresses or multicast MAC addresses that can be statically registered to the device are 128 addresses for each type of address including filtered addresses also included in these Additionally since MAC addresses are managed with a hash table a message saying an address cannot be registered may be displayed before reaching the maximum number O If there is possibility that a multicast group might be received do not register statically Example The following example filters MAC address 0001 2300 4567 xg config bridge mac address table static 0001 2300 4567 filter Filter MAC address c1b1 123a 4321 belonging to VLAN3 Frames with this MAC address destination are discarded xg config bridge mac address table static c1b1 123a 4321 vlan 3 filter Using the show mac address table command filtered MAC address and all registered MAC address information will be displayed Combined with the include command information for filtered MAC addresses can be output xg show bridge mac address table static Mac Address Table Information 2005 06 23 07 18 06 0001 123a 4321 static vlan 1 port 2 0002 123a 4321 static vlan 1 port 4 0003 123a 4321 static vlan 3 filter ef01 123a 4321 static vl
71. Solution Assign the specified port to the intended vlan then execute the command again Aggregation port is not vlan member agg port 1 vid 2 Explanation The specified aggregation group is not a VLAN member Inserted string 1 port number Inserted string 2 VLAN ID Solution Assign the specified aggregation group to the intended vlan then execute the command again Can t set mac address table 1 vid 2 Explanation The maximum number of table entries was exceeded Inserted string 1 specified port number Inserted string 2 VLAN ID Solution After deleting unnecessary MAC addresses execute the command again In case of a unicast address can set only one port Explanation For a unicast MAC address only one port can be specified Solution After the specified port information then execute the command again port is a member of aggregation group port 1 Explanation A port with link aggregation membership cannot be specified Inserted string 1 port number Solution Specify an aggregation group then execute the command again Aggregation port is not found agg port 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group does not exist Inserted string 1 specified aggregation group number Solution Review the specified aggregation group number then execute the command again MAC address is reserved by IEEE802 1D s Explanation MAC addresses reserved under the IEEE802 1D cannot be specified Inserted str
72. Solution Check the status of the file on the device Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address 113 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Example Copy the file start_conf_20070122 on the TFTP server host1 to the device using the file name start_conf Then check whether the file size of the file imported with the tftp command is consistent with the original using the dir Is command xg tftp get hostl start_conf 20070122 start_conf xg 1s Update time File size File name 2007 01 22 19 22 41 2 604 start_conf 114 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 11 scp get Function Downloads files on the SSH server into volatile memory Prompt xg Command syntax scp get USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE LOCAL FILE Parameter O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server O HOST Specify the hostname of the SSH server or IP address IP addresses that can be specified are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254
73. Specifies any of 9600 19200 38400 57600 as the serial baud rate bps Command type Configuration command Default 9600 Note When the serial baud rate is newly set it will become valid after logging out of the serial terminal session and re connecting Example Switch from the global configuration mode to the terminal edit mode using the line console command And then change the serial baud rate to 38400bps xg config line console xg config line baud rate 38400 5 3 4 terminal timeout Function Sets the monitoring idle time for a serial connection or telnet and SSH connections When there is no operation from the terminal within the monitoring time specified with this command the terminal will be logged out automatically Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax terminal timeout console vty lt 0 60 gt no terminal timeout console vty Parameter O timeout console vty Specifies the type of the terminal console Sets the monitoring idle time for a serial connection vty Sets the monitoring idle time for a telnet and SSH connections O lt 0 60 gt Specifies the monitoring idle time Specified in the range of 0 to 60 minutes When 0 is specified no operation monitoring is performed and the terminal will not be logged out automatically Command type Configuration command Default 10 minutes Note While the
74. Specifies the port number to shut down or enable When specifying multiple port numbers list them separated with space Command type Operation management commands Example Shut down switch ports 3 and 4 Then make them usable again xg shutdown port 3 4 xg no shutdown port 3 4 5 10 4 clear violation Function When a violation due to port security loop back alert and broadcast storm control is detected an error log entry for the violation is output only once and the target port will be set to a violation state Violations can be checked with the Link Status Detail displayed by the show interface command By using this command the violation state of the port will be cleared If a violation state occurs execute this command after eliminating the cause of the violation If the cause of the violation is not fully eliminated the violation state will recur Prompt xg Command syntax clear violation all port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter 0 all Clears the violation state of all ports O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port to be cleared O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number to be cleared Command type Operation management commands Example Clear the violation state of all ports xgH clear violation all 146 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide
75. Specify egress tagging for tagged output at the port egress untagging egress tagging Specify egress untagging for the port untagged output at the port xg config if ingress filter tagged frame Optional Define a filter for frames received tagged and xg config if ingress filter untagged frame untagged for the port if necessary xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show interface Verify the port state and VLAN membership state for xg show vlan each port 43 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide An example of multiple VLAN and the movement of frames for a VLAN member outgoing port VLAN tagged frame is shown below 1 VLAN configuration 4 7 User VPID 0x7100 ES dd User VPID 0x7100 VLAN VLAN Member VLAN VLAN Member Membership tagged Membership untagged 2 VLAN tagging VLAN Tag _ VLAN Tag Header TPID 0x8100 User Data TPID 0x8100 User Data Header LAN Tag User pata N Header VLAN Tag User Data TPID 0x7100 y TPID 0x7 100 aS An example of multiple VLAN settings and egress rule 1 Header An example of multiple VLAN and the movement of frames for a VLAN member outgoing port VLAN untagged frame is shown below 1 VLAN configurations 2 gt User VPID 0x7100 XG2000 User VPID 0x7100 VLAN VLAN M
76. TPID 0x7100 An example of multiple VLAN settings and egress rule 4 45 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 8 Quality of Service QoS The device provides Quality of Service QoS that is based on the IEEE802 1p standard The device QoS determines the priority of frames at the ingress side using DiffServ VLAN tag including priority tag or a port s default priority Their priorities are mapped to 4 output queues The queues are processed in the order of the QoS priority precedence The device priorities available are O DiffServ Select QoS using the IPv4 header or DiffServ Code Point included in the IPv6 header O Default priority Set a default priority of 0 to 7 for each port For frames whose priority was not set VLAN untagged frames the default priority is assigned according to the value of the frame O Mapping to output queues The device is equipped with four output queues with different levels 0 to 3 transmitted in order of output queue priority Each priority is mapped to a specified output queue To set the default priority and output queue mapping carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command _ Task xg configure terminal j Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 xg config interface port range 1 3 Switch to interface edit mode and specify the port s to set
77. The following message appears while the system is rebooting Note that it does not indicate a failure if it appears after the command was executed Warning bad CRC using default environment Explanation The boot loader s system startup data area was initialized XG WARNING S7521 init firmup Firmware update information is initialized for region 1 Explanation The firmware update information area was initialized Inserted string 1 Firmware number Note O Timezone and summer time settings will be re initialized After restarting the system set the timezone and summer time settings as necessary O There is a case that Alarm lamp turns on after executing this command Restart the device to turn off it 278 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide APPENDICES 279 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide AppendixA Event Logs This appendix describes event logs that are extracted from the device including message IDs severities message content details and actions to take The severities of the event logs are classified into 4 levels CRITICAL ERROR WARNING and INFO To display event logs run the show log command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode A 1 Overview of Event Logs This section summarizes messages that are written to logs The message ID format is
78. The specified VID was duplicated Inserted string 1 duplicated VID Solution Specify a unique VID Can t set vlan id Over max entry number 8 Explanation The maximum number of VID was exceeded Solution Specify no more than 8 VIDs and execute the command again VLAN 1 not configured Explanation The specified VLAN is not created Inserted string 1 specified VID Solution Create VID by vlan command Note O Every command wherein VLAN edit mode is not displayed in show running config command since equivalent commands are already exist Example Switch to the collective interface edit mode using VLANs xg config interface vlan 1 2 3 xg config vlan 173 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 4 egress Function Registers a port as a VLAN member Use the no form to release the VLAN membership Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax egress untagging tagging port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt no egress port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O untagging Deletes a VLAN tag during frame transmission O tagging Adds a VLAN tag during frame transmission O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port for membership registration or deletion O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies an aggregation group for membership registration or deletion Command type Configuration command
79. TroubleShootiNg iii A 276 TA Restoring Factory Detalla a 277 7 1 1 Resetting startup config to Factory Defaults ooonnoooioninicicicinicocccnnococnnonnnnannnnnnnnnn nn nana rra 277 7 1 2 Selecting the Alternate Firmware IMage ooooooniiniicccnnnnncoccnnnccccnnnnnconnnn nana n nano nn 277 7 1 3 Restoring Factory Dafauls zresa irin ioia a ai ani i a ia a iaai nn 278 8 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Appendix A Event LOS cion 280 Axl COverview of Event Logs ia ii A iia 280 AZ Vesto Event EOS oraa RETTO A a 281 Az env Health Monitoring 0 999 oreraa tt tata 281 A 2 2 kernel Basic Control 1000 1999 coordinada ET E AR AR 283 A 2 3 swe Layer 2 Basic Control 2000 2999 ooooocininicicinnoccccnnnonccccnnannccnnnanncnc cnn n cnc cnn rca rca rc 284 A 2 4 npm Network Protocol Control 3000 3299 oiooccininncccnonnnccccnnenccccnnanncccnanoncccnn nr nc cnn nn rca 288 A 2 5 clim Basic CLI Control 3300 3999 iese a EE S EEA a a 292 A 2 6 xgsh CLI Command History 4000 4499 oooooooniccccconacicicnnonccccnnancccnnnnanc cc eee cc cnn rca rc 293 A 2 7 rstp Rapid Spanning Tree Control 4500 4999 ooonnicccconinccccconenccccnaanncconanncccn nan n cnc cnn nc cnn cnn 293 ALG Taco LACP Control 0000 0499 cio oes tuves adie E E T E tay E da geben 294 A 2 9 sys Maintenance Support Function 7400 7499 ooiocccininiciconoccccnnnanncccnnanncccn na ncccnnn nr cr narrar 294 A 2
80. User s Guide 4 2 Port Mirroring It is possible to monitor the traffic by mirroring the frames sent or received by a port to another port To configure port mirroring carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode xgH configure termina Switch to global configuration mode xg config mirror monitored port lt 1 20 gt Configure the port to be monitored and its mirror port to rx mirroring port lt 1 20 gt be mirrored tx mirroring port lt 1 20 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xgH show mirror View the status of port mirroring 30 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 3 Link Pass Through Link pass through is a function that monitors the status of a specified port link and notifies the device connected to the port via link status notification of the link status of a monitored port by synchronizing the monitored port with the link status on the port When Link Pass Through is not used 2 When Link Pass Through is used 4 3 A 4 EST 1 J QO A 4 62009 A f Link Pass Through XG2000 XG2000 f Link Pass Through This function allows the device to notify the port after link status notification of a link fault if detected at the monitored port Link pass through communicates the link fault status to the other port by sending a remote fault RF signal as prescribed in IEEE802 3ae
81. VID Inserted string 2 Port number Solution Create a VLAN first then reissue the command Can t remove vlan from port Same pvid entry 1 Explanation The specified VID cannot be deleted because it is identical to the default PVID Inserted string 1 Port number Solution Change the default PVID and reissue the command Example Enter the interface edit mode for ports 1 to 3 and register the ports as VLAN members with tags of VID 3 Then use the show vlan command to display the VLAN information Check that ports 1 to 3 have been registered as members of the VLAN VID 3 xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if vlan member allowed vlan 3 egress tagging xg config if exit xg config exit xg show vlan Vlan Information 2007 01 22 16 20 15 VID Vlan Description Tag Ports Membership 1 default UNTAG port 123 45 67 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 vlan floorl None 3 vlan floor2 TAG port 1 2 3 176 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 7 user vlan protocol id Function The VLAN tag protocol ID VPID or TPID used for VLAN tag identification can be changed to the user defined value of each port The standard VLAN tag protocol ID was defined as 0x8100 in IEEE 802 1Q However the standard IEEE 802 1Q tag for multiple tag VLAN encapsulated with the user defined VPID or TPID tag can be used Similar function
82. a work area on the device Partial copies of the files being imported may remain in the device Solution Delete the files on the device being processed for import and unnecessary files using the delete command and execute the command again tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response from the TFTP server There is a possibility of network communication error with the management LAN or the setting of time out of the TFTP server may be too short Solution Check the network connection to the TFTP server using the ping command If the problem persists review the time out setting of the TFTP server Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specifi
83. always 1110 followed by 28 bits that represent the IP multicast address information Of these 28 bits the lower order 23 bits are mapped to a MAC address and the data in the higher order 5 bits is not used Therefore 32 IP multicast addresses are mapped to the same single MAC address IP Multicast Address pooo00001f000000D0O0 01011110 00000001 o00000010 00000011 0100 5E 01 0203 Multicast MAC Address Multicast Address 48 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 2 Removing Group Members The group members registered by IGMP snooping are removed under the following status O If after receiving an IGMP Report message for group registration the group member interval expires before the device receives another IGMP Report message the switch removes that group member The default setting for the group member interval is 260 seconds O If an IGMP Leave message is sent from a host the multicast router sends out an IGMP Specific Query GSQ message to determine that the host has left the group If after receiving the IGMP Leave message the last member query interval expires before the device receives another IGMP Report message the switch removes that group member The default setting for the last member query interval is 2 seconds a y Multicast Router MAC address 0100 0501 0203 m IGMP Leave MAC 0100 5E00 0002 Destination IP 224 0 0 2 Group IP 239123
84. as the multicast router port O mrouter suppress learning Disables automatic learning on the multicast router ports Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Port is not vlan member vid 1 Explanation The specified port is not a VLAN member Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Set the port as a VLAN member using the vlan member allowed command first then execute the command again Aggregation port is not vlan member vid 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group is not a VLAN member Inserted string 1 Specified VLAN ID Solution Set the aggregation group as a VLAN member using the vlan member allowed command first then execute the command again Aggregation port not bound to bridge Explanation The specified aggregation group does not exist Solution Configure a link aggregation group by using the link aggregation command first then execute the command again ole ole 200 315 All Rights
85. be used Explanation An illegal character was used in the SYSTEM CONTACT name Solution Review the system contact name setting and reissue the command Example Specify the system contact address as administrator tel 012 3456 7890 xg config snmp server contact administrator tel 012 3456 7890 235 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 17 4 snmp server access Function Sets an SNMP agent The SNMP manager has read only access privileges Up to four access enabled SNMP managers can be registered Use the no form to delete the existing SNMP managers Prompt xg config Command syntax snmp server access host HOSTNAME community COMMUNITY NAME no snmp server access host HOSTNAME Parameter O host HOSTNAME Specifies the host name or the IP address of the SNMP manager The IP address can be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 O community COMMUNITY NAME Specifies a community name for the SNMP manager The community name can be up to 255 alphanumeric characters Command type Configuration command Default None Message SNMP Manager can register up to 4 Explanation Four SNMP managers have already been registered Solution Delete unnecessary SNMP managers then reissue the command Cannot find 1 Explanation The name cannot be resolved An incorre
86. config no bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 1 3 Jumbo Frame Support The device can transmit jumbo frames of up to 16KB 16128 bytes To configure jumbo frame support carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config bridge jumbo frame Enable or disable jumbo frame support 9216 12288 15360 16128 xg config no bridge jumbo frame xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 1 4 Flow Control Flow control is a function that prevents frame loss when the receive buffer in the switch overflows due to temporary traffic overload by using a PAUSE frame When the device receives a PAUSE frame it temporarily stops sending frames at the receive port If the receive buffer overflows it is possible to restrict frame transmission from the connected device by sending a PAUSE frame For each port it is possible to select whether or not to send recive a PAUSE frame To change the flow control mode carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC a mode xg configure term Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to the interface edit mode to specify the port s to be i configured for flow control xg config interface port range 1 3 In this e
87. current option were specified 218 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 8 monitor dataflow Function Displays statistics including both pause frame transmission to and from each port and the results of transmission processing Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor dataflow current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated data count after startup of this command total Displays the accumulated data count after the system startup O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor dataflow current Dataflow Statistics Current Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 ee ee ee ee ee ee SS SOS SOS SA Port Link State Flow Ctl Forward Flood Rx Pause Tx Pause STP State Mode Counts Counts Counts Counts 1 Up Discard Rx amp TX 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard Rx Tx 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn Rx amp Tx 1234567890M 25690M 25690M 25690M 5 Up Forward Rx amp Tx 1234567890G 25690G 25690G 25690G 6 Up Forward Rx amp TX 1234567890T 25690T 25690T 25690T 7 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 8 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 5
88. day to start Daylight Saving Time in day of year Julian day In leap years February 29th is not counted Specify a number in the range of 1 to 365 for n n Specifies the day to start Daylight Saving Time in day of year In leap years February 29th is counted Specify a number in the range of 1 to 366 for n Specifies the following values for the first day of each month in Jn specification and n specification January ist J1 1 1 February st J32 32 32 March 1st J60 60 61 April 1st J91 91 92 May 1st J121 121 122 June 1st J152 152 153 July 1st J182 182 183 August 1st J213 213 213 September 1st J244 244 245 October 1st J274 274 275 November 1st J305 305 306 December 1st J335 335 336 hh Specifies the hour to start Daylight Saving Time mm Specifies the minute to start Daylight Saving Time When hhmm is omitted 0100 an hour is specified END_DAY TIME Specifies the day time to end Daylight Saving Time The description format is the same as START_DAY TIME OFFSET Specifies the time set forward during Daylight Saving Time in the form of hhmm hh Specifies the hour set forward during Daylight Saving Time with a two digit number It can be set in the range of 00 to 23 mm Specifies the minute set forward during Daylight Saving Time with a two digit number It can be set in the range of 00 to 59 When this parameter is omitted 0100 an hour is specified
89. defined as described in Format of Log Message Message numbers each starting with an S are events that received SNMP trap notifications Message numbers each starting with a P are events that did not receive SNMP trap notifications The following table lists the abbreviated function names and message numbers Abbreviated Message number range Description function name env 0 999 Health monitoring kernel 1000 1999 Basic control SWC 2000 2999 Layer 2 basic control npm 3000 3299 Network protocol control clim 3300 3999 Basic CLI control xgsh 4000 4499 CLI command history rstp 4500 4999 Rapid Spanning Tree RSTP control lacp 5000 5499 LACP control sys 7400 7499 Maintenance support function update 7500 7999 Firmware update snmp 8500 8599 SNMP control ntp 8600 8699 NTP Network Time Protocol control 280 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 2 List of Event Logs This section provides an explanation of message contents and actions to take for the associated message ID and severity in ascending numerical order There is no solution provided for messages that do not required action A 2 1 env Health Monitoring 0 999 Message ID Message Explanation Solution Severity S0101 1 Temperature is out of range 2 3 ERROR Explanation The temperature is out range for normal operation
90. device 2 xg2000InternalTemperature Integer32 Indicates the temperature inside the chassis in xg2000Monitor 1 degree Celsius 3 xg2000LoadAverage Integer32 Indicates the CPU usage in xg2000Monitor 3 4 xg2000Event NOT ACCESSIBLE Object identifier of trap information specific to the xg2000 2 device 5 xg2000Traps NOT ACCESSIBLE Object identifier of trap information specific to the xg2000Event 0 device 6 xg2000 NOT ACCESSIBLE Object identifier of message information trap xg2000Traps X xg2000 differs from one event to another X indicates the message number to be reported 7 xg2000Trapinfo NOT ACCESSIBLE Object identifier of additional information on message xg2000Event 10 information trap 8 xg2000TrapLevel Integer32 Specifies the severity of message xg2000Trapinfo 1 critical 0 error 1 warning 2 info 3 9 xg2000TrapMessage DisplayString Displays message text when sending a trap xg2000TrapInfo 2 311 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide aaa authentication login ooooococnnncccninncccinnoccnnononcnanananonarcnnonnncnnnno Aborting Command About Command Reference das PAC COU laa eset oie a E baud rate boot system bridge aging tiMe ocoooonncccconcccconocccnnonncanoncccnnannconannccnnnnncnnanncnns bridge diffserv tos bridge forward mode bridge jUMbO fraMe i e iconos cancer aterra eens bridge learn mode
91. differs depending on the value set with the spanning tree hello time command and the spanning tree forward time command The value must also satisfy the following conditions 2X forward_time 1 gt max_age max_age 2 2 X hello time 1 Example Specify the maximum age max age value of the Spanning Tree to 30 seconds xg config spanning tree max age 30 164 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 6 spanning tree forward time Function The forward delay time of the Spanning Tree is the time required for the ports to change to a forwarding state Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree forward time lt 4 30 gt no spanning tree forward time Parameter O forward time lt 4 30 gt Specifies the forward delay time for the Spanning Tree in seconds Values can be set in the range of 4 to 30 seconds Command type Configuration command Default 15 seconds Message Can t set forward time Explanation An unsettable value was specified The settable range of forward time differs depending on the values of hello time and max age Solution Set a value which satisfies the conditions in this Section s Notes Note O The settable range of forward delay time differs depending on the values set with the spanning tree hell time command and the spanning tree max age command T
92. down 1 2 Explanation Port status changed from a link up to a link down state O Inserted string 1 Information on the port whose status changed to a link down O Inserted string 2 Cause of link down For details refer to Link Status Detail of the show interface command S3003 INFO Link up 1 Explanation Port status changed to a link up state O Inserted string 1 Information on the port whose status changed to link up S3004 WARNING 1 detected storm drop Explanation A broadcast storm was detected O Inserted string 1 Information on the port that dropped broadcast frames Solution A loop topology may exist on the network Review the network configuration S3005 WARNING 1 detected port security violation Explanation A violating packet was detected by Port Security enabled O Inserted string 1 Information on the port that detected the violating packet Solution Investigate the cause for receiving violating packets S3006 WARNING 1 detected loopback alert Explanation A packet loop was detected O Inserted string 1 Information on the port that detected the loop Solution A loop topology may exist on the network Review the network configuration A loopback alert can occur when the destination MAC address of a received frame was registered in the MAC address table with the receiving port registered as a destination In other words a lo
93. each port Port Displays the port numbers O Priority 0 Counts to Priority 7 Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames with different QoS priorities received from the startup of this command O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 51 characters can be displayed 227 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 15 show statistics vlan traffic bytes Function Displays the traffic the number of bytes for each VLAN after system startup Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics vlan traffic bytes Command type Operation management command Output form xgH show statistics vlan traffic bytes VLAN Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 19 55 34 No 1 VID 40 Rx Frame Byte 0 Rx NonUcast Byte 0 No 2 O No Displays statistics for each VLAN VID Displays the VID of the VLAN set for statistics collection Point Specify the VLAN for statistics collection using the vlan statistics collection command O Rx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated byte count of frames received at the specified VLAN after the startup of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx NonUcast Bytes Displays the accumulated byte count of multicast broadcast frames received at the specified VLAN after the startup of
94. for the registered IP multicast group Point It is recommended group member interval be set by considering the message transmission interval of the multicast router connected to the system This interval is called the query interval and its default is 125 seconds in RFC The recommended value is as follows Group member interval Query Interval x 2 10 seconds Command type Configuration command Default 260 seconds Message S Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan group member interval command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution group member interval command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation o 5 Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan group member interval command Example Set the valid time interval for the IP multicast group learned at VLAN 1 to 300 seconds 5 minutes xg config ip snooping vlan 1 grou
95. host2 s password 3 Check that the size of configuration file uploaded to a remote server is the same as that of the source configuration file 6 2 3 Downloading a Configuration File This section describes the procedure for downloading the configuration file from a remote server to the device as the startup config file 1 After logging into the device use the enable command to switch to administrator EXEC mode xg gt enable 2 Using the copy startup config command download the saved file from the remote server to the device In the following example start_conf file saved on the TFTP server host1 is downloaded to the startup config file in the device xgH copy tftp host1 start_conf startup config In the following example start_conf file saved on the SSH server host2 is downloaded to the startup config file in the device xg copy scp foo host2 start_conf startup config remote host2 s password 3 Using the show startup config command check that the contents of the startup config changed Using the show system information command check that the last updated date and time Startup config Modified for the startup config file changed xg show startup config xg show system information System Information 2007 01 22 15 02 54 System Name hostname xg System Location none System Contact none Defaul
96. in the range of 0 to 61440 Command type Configuration command Default 32768 Message Priority is not step of 4096 Explanation The priority is not a multiple of 4096 Solution Specify an integer divisible by 4096 Example Set the switch priority to 4096 xg config spanning tree priority 4096 162 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 4 spanning tree hello time Function The hello time is a time interval between BPDUs Periodic BPDUs inform all the other switches on the network of the root switch routing information Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree hello time lt 2 10 gt no spanning tree hello time Parameter hello time lt 2 10 gt Specify a hello time in seconds Command type Configuration command Default 2 seconds Message Can t set hello time Explanation An unsettable value was specified The settable range of hello time differs depending on the values of forward time and max age Solution Set a value which satisfies the conditions specified in this Section s Notes Note If the hello time is short topology changes can be detected more quickly but STP traffic and STP processing overhead will increase The settable range of hello time differs depending on the values set with the spanning tree max age command and the spanning tree forward t
97. is displayed when the show log command is entered xg show log critical Aug 22 03 33 51 xg kernel XG CRITICAL S1000 Abnormal reset occurred WatchDog Reset code 1 Aug 22 03 33 51 xg kernel XG CRITICAL S1900 Core dumped 359 xg show log error Aug 22 03 33 51 xg env XG ERROR S0101 Internal Temperature is out of rage 65 Aug 22 03 33 51 xg env XG ERROR S0115 port 1 is not present xg show log warning Aug 22 03 33 51 xg env XG WARNING S0109 Front Fan 1 Speed is below the Low Limit 2150 6675 Aug 22 03 33 51 xg npm XG WARNING S3005 port 1 detected port security violation Aug 22 03 33 51 xg npm XG WARNING S3202 Received IGMP packet without IP header 269 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 1 3 3 Verifying the Device Status Change To verify changes in the device status review INFO log messages Enter the show log command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode For the meaning of messages refer to List of System Logs The following examples show the information that is displayed when the show log command is entered xgH show log info Aug22 10 07 57 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 893 show system information Aug22 10 08 01 xg xgsh XG INFO P4002 cmd result 893 success Aug22 10 08 01 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 893 show spanning tree Aug
98. is restarted without having saved the running config to startup config the information set in running config will be lost When the device is restarted the telnet and SSH sessions will be disconnected Reconnect after restart of the system is complete Example Restart the device using the reset command When the reset command is executed the confirmation message is displayed xg reset Do you restart system y n Confirmation message is displayed When y or Y is entered the reboot process will be performed When n or N is entered the reboot process will be cancelled 5 4 14 system shutdown Function Stops the device system and prepares it for power off After executing this command and the STATUS LED goes out turn off the power to the device Prompt xg Command syntax system shutdown Command type Operation management commands Note O When power to the device is turned off without executing the system shutdown command the maintenance information will not be properly stored Furthermore if the power is turned off while data is being written to nonvolatile memory it may be corrupted and the system might not restart correctly on powerup O When the system is shut down without saving running config to startup config the information set in running config will be lost Example When the system shutdown command is executed the confirmation message is displayed xg syste
99. ltem Item displayed Message explanation Solution Temperature Displays the temperature inside the chassis Internal internal temperature sensor O good The temperature is within normal operating range O caution The temperature is high but within normal operating range The system will be shutdown if it reaches the alarm threshold Check that the air vent is not blocked Check that the temperature of the switch location is within the limits specified O Temperature is out of range xx yy The temperature is out of normal operating range If the temperature exceeds high alarm threshold the system will be shutdown Check that the air vent is not blocked Check that the temperature of the set up location is within the limits set out by the operation guarantee If the same message is displayed after re examining the set up of the device contact the sales representative Power Supply Display the status of power supply unit PWR 0 status of power supply unit 0 O good The power supply unit 0 is properly installed and functional Removed The power supply unit 0 was removed If this message appears with the power supply unit 0 installed check that the unit is properly installed O Off Line Power is not reaching the power supply unit 0 Check the AC inputs O Alarm Detected A power supply error was detected Replace the unit PWR 1 status of power supply unit 1 Displays the status of power
100. memory contents Solution Restart the system using the reset command Then retry firmware updating If the error recurs contact the sales representative tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified host name does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Check the host name for an error tftp server says 1 Explanation An error was reported from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 Error messages sent from the FTP server The message contents vary depending on the TFTP server type used Typical messages are as follows File not found No file is found on the TFTP server Access violation A file access violation occurred on the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading The file does not exist on the TFTP server File already exists There are files in the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions by following the message instructions sent from the TFTP server tftp write No space left on device Explanation The non volatile memory on the device has insufficient work area A portion of the file being downloaded may remain in the non volatile memory Solution Delete the downloaded file and unnecessary files on the system using the delete command Then reissue the update system command tftp last timeout Explana
101. not always send or receive frames while it is in the blocking state Disabled Port Disabled port it does not send or receive any frames 4 6 2 Spanning Tree Protocol Port States The port states defined by the STP are Discard s Learn ES Forward The port is in a discarding state BPDUs are only received The port is ina learning state A port in the learning state learns the destination MAC address of the received frames but does not participate in frame forwarding The port is ready to transmit data traffic The STP states blocking and listening have been merged into a unique RSTP discarding state The correspondence between STP port states and RSTP port states are shown below Display STP IEEE802 1D RSTP IEEE802 1w _ Format iJ Discard Blocking Discarding Discard Listening Discarding Learn Learning Learning Forward Forwarding Forwarding 4 6 3 Configuring Spanning Tree To configure the spanning tree protocol carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config spanning tree Enable Spanning Tree Protocol xg config spanning tree priority lt 0 61440 gt xg config spanning tree hello time lt 1 10 gt xg config spanning tree max age lt 6 40 gt xg config spanning tree forward time lt 4 30 gt Configure Spannin
102. of 1 to 20 If omitted the default storage count is 10 data sets O interval SECOND Specifies a time interval for collecting the RMON history group data within the range of 1 to 3600 seconds If omitted the default interval is 1800 seconds or 30 minutes O owner OWNERNAME Specifies an owner name of the entry using up to 127 characters If omitted no owner name is set Command type Configuration command Default None Message RMON collection history can register up to 40 Explanation The RMON history group data entry registration limit was exceeded Solution Delete unnecessary RMON history groups then reissue the command RMON collection history 1 is not set Explanation An attempt was made to delete a non existing RMON history group Inserted string 1 Index number Solution Review the specified index then reissue the command OWNERNAME is too long Explanation The specified ownername exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the ownername length then reissue the command Agg port 1 does not exist Explanation The specified aggregation group was not created Inserted string 1 Specified aggregation group number Solution Review the agg port settings then reissue the command OWNERNAME cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was specified in the ownername Solution Review the specified ownername then reissue the command It failed in the snmpset command Explanation
103. of 65 to 127 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O FrameSize 128 255 Displays the accumulated number of 128 to 255 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O FrameSize 256 511 Displays the accumulated number of 256 to 511 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O FrameSize 512 1023 Displays the accumulated number of 512 to 1023 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O FrameSize 1024 1518 Displays the accumulated number of 1024 to 1518 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 44 characters can be displayed 225 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 13 show statistics qos priority traffic bytes Function Displays the traffic the number of frames for each port with different QoS priorities after system startup Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics gos priority traffic bytes Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics qos priority traffic bytes Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 19 46 24 Port s Priority 0 Bytes 26560 Priority 1 Bytes 145366784370 Priority 2 Bytes 234554675423423 Priority 3 Bytes 343463
104. other than during hot swap check for proper installation S0108 1 is out of range 2 ERROR Explanation A supply voltage error was detected O Inserted string 1 Displays the types of power supply fault s VDP VDE VDR VDD VDN 3 3V Main 12V 3 3V 1F 12V IF O Inserted string 2 Value that represents the power supply fault Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 281 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S0109 1 Speed is below the Low Limit 2 3 WARNING Explanation The speed of a fan is below limit O Inserted string 1 Displays the location of the detected fan speed error Rear Fan 0 Rear fan 0 Rear Fan 1 Rear fan 1 PWR 0 Fan Fan installed in power supply unit O PWR 1 Fan Fan installed in power supply unit 1 O Inserted string 2 3 Fan speed Solution Replace the fan unit P0110 1 Speed is good INFO Explanation The speed of a fan returned to normal O Inserted string 1 Identifies the fan whose normal speed was restored Rear Fan 0 Rear fan 0 Rear Fan 1 Rear fan 1 PWR 0 Fan Fan installed in power supply unit O PWR 1 Fan Fan installed in power supply unit 1 0111 1 is Removed INFO Explanation A fan was removed O Inserted string 1 Identifies the fan removed Rear Fan 0 Rear fan 0 Rear Fan 1 Rear fan 1 P0112 1 is Inserted INFO E
105. port 3 4 5 5 8 3 lacp system priority Function Sets the system priority used by LACP The system priority is used as information for identifying switches via LACP Typically it is not necessary to change its value from the default Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax lacp system priority lt 1 65535 gt no lacp system priority Parameter O system priority lt 1 65535 gt Assigns the LACP system priority value in the range of 1 to 65535 Command type Configuration command Default 32768 Example Set the LACP system priority to 10000 xg config lacp system priority 10000 136 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 8 4 lacp port priority Function Sets the priority of LACP ports The LACP port priority is used as information for identifying ports via LACP Typically it is not necessary to change its value from the default Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax lacp port priority port lt 1 20 gt priority lt 1 65535 gt no lacp port priority port lt 1 20 gt Parameter O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port number in the range of 1 to 20 to assign an LACP port priority O priority lt 1 65535 gt Specifies an LACP port priority value in the range of 1 to 65535 Command type Configuration comman
106. port_name4 25690G port_name5 25690T port_name6 0 port_name7 exit F refresh The displayed values are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 212 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 4 monitor qos priority traffic bytes Function Displays the number of bytes received at each port for each QoS priority Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor gos priority traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the number of bytes in each QoS priority received after startup of this command total Displays the number of bytes in each QoS priority received after the system startup O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor qos priority traffic bytes current Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Current Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 2 S 22 2 2 3 8S 25 S 2 3 Port Priority 0 Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 Priority 5 Priority 6 Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes 1 1234567890K 1234567890K 123456789
107. reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists There are files on the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions in accordance with the message s received from the TFTP server tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response from the TFTP server A network communication error with the management LAN occurred or the time out setting of the TFTP server may be too short Solution Check the network connection with the TFTP server using the ping command If the problem persists review the time out setting of the TFTP server 104 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters lost connection Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Solution Specify the correct host name IP address or username No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host pu
108. registered public key Example Copy the content of running config to the file name run_conf Then upload the run_conf file to run_conf_20080701 on the SSH server called host2 xg show running config gt run conf xg scp put foo host2 run conf tmp run conf 20080701 host2 s password 119 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 Switch Basic Configuration Commands This section explains configuration commands related to general operation of the switch 5 7 1 clear bridge mac address table Function Deletes dynamically learned MAC addresses from the MAC address table Prompt xgH Command syntax clear bridge mac address table dynamic all port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O dynamic all port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the port to delete the MAC address all Deletes MAC addresses dynamically learned at every port port lt 1 20 gt Deletes MAC addresses dynamically learned for a specific port agg port lt 1 10 gt Deletes MAC addresses dynamically learned for a specific aggregation group Command type Operation management commands Message Aggregation port not bound to bridge Explanation The specified aggregation group was not created Solution Check whether the specified aggregation group number is correct Can t clear port which belongs to an aggregation por
109. remote host Prompt xg Command syntax clear ssh rhost key HOST Parameter HOST Specifies the host name or IP address of a SSH server If this parameter is omitted all public keys will be deleted Command type Operation management commands Example Delete the public key for the SSH server whose IP address is 192 168 1 10 xgH clear ssh rhost key 192 168 1 10 5 3 11 generate ssh host key Function Generate authentication key If it has already been made it is regenerated Prompt xg Command syntax generate ssh host key Command type Operation management commands Example The following generates authentication key xg generate ssh host key 71 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 12 terminal window Function Sets the screen display size of the serial connection terminal Use the no form to return to the default setup For a telnet or SSH connection the screen size will be obtained automatically from the client terminal Prompt config line Command syntax terminal window lt 50 200 gt lt 12 100 gt Parameter O lt 50 200 gt Specifies the number of columns horizontal of the screen It can be set in the range of 50 to 200 O lt 12 100 gt Specifies the number of lines vertical of the screen It can be set in the range of 12 to 100 Co
110. s Guide 7 1 3 Restoring Factory Defaults If the system still fails to start up with another firmware image selected perform the following procedure to restore the device to factory defaults Connect the device to a serial terminal O Turn on the device O Hold down the key and the following message will appear on the serial terminal screen e Step 1 O Preparing to boot At the XG_LOADER gt prompt enter the following command XG_LOADER gt boot init When the above command is executed the startup config time zone and summer time settings and password of the device are restored to the factory defaults and the system restarts If the system still fails to start up perform the following procedure Step 2 O Turn off the device and on again O Hold down the key and the following message will appear on the serial terminal screen Preparing to boot O Atthe XG_LOADER gt prompt enter the following command XG_LOADER gt clear setup When Step 2 is executed following Step 1 all settings in the device are re initialized The system then restarts Entering the clear setup command displays the following message Are you sure to continue y lt n gt Explanation If the response is y or Y the device s all settings are reset to the factory defaults and the system restarts To cancel the process respond to this message with n or N O
111. secret key which is used as a default parameter when the RADIUS server is registered without secret key Use the no form to delete a global secret key Prompt xg config Command syntax radius server key KEY no radius server key Parameter key KEY Specifies a global secret key in ASCII character Printable characters except for and a space ASCII code 0x20 can be specified and its length should be less than 33 Command type Configuration command Default None Message Secret key is too long Explanation The specified secret key is more than 32 characters Solution Specifies the secret key under 33 characters Invalid secret key Explanation An invalid character is set Solution Specifies a secret key using available characters Note O A global secret key is referred only when a RADIUS server is registered without specifying a secret key O A secret key for a RADIUS server will synchronize to a new global secret key when the same secret key is specified O A global secret key for a RADIUS server will not be deleted even when no command is committed Example The following example specifies a global secret key xg config radius server key radius b1 94 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 6 radius server timeout Function Specifies timeout for access replay from a RADIUS server Use the no form to return the setting to
112. send command Solution Review the host name defined Check that DNS was configured 292 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 2 6 xgsh CLI Command History 4000 4499 P4001 INFO 1 cmd exec 2S 3 Explanation The command was executed Inserted string 1 Username Inserted string 2 Terminal ID Inserted string 3 Command string to be executed P4002 INFO 1 cmd result 2 success Explanation The command was successfully completed Inserted string 1 Username Inserted string 2 Terminal ID P4003 INFO 1 cmd result 2 error Explanation The command failed Inserted string 1 Username Inserted string 2 Terminal ID A 2 7 rstp Rapid Spanning Tree Control 4500 4999 WARNING s4501 Root bridge changed Explanation The root bridge changed 4502 WARNING Topology changed Explanation The topology changed 4503 WARNING Received BPDU on PortFast enable port shutting down 1 Explanation A BPDU was received on a Port Fast enabled port Inserted string 1 Name of the port that received the BPDU Solution Review the port connection P4504 WARNING Invalid Forward delay time relationship 2 1 1 gt 28 Explanation The setting of STP Forward Delay is invalid O Inserted string 1 Attempted Forward Delay value change O Insert
113. snooping vlan 2 max group 50 191 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 5 ip snooping vlan mrouter Function Automatically learns the IGMP query message receiving port as a multicast router port This command can statically set multicast router ports Also it can change the automatic learning mode of multicast router ports Set multicast router ports statically to register more than one multicast router port Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt mrouter port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt mrouter port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt mrouter suppress learning no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt mrouter suppress learning Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the VLAN to change O mrouter port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port number to be set statically as the multicast router port O mrouter agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies an aggregation group number to be set statically as the multicast router port O mrouter suppress learning Disables automatic learning on the multicast router ports Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP sn
114. status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States O Tx Rate Bits Sec Displays the transmission rate in bps using an 8 digit right justified value Rx Rate Bits Sec Displays the receive rate in bps using an 8 digit right justified value Tx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated transmission byte count after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated receive byte count after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value 207 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 33 characters can be displayed Output form if total is specified xg monitor traffic bytes total Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Port Link State Tx Frame Rx Frame Port Description STP State Bytes Bytes 1 Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K port_namel 2 Down 1234567890G 1234567890G port_name2 3 Up Discard 1234567890M 1234567890M port _name3 4 Up Learn 1234567890T 1234567890T port _name4 5 Up Forward 1234567890 1234567890 port _name5 6 Up Forward 1234567890 1234567890 port _name6 7 Down 1234567890 1234567890 port_name7 8 Down 12
115. string 3 Method of determining threshold 1 An absolute value is used when determining threshold absolute 2 The difference between the previous and current values is used when determining threshold delta O Inserted string 4 Value of MIB object to be monitored O Inserted string 5 Lower threshold of MIB object to be monitored P8510 WARNING Cannot find host 1 Explanation Failed to find an IP address for the host name specified with the snmp server trap command O Inserted string 1 Host name specified with the snmp server trap command Solution Review the host name defined Check that DNS was configured 298 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 2 12 ntp NTP Control 8600 8699 P8601 No server suitable for synchronization found WARNING Explanation No NTP server is found Solution Check the NTP server host name defined by the ntp server command as well as the NTP server operating status P8602 Time server 1 offset 2 sec INFO Explanation Time synchronization using a NTP server was performed to correct the time O Inserted string 1 Host name or IP address of the NTP server that corrected the time O Inserted string 2 Corrected time difference in seconds P8603 Cannot find host 1 WARNING Explanation Failed to find an IP address from the host name specified with the ntp server host command O
116. supply unit 1 The messages and actions to take are the same as those described for power supply unit 0 Voltage Displays status of the CPU board supply voltages Voltage O Good The voltage supplies are within normal operating range O VDP Out of range xx A VDP voltage error was detected Contact the sales representative O VDE Out of range xx A VDE voltage error was detected Contact the sales representative O VDR Out of range xx A VDR voltage error was detected Contact the sales representative O VDD Out of range xx AVDD voltage error was detected Contact the sales representative VDN Out of range xx A VDN voltage error was detected Contact the sales representative O 1 5V Out of range xx A 1 5V power supply error was detected on the CPU board Contact the sales representative O 3 3V Out of range xx A 3 3V power supply error was detected on the CPU board Contact the sales representative O 12V Out of range xx A 12V power supply error was detected on the CPU board Contact the sales representative O 3 3V I F Out of range xx A 3 3V power supply error was detected on the switch board Contact the sales representative O 12V I F Out of range xx A 12V power supply error was detected on the switch board Contact the sales representative 266 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Fan
117. symbol ee indicates the incorrect entry Invalid input detected at marker Correct the entries and execute the command again xg coc Part of the command was incorrectly entered Unrecognized command Re enter the correct command string 2 2 6 Scrolling Down or Up a Line or a Page When the information displayed by a command contains more lines than the console screen will display a More prompt is displayed at the bottom of the screen and the CLI waits for a user entry xg show running config interface port 1 The rest is omitted More O Scrolling Up a Line To scroll up one line press the Enter key O Scrolling Up a Page To scroll up one page press the Space bar O Finishing Displaying To finish displaying press the ql or Q key The following table shows the combinations of shortcut keys function keys and the Ctrl key used to edit commands 18 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Combinations of keys Description T or Ctrl P Recalls the previous command Y or Ctrl N Recalls the next command lt or Ctrl B Moves the cursor back one character gt or Ctrl F Moves the cursor forward one character Home or Ctrl A Moves the cursor to the first character in line End or Ctrl E Moves the curso
118. synchronization status of the connection destination device is displayed Sync The LACP link state is synchronized No Sync The LACP link state is not synchronized In the case of LACP link aggregation make sure to confirm Partner System Priority Partner System ID Partner System Key are matched for each port of a LACP aggregation member If not matched it is necessary to connect correctly and reissue the command Display the state of all aggregation groups xg gt show link aggregation 133 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 8 2 link aggregation Function Link aggregation is a function wherein multiple ports within a switch act as one logical link aggregated group This command is used to set up a link aggregation group There are two types of link aggregation static link and LACP O Static link aggregation An aggregation group is created statically O LACP link aggregation An aggregation group in compliance with IEEE802 3ad LACP Link Aggregation Control Protocol is created LACP is a control protocol among switches for dynamically assembling an aggregation group Use the no form to delete an aggregation group Prompt xg config Command syntax link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt protocol none lacp lacp mode active passive load balance dst mac src mac dst src mac vlan ip hash dist
119. table entries for each appended port will be cleared The values for spanning tree port path cost will change in accordance with the number of member ports When changing the setting of an aggregation group already created if the following conditions are met the aggregation group will change temporarily to a link down state and then to link up again and the port setting becomes default When the master port is deleted When the master port is changed When protocol or lacp mode parameters are changed A port belonging to an uplink domain cannot be assigned to a link aggregation group Do not specify a port as a member of an aggregation group if the port is monitored by rx mirroring port or tx mirroring port Example Set up a static link aggregation group with ports 1 and 2 as aggregation group number 1 Then move to the interface edit mode of the aggregation group and assign a VLAN ID of 2 xg config link aggregation agg port 1 protocol none port 1 2 xg config interface agg port 1 xg config agg port vlan id vlan 2 Set up an LACP link aggregation group of LACP with ports 3 4 and 5 as aggregation group number 2 Port Members 3 4 5 LACP mode active Distribution method distribution by destination MAC Link up condition minimum number of ports 2 xg config link aggregation agg port 2 protocol lacp lacp mode active load balance dst mac minimum port 2
120. tftp hostl run conf 20070122 Copy the content of running config directly to a file in the SSH server host2 xg show running config scp foo host2 run_conf 20080701 host2 s password 102 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 4 show startup config Function Displays the configuration information startup config stored in the nonvolatile memory of the device Prompt xg Command syntax show startup config Command type Operation management commands Example Display the content of startup config xg show startup config 103 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 5 show startup config redirect Function Copies the startup config file stored in nonvolatile memory to volatile memory The configuration file can also be copied directly to a file on a remote server using the tftp or scp command Prompt xgH Command syntax show startup config gt CONFIG FILE show startup config redirect CONFIG FILE show startup config tftp scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE Parameter O gt CONFIG FILE Specifies the file name of the copy to be created in volatile memory O redirect CONFIG FILE Specifies the file name of the copy to be created in volatile memory It means the same as gt CONFIG FILE Point Fo
121. the command again Cannot find 1 Explanation The specified host cannot be found Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check that the hostname is correct or the hostname is registered Hostname is too long Explanation The specified hostname is too long Solution Check that the hostname is correct Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Note Set the time zone and Daylight Saving Time to a correct value beforehand and reboot the system Then NTP servers can be registered If several NTP servers IP addresses are registered by this command the order of accessing to NTP servers are shown in show running config command O Ifthe host name is specified instead of IP address changing the NTP server s IP address at DNS server will not be enabled It is necessary to restart the device after DNS server s IP address has been changed Example Register an NTP server with IP address 192 168 1 1 and set the interval for time synchronization to 600 minutes xg config ntp server host 192 168 1 1 xg config ntp server polling 600 89 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 RADIUS TACACS This section explains the commands related to RADIUS TACACS 5 5 1 show authentication
122. this parameter is omitted Command type Configuration command Default None Message Authentication server can register up to 4 Explanation Four RADIUS servers have already been registered Solution Delete unnecessary RADIUS servers and execute the command again Secret key is too long Explanation The specified secret key is more than 32 characters Solution Specifies the secret key under 33 characters Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or the IP address is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format Invalid secret key Explanation A secret key is not specified or an invalid character is set Solution Specifies a secret key using available characters If the secret key is not specified a global secret key should be configured by radius server key command before executing this command Cannot find 1 Explanation The specified host cannot be found Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check that the hostname is correct or the hostname is registered Example The following example registers a RADIUS server as IP address is 192 168 0 10 and UDP port number is 1812 and secret key is radius bl xg config radius server host 192 168 0 10 auth port 1812 key radius b1 93 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 5 radius server key Function Specifies a global
123. to RADIUS servers are transmitted in order of the number Host Displays IP address or hostname of the RADIUS server Auth Port Displays UDP port number of the RADIUS server Secret Key Displays a secret key used by the device and the RADIUS server Displayed secret keys are not encrypted Displays the information of RADIUS server xgH show radius 92 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 4 radius server host Function Registers a RADIUS server Up to four RADIUS servers can be registered Use the no form to delete registered RADIUS servers Prompt xg config Command syntax radius server host HOST auth port lt 1 65535 gt key KEY no radius server host HOST Parameter O host HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of a RADIUS server IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 2544 This device accesses to RADIUS servers in order which is shown in show radius command O auth port lt 1 65535 gt Specifies UDP port number of a RADIUS server It can be set in the range of 1 to 65535 1812 is specified if this parameter is omitted key KEY Specifies a secret key in ASCII character Printable characters except for anda space ASCII code 0x20 can be specified and its length should be less than 33 A global secret key is specified if
124. total Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 SSS S555 S55 5552S 5S SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS eS SS Port Priority 0 Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 Priority 5 Priority 6 Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes Bytes 1 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 1234567890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 5 1234567890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 6 1234567890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T el 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 SSS SSS SSS 5555S SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS SS 555555555 SSS SSS SSS SS S555 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Priority 7 Port Description Bytes 1234567890 port_namel O port _name2 1234567890K port_name3 256890M port_name4 256890G port_name5 256890T port_name6 O port _name7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The bytes displayed in the Bytes column are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 214 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide
125. transmission frames after startup of the system O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor traffic bytes current Traffic Statistics Current Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Port Link State Tx Rate Rx Rate Tx Frame Rx Frame STP State Bits Sec Bits Sec Bytes Bytes 1 Up Discard 12345678K 12345678K 1234567890K 1234567890K 2 Down 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard 923 923 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn 999123K 999123K 1234567890M 1234567890M 5 Up Forward 999 999 1234567890G 1234567890G 6 Up Forward 999999K 999999K 1234567890T 1234567890T 7 Down 0 0 0 0 8 Down 0 0 0 0 gt ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Traffic Statistics Current Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 port_namel port_name2 port_name3 port_name4 port_name5 port_name6 port_name7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port
126. transmission type Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics dataflow Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics dataflow Dataflow Statistics Total Counts 2007 01 22 19 59 17 No 1 Port si al Link State STP State Up Forward Flow Ctl Mode disabled Forward Counts 0 Flood Counts 0 Rx Pause Counts 200 Tx Pause Counts 0 Full Drop Counts 0 VLAN Drop Counts 0 Port Description port_namel No 2 No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States O Flow Ctl Mode Displays the flow control setup for each port Rx amp Tx Both transmission and reception of pause frames are enabled Rx Only the reception of pause frames is enabled O Forward Counts Displays the accumulated number of frames forwarded normally among the unicast frames received at each port after the system startup Flood Counts Displays the accumulated number of flooded frames among the unicast frames received at ea
127. value is used to identify the severity and facility of a log message It is added according to the following rules O Priority must have three four or five characters It starts with an angle bracket lt followed by a number followed by an angle bracket gt Example lt 14 gt O The Priority value is calculated from the Facility code Facility and the Severity code Severity The Priority value consists of one two or three decimal integers O The Priority value is calculated by first multiplying the Facility code by 8 and then adding the numerical value of the Severity code The Facility code defined in the device is 1 random user level messages The Severity codes defined in the device are Critical critical conditions Error error conditions Warning warning conditions Informational informational messages OQ AJOIN 300 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Appendix B SNMP Traps This appendix lists the SNMP traps supported by the device Standard SNMP Traps Trapname RFC _ Trap OID _ coldStart 3418 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 1 linkDown 2863 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 3 linkUp 2863 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 4 authenticationFailure 3418 1 3 6 1 6 3 1 1 5 5 risingAlarm 2819 1 3 6 1 2 1 16 0 1 fallingAlarm 2819 1 3 6 1 2 1 16 0 2 newRoot 1493 1 3 6 1 2 1 17 0 1 topologyChange 1493 1 3 6 1 2 1 17 0 2 Ente
128. 0 0 0 0 for the source IP address when sending a Query message Since some client software does not return a response for a Query message with the source IP address being set to 0 0 0 0 it is recommended that an address other than 0 0 0 0 be used O Ifa multicast router exists on the network segment the device does not send Query message even if IGMP Querier is valid 51 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 5 Configuring IGMP Snooping To configure IGMP snooping carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command f Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config ip snooping protocol igmp Enable global IGMP snooping on the device xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Enable IGMP snooping for each VLAN separately mrouter suppress learning xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional group member interval lt 60 600 gt Change the group member interval xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional mrouter port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Register the port the multicast router resides statically xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional Suppress dynamic registration on the port the multicast router resides max group lt 10 128 gt xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional l
129. 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2222222222352 E 22 222222222 233 232 22322 2 22 5 gt ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 S S 2 S52 2 2 s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 S Priority 7 Port Description Counts 1234567890 port_namel O port_name2 1234567890K port_name3 256890M port_name4 2568906 port_name5 256890T port_name6 0 port_name7 0 22 2 2 s5 5 s S ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O Priority 0 Counts to Priority 7 Counts Display the accumulated number of frames for each priority 0 through 7 received at each port after the command execution using 10 digit right justified values O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 51 characters can be displayed 215 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Output form if total is specified xg monitor qos priority traffic counts total Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 S55 55 gt gt gt gt gt gt SSS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SSS SS S
130. 0 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 1234567890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 5 1234567890G 2568906 2568906 2568906 2568906 2568906 2568906 6 1234567890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T oe 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 252 22 S2 2 2 22 S 2 S2s 2 2 2 2 2 2 2s 22 S s 22 2 22 2 5 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Current Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Bytes 1234567890 port_namel 0 port_name2 1234567890K port_name3 256890M port_name4 256890G port_name5 256890T port_name6 0 port_name 7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O Priority 0 Bytes Priority 7 Bytes Display the accumulated number of bytes for each of priority 0 through 7 received at each port after the command execution using 10 digit right justified values O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 51 characters can be displayed 213 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Output form if total is specified xg monitor qos priority traffic bytes
131. 0 series User s Guide 2 1 2 Command Modes and Mode Switching Command Modes and Prompt Text host name for the device xg Operator class The following table shows a hierarchy of command modes and mode switching Outline The initial level operating mode entered upon logging into the system Operator EXEC mode Prompt xg gt Allows access to commands that have no effect on the switch operations With the device this mode is mainly used to view its status The prompt changes to xg gt Administrator class To enter this level use the enable command in the operator class or type the administrator s authentication password Administrator EXEC mode Prompt xg Allows users to perform operations that are related to the system management of the device such as date time setting and firmware update in addition to those operations that are performed in the operator EXEC mode The prompt changes to xg Global configuration mode Prompt xg config To switch to the global configuration mode enter the configure terminal command in the administrator EXEC mode This mode allows the user to define the environment settings for the device that are to be saved in a configuration file The prompt changes to xg config Interface edit mode Prompt xg config if xg config agg or xg config vlan To enter the interface edit mode enter the interface command in the global confi
132. 1 1 Setting Upsthe Serial Interface isin A ae ee A 3 1 2 Configure Management LAN INtertace 0 0 cccccceceeeeeeceenneeeeetnneeeeetaeeeeeetaaeeeeesaaeeeeesaeeeessaeeeeesieeeeessnaeeeeees 3 1 3 Telnet Connection via the Management LAN Interface Opti0NAl ooomocccconnicinonnnccccnnnenccccnnanccccnnanncnnnn 3 1 4 SSH Connection via the Management LAN Interface Optional ooooooonnnicnnonccccnnnmccccinnanccccnnanncccnnnnncnnnn 3 1 5 SNMP Configuration Optional aerieni aere E e A nc Chapter 4 Switch Functions and their Configuration sssssussssununseunnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnnn nennen 4 1 Basic SWitehFUNC ONS cccoomiocin iun ei ted a ene e ii iiaea Dd aN eieiei 4 1 1 Switching MOOG osissa te Geet iii ide 4 1 2 MAC Address Table Management oocccccconioccccnonaccccnononccccnnonccccn nn rra 4 153 JUMDO Frame SUPOTE cio a a ii 4 1 4 Flow Conti e did 4 1 5 SOM COMO ocio Add 4 1 6 Port SEU did 4 1 7 Ingress Rate Control iii did 4 2 Port MIMOPN ci AAA AA AA died 43 LINK Pass Through ca a Ai A Adal 4 4 LINK Aggregatori A iaa 4 4 7 Contiguring Link AQQreQalion A ooh AA 4 4 2 Frame Distribution Methods in Link Aggregation ccccccccecseteeecetnneneeeesnneeeeetaeeeeetnaeeeeesaeeeeeesineeestiaeeeenes 4 4 3 The Number of Ports That Require Linkup 2 1 ccccccceeeneceecececeeececnneaecececeeeesececaeceseseseseesnaeeeeeeseeteesiaes 4 4 4 Notes om Link Aggro gai A eee ee AS Uplink
133. 1 20 gt Specifies the destination port number for mirroring of received frames It must be different from the port specified by monitored port tx mirroring port O tx mirroring port lt 1 20 gt Specifies the destination port number for mirroring of sent frames It must be different from the port specified by monitored port rx mirroring port Command type Configuration command Default None Message Cannot set same port Explanation Identical port numbers for the monitored port rx mirroring port or tx mirroring port have been specified Solution Specify different port numbers by reviewing the monitored port rx mirroring port and tx mirroring port values then reissue the command Mirroring port 1 is a member of aggregation group Explanation The command was not executed since the port specified by rx mirroring port or tx mirroring port is a member of an aggregation group Inserted string 1 The port number specified by rx mirroring port or tx mirroring port Solution Delete the specified port from the aggregation group then reissue the command Note O f port mirroring was enabled before issuing this command the impacted ports are reassigned in accordance with the most recent command Example Mirror the frames received at port 1 to port 2 and mirror the frames sent from port 1 to port 3 xg config mirror monitored port 1 rx mirroring port
134. 10 update Firmware Update 7500 7999 ooooooniiccccnoniccccnnnencccconanncccnnanncc cnn nn mc cnn nan ccn cnn rca rca 295 A 2 11 snmp SNMP Control 8500 8599 oooooooniccccconocccinononccccncanccccnnancccnn arc cnn naar nn 298 A 2 12 nip NTP Control 8600 8699 oooonniccccnninicicnnnicccccnnanccccnnarnccnn nn rncn nn 299 A 3 Message Format for Forwarding SYSIOJ ooonnnnccinnnncccinnnoccccnnnoncccnn corn cnnn nac cna narrar rr 300 Appendix B SNMP MaDe r e E ic 301 Appendix C ListofMIBS iciaee iii 302 A A E A E A T A E E EE T T ET 312 9 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 1 Features and Functions This chapter describes the features and functions of the device 10 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 1 1 Features The XG2000 series is a compact 20 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet Layer 2 switch Special features of the XG2000 series are shown below Item __ Function Features Basic Switch Functions Throughput 400Gbit s Latency 350ns Exclude latency of XFPs Switching mode Either store and forward or cut through is selectable MAC address learning table 16384 entries size MAC address learning SVL Shared VLAN Learning IVL Independent VLAN Learning user selectable Jumbo frame support Up to 16KB 1
135. 2 510 2shoWw POM GeSCHPLION 3 scious os dteis ve ease pees ae E See dnae ait a a toes Da adiue ides solavia Ea mde 145 5 10 3 shutdown Administrator CXC modaj orete aeei er IRE EEEE TE ET 146 9D 1 04 CIC AO A A An 146 DADA DU a dee leal sbi 147 IN RN 148 AO FNOWGONUOL oes riick A A tad 149 O TOLO SOn CINTO A A A A A ee 150 5 10 9 SUppress addre SS le arninO iii ii a a Ai 150 5 10 10 shutdown Interface edit MOda serris tirei aeriana ia aie a Aae noc 151 5 10 11 shutdown Global configuration MOAE oonnoccccnninicinonaccccnnnoncccconcnncccnn iaeiei reier riiin aenea i iiaa 151 5 10 12 POS OCU Vei aa E ii a aea ida 152 Ds 1 0 13 MAK ASS UAIOUQH oani ea e ia a ada 153 10 14 ingross Pandmid m gt A a ATR EARN 154 5 10 15 MUIICASETOWAIdIND oeroet ia a a ida 155 6 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 Spanning Tree Protocol STP Configuration COMMANAS cconocccccnnociccnononcnccnanoncn crono cnn r nano nr crac rra 156 9 11 7 NS ll E AAEE EARE AEAEE RE EOE ER EEEE Er 156 ES A NN 161 ES A NN 162 ES A RE NN 163 iS SUE NN 164 9 11 6 SPanning tree forward TME s eeano nen EEAS aii aia aaa 165 5217 F spanning tree POrt PrOmly neciesa oian e a a a a e aa A aaa eas 166 5 11 8 spanning tree port path COSl srein aa aan iaaa eaen aee EA rO aAA AE EA eaa 166 5 11 9 spanning tree path cOSt default oooocoooicoononcconocococccononononnconcnncnnn nr 167 D 11 10 SDanninglreS porfa S siz
136. 2000 series User s Guide Vlan Information O Port Default Vlan ID The default VLAN ID of the port is displayed O Vlan Member tagged frame Registered VLAN membership tagged is displayed If not registered as a VLAN member tagged None is displayed O Vlan Member untagged frame Registered VLAN membership untagged is displayed If not registered as a VLAN member untagged None is displayed O User Vlan Protocol ID User defined VLAN protocol identifier User VLAN Protocol ID is displayed as a hexadecimal value starting with 0x Filter Information O Ingress Filter no vlan member The state of ingress filtering by VLAN ID is displayed Disabled The ingress filtering by VLAN ID is disabled Enabled The ingress filtering by VLAN ID is enabled Discards frames with VLAN ID that are not members when received O Ingress Filter tagged frame The state of ingress filtering of a tagged frame is displayed Disabled The ingress filtering of a tagged frame is disabled Enabled The ingress filtering of a tagged frame is enabled Discards tagged frames when received O Ingress Filter untagged frame The state of ingress filtering of an untagged frame is displayed Disabled The ingress filtering of an untagged frame is disabled Enabled The ingress filtering of an untagged frame is enabled Discards untagged frames when they received Example Display the state of the switch port 3 xg gt show interface
137. 2000 series User s Guide 5 4 2 show history Function Displays the history of executed commands since logged into the device Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show history Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show history 1 enable 2 show system information 3 date 4 show system information 5 show history Note O Ifthe same command is executed continuously it is treated as one command O Up to 100 history will be displayed Example Displays the history of executed commands xg show history 5 4 3 disable Function Switch from the administrator exec mode to the operator exec mode Prompt xg Command syntax disable Command type Operation management commands Example Switch from the administrator exec mode to the operator exec mode using the disable command The prompt character will change to xg gt xg disable xg gt 74 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 4 configure terminal Function Switch from the administrator exec mode to the global configuration mode Prompt xg Command syntax configure terminal Command type Operation management commands Message Configuration is locked by other Explanation A switch in state is not possible because a terminal session in global configuration mode exis
138. 22 10 08 01 xg xgsh XG INFO P4002 cmd result 893 success Aug22 10 08 02 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 893 show remote host Aug22 10 08 02 xg xgsh XG INFO P4002 cmd result 893 success Aug22 10 08 34 xg ntp XG INFO P8602 time server 192 168 41 1 offset 0 000543 sec Aug22 10 08 34 xg xgsh XG INFO P4002 cmd result 893 success Aug22 10 10 34 xg ntp XG INFO P8602 time server 192 168 41 1 offset 0 000660 sec Aug22 10 45 32 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 592 exit Aug22 10 45 32 xg xgsh XG INFO P4002 cmd result 592 success O Display log for each component To display a log associated with a specific component only specify the name of that component with include after entering show log command In the following example the CLI displays only messages that include cmd exec xg show log info include cmd exec Aug22 10 07 57 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 Aug22 10 08 01 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 Aug22 10 08 02 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 Aug22 10 45 32 xg xgsh XG INFO P4001 cmd exec 893 cmd exec 893 cmd exec 893 cmd exec 592 show system information show spanning tree show remote host exit Tis lis 270 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 2 Uploading Downloading a Configuration File The configuration file generated in the device can be uploaded to a remote server Also whe
139. 234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn Rx Tx 1234567890M 25690M 25690M 25690M 5 Up Forward Rx amp TX 1234567890G 25690G 25690G 25690G 6 Up Forward Rx amp TX 1234567890T 25690T 25690T 25690T 7 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 8 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 SSS SS SS 0 _z A A A SS SS SS SS gt _ _z_ SS SS E _ A SS SS ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Dataflow Statistics Total Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Full Drop VLAN Drop Port Description Counts Counts 1234567890 1234567890 port_namel 0 O port_name2 1234567890K 1234567890K port_name3 25690M 25690M port_name4 25690G 25690G port_name5 25690T 25690T port_name6 0 O port_name7 0 0 A A _ _ _ A A A A A A A A AA A A _ _ SS SS A SS ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The values displayed in the Counts column are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 220 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 9 monitor error Function Displays error traffic statistics for each port Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor error current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated error count after startup of this comman
140. 3 IP SMOOPING MAX QrOUP ecceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeteeeeeseeeeeeeneeeess 199 ip Snooping Mrouter iiaee heerten aae Aaa coarseness ip snooping protocol ip snooping querier ip Snooping Send query COUN ceeeeeeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeneeeeeeteeetes 204 IP snooping VIAN c ooooccccnoccconancconono conan ncnonnnno nan n nn nannn nc cnn ca nannnnnnnns 190 ip snooping vlan fastleave oooonoccconoccccnnncccconannconancnconancn nana nnnnnno 194 ip snooping vlan group member interval ooooncccconnccccnnccccncncccccnno 193 ip snooping vlan last member query interval cceeeee 195 ip Snooping vlan Max QrOUP c ccccooocccnoncccononccnonenccnonnnncnnncanonnncnnns 191 ip Snooping vlan Mrouter oooocccnncccccconcccononncnonancncnnnnncnnnn ca nannnnnnane 192 ip Snooping vlan QUETIET cceeeeeeeeeteeeteeeeeeeeneeeteeteeeteeaeeetes 197 ip snooping vlan Send query COUNt cceeeceeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeteeetes 196 MV Lis a Reha oie ad UI Go a oe deaths A or ease 27 Jumbo Frame Support ccccceceeceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaeeeseneeeeeeueeeseneeeeees 28 lacp port priority lacp system priority All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide DES A TEE 31 A OS 67 Link Aggregation nennen 32 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands Link Fault Signaling 3 Link Pass Through 2 3 link aggregation c ceeseeeeeeeeeeese
141. 31246523 Priority 4 Bytes 1234114235453466 Priority 5 Bytes 0 Priority 6 Bytes 0 Priority 7 Bytes 0 Port Description port_namel No 2 No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers Priority O Bytes to Priority 7 Bytes Displays the accumulated number of frames with different QoS priorities received from the startup of this command O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 51 characters can be displayed 226 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 14 show statistics qos priority traffic counts Function Displays the traffic the number of frames for each port with different QoS priorities after system Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics qos priority traffic counts Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics qos priority traffic counts Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 19 49 53 Port SL Priority 0 Counts 12345678901234567890 Priority 1 Counts 2354235234 Priority 2 Counts 235434250 Priority 3 Counts 12314657 Priority 4 Counts 235477689352374 Priority 5 Counts 246364564564546 Priority 6 Counts 1234453456 Priority 7 Counts 1436434623 Port Description port_namel No 2 No Displays statistics for
142. 34567890 1234567890 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Same as the display description for the current option O Link State STP State Same as the display description for the current option O Tx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated transmission byte count after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated receive byte count after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Port Description Same as the display description for the current option 208 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 2 monitor traffic counts Function Displays the transmission frame count at each port Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor traffic counts current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the number of accumulated transmission frames after startup of this command total Displays the number of accumulated transmission frames after startup of the system interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor traffic counts current Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Por
143. 5 10 5 interface port Function Switches from the global configuration mode to the interface edit mode wherein ports are configured Multiple ports can be configured collectively Prompt xg config Command syntax interface port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt interface port range lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt interface agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port to configure When specifying multiple ports list them separated with space port range lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Specifies the range of multiple ports to configure by separating with space agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number to configure Multiple aggregation groups cannot be specified Command type Configuration command Message duplicate port number 1 Explanation The specified port number was duplicated Inserted string 1 specified switch port number Solution Specify a switch unique port numbers Note When multiple ports are collectively configured their settings are individually displayed when using such commands as copy running config startup config or show running config Example Switch to the collective interface edit mode using port numbers in the range of 1 to 8 xg config interface port range 1 8 xg config if Switch to the collective interface edit mode using port numbers 1 3 5 and 7 xg config interface po
144. 6128 bytes Flow control IEEE802 3x compliant pause frame control Possible to specify flow control options for each port Storm control Detects the broadcast storm status to prevent the traffic from overflowing the network and avoid degrading overall system performance Port security Possible to restrict port access based on a source MAC address Ingress rate control Supports by port ingress rate control Port mirroring Possible to monitor the incoming outgoing traffic by port mirroring Link pass through Possible to synchronize the link state of a monitored port with the link state of a single or multiple ports Scalability Link aggregation Possible to increase bandwidth and redundancy Up to 10 ports for Static and LACP each link Also supports IEE802 3ad LACP Uplink Filter Filtering multicast broadcast and unlearned unicast frames from leaf nodes to uplink Possible to configure fat tree using several XG series Redundancy IEEE802 1D STP Possible to make a redundant and loop free network using Rapid IEEE802 1w RSTP Spanning Tree Protocol upward compatible with Spanning Tree Protocol VLAN support IEEE802 1Q VLAN Max 128 groups Filtering Ingress egress filtering Multiple VLAN Possible to create multiple tag based VLAN with user VLAN tag identifier QoS IEEE802 1p QoS Supports 4 traffic classes based on VLAN priority or DSCP DiffServ DiffServ Code Point of IPv4 IPv6 Scheduling Strict DRR Deficit Round Robin Stri
145. 701 startup config host2 s password 109 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 7 dir ls Function Lists the files in the volatile memory of the device Prompt xg Command syntax dir 1s Command type Operation management commands Output form xg dir Update time File size File name 2007 01 22 19 23 03 913 system_info_ 20070122 2007 01 22 19 22 41 2 604 start_conf 20070122 2007 01 22 19 22 19 2 655 run conf 20070122 unused 14 639 104 bytes O Update time Displays the file update time O File size Displays the file size byte O File name Displays the file name O unused Displays the size of free memory Example Copy running config startup config and the system information to files in volatile memory then list the files in volatile memory xg show running config gt run conf 20070122 xg show startup config gt start_conf 20070122 xg show system information gt system info 20070122 xg ls Update time File size File name 2007 01 22 19 23 03 913 system _ info 20070122 2007 01 22 19 22 41 2 604 start_conf 20070122 2007 01 22 19 22 19 2 655 run conf 20070122 unused 14 639 104 bytes 110 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 8 delete Function Deletes the files in the volatile memo
146. 90K 1234567890K 1234567890K 7 Down 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 8 Down 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K istdessesoesster ssesecessess cosestisetosssossdtessctedtsssoestenstersssses ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 port_namel port_name2 port_name3 port_name4 port_name5 port_name6 port_name7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Same as the display described for the current option O Link State STP State Same as the display described for the current option O Tx Frame Counts Displays the number of accumulated transmission frames after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value Rx Frame Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive frames after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx Bcast Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive broadcast frames after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx Mcast Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive multicast frames after system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Port Description Same as the display description for the current option 210 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 3 monitor framesize traffic counts Function Dis
147. A link aggregation group was deleted O Inserted string 1 Aggregation group information P3102 INFO Initialize LPT setting 1 Explanation The link pass through setting was initialized O Inserted string 1 Port information P3103 INFO Released LPT setting 1 from 2 Explanation The link pass through setting configured for the port was removed when the port was configured as a member of a link aggregation group O Inserted string 1 Information on the removed port link status information was sent O Inserted string 2 Information on the monitored port that was removed P3200 INFO Learned an IGMP multicast router automatically vlan 1 agg port 2 Explanation IGMP snooping learned a multicast router O Inserted string 1 VLAN ID O Inserted string 2 Learned aggregation group information P3201 INFO Learned an IGMP multicast router automatically vlan 1 port 2 Explanation IGMP snooping learned a multicast router P3202 WARNING Received IGMP packet without IP header Explanation Received a frame with a size smaller than that described in the IP header Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3203 WARNING Received IGMP packet with illegal IP version Explanation Received a frame with an illegal IP header version Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3204 W
148. AC address learninQ oocooncccconnccccnncccnconcccnnnncanananinos 312 315 ESQUI rivadavia tt ll 11 Filtering show Command Output cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeeneees 20 Flow Control ni flowcontrol de Format of Log Message coooooconocccccoccccnonccocnnnncnnancccnnnncccnnanacanannos 269 Frame Distribution Methods in Link Aggregation ooinnccnnnn 34 generate SSh NOStKeY coooocconoccconoccccconccconanccnnnnnn nc nano cononncnnnannnnnnnns 71 A A ea a ir 77 HOSHHAME rieten idani iiinneag aiiai iaa Eaa EAK Ei ani aA 64 How to Enter Commands oocooccccccccoconocononcconnc can ccnona nan ccnon conca 17 IEE ESO2 AQ annaia daa AOS 42 IGMP QUito aida 51 IGMP SNOOPING lt gt c0ciccorinic acota read a eai ad 47 IGMP Snooping Setup Commands 187 Ingress Rate Control ooocinococnnicccccn 029 ingress bandwidth ocooocccccccnocccccacccccnnns 154 ingress filter no vlan member fraMe oooonocccinnccconoccccononcnnonanccnnno 177 ingress filter tagged fraMe ooooonocccnnnccccnoncccononncconancconancnnonnnnnnnno 178 ingress filter UNtagged fraMe ccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeeeeeeetes 178 interface poroto dada Aoki ke 147 interface vlan 173 ip snooping 198 ip snooping fast leave 202 ip snooping group member interval cccceeeeeeeeeeeeeeeteeeees 201 ip snooping last member interval c cscceeeeeeeeeeseeeeeeeeeetes 20
149. ARNING Received IGMP packet with wrong checksum in IP header Explanation Received a frame with an incorrect IP header checksum Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3205 WARNING Received IGMP packet with wrong checksum in IGMP header Explanation Received a frame with an incorrect IGMP header checksum Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device 289 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Message ID Severity Message Explanation Solution P3206 WARNING Destination IP address doesn t match with IGMP group address in IGMP report message Explanation Received a frame containing at destination IP address that does not match the IGMP group address in an IGMP Report message Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3207 WARNING Received illegal IGMP packet Explanation Received a frame from an undefined IGMP type Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3208 WARNING Bad destination IP address in IGMP leave message Explanation Received a frame containing an incorrect destination address in an IGMP Leave message Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3209 WARNING Received invalid multicast group address in IGMP packet group address 31 fr
150. After executing this command it is necessary to restart the system using the reset command in order for the new startup config to take effect Prompt xg Command syntax copy local CONFIG FILE startup config copy tftp scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE startup config Parameter O local CONFIG FILE Specifies the file name in volatile memory that data is copied Point Follow the rules below in specifying file names File names must start with alphabet a z A Z Characters usable for file names are alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 underscore _ and period tftp Transfers the file stored on the TFTP server O scp Transfers the file stored on the SSH server O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server O HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of the TFTP server or SSH server for HOST IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name stored on the TFTP server or SSH server Command type Operation management commands Message Not found file 1 Explanation The specified file cannot be found Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check the file name and execute the command again Config file header is invalid 1 Explanation The specified file is not in a configuration file format
151. CT xg config snmp server access host A B C D HOSTNAME community COMMUNITY NAME Set the IP address host name of the SNMP manager and the community name xg config snmp server trap host A B C D HOSTNAME community COMMUNITY NAME protocol v1 v2c Set the IP address host name of the host that is notified of SNMP traps and community name if the SNMP trap notification is enabled xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 25 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 4 Switch Functions and their Configuration This chapter describes the functions of the device and how to configure them Refer to Operating Environment for the CLI for details on using the CLI Refer to Command Reference for details on commands 26 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 1 Basic Switch Functions This section describes the basic switch functions 4 1 1 Switching Mode The device provides the following two switching modes O Store and forward switching mode After the device finishes receiving a frame it checks the FCS Frame Check Sequence and performs a validity check on packet size etc before forwarding the frame If the switch receives a frame with an error frame it discards it O Cut through switching mode The device transmits the frame to the destination as soon as the f
152. Device oi dd 264 6 1 Verifying the Device Operations ssrin aaar naL dc di 265 6 1 1 Verifying Hardware Stat S arren sradins rias aa aLa ENA cnn 265 6 1 2 Verifying Syster AUS oa oea iae i aaa aa aei aiaa eA Ea AEA aA EA AAAA AA AA E a a aA 268 6 1 3 Reviewing Log MESSAGES ices cccccsuzaccyeedadentesaaddeeSadaeedtenedadstdnsigddecfadddacevhagaceecesngideedsdaateeiagiee tagacdessdedeteenie 268 6 2 Uploading Downloading a Configuration File 2 eee eeeeeeeeeeeee eect tenets ee eaeeeeeeaeeeeeeeceeeeeeneeeseeieeeesenaeeeeneaas 271 6 2 1 Preparing the remote S V sriressrasssridii ansia cette endian ee rra 271 6 2 2 Uploading a Configuration FilO ooonnooononiccnnonccccinnniccccnnnercccnnarccrn nr 271 6 2 3 Downloading a Configuration File oooooonnicicnnniniccnnnncccccnnnencccnnarcccn nc 271 6 3 Updating ElMWarEs tt dana 272 6 321 Updating FIN wae 22 dada Paces deena Set aida id RADO ha aida Bed E haa Eb Di dee 272 6 3 2 SOIOCUNGFEMMWATO iii iii Seb cae Aida T ii aiii haa abia 273 6 4 Extracting of Maintenance Informati0N oononcccnnnnniccnnnnocnccnononncncnnoncnc nano nc ee ee tants carr 274 6 4 1 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when a System Subsystem Failure Occurred 274 6 4 2 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when an endless System Loop Occurred 275 6 4 3 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when a Malfunction OCCUIS 2 11 cccceteeeteteeteees 275 Chapter 7
153. ERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE or xg show startup config scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE How to download startup config To download the configuration information that was uploaded to the remote server as startup config run the copy command Syntax download a file from a TFTP server xg copy tftp HOST REMOTE FILE startup config Syntax download a file from a SSH server xg copy scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE startup config To enable the settings downloaded to the startup config file restart the device using the reset command Point O Be sure to upload the contents of the startup config file to a remote server because the contents could be lost if the startup config file is accidentally overwritten Refer to Uploading Downloading a Configuration File for details on uploading and downloading configurations scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key 16 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 2 Using the CLI 2 2 1 How to Enter Commands O Command Entry Format Separate each command subcommand and argument with a single space lt command gt lt subcommand gt lt argument l gt lt argument 2 gt indicates a space xg config management in
154. Eller ti A A A Gate at lee teas ti aloes te tate Sau tat ae Gate ee ta ets 4 6 Spanning Tree Protocol TP de da A dad 4 6 1 Port Roles Based ON Spanning Tree ssec ae e E E E EE AR EEA ARE 4 6 2 Spanning Tree Protocol Port States uyire aine a Ee e R A EA T EEA E EE E 430 3 CONTIQUINO Spanning ees sete aio A A Se ed 4 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 27 XG2000 series User s Guide ETN EAN O NN NN 41 437 1 POM Based VLAN A A NN 41 4 7 2 Tag Base d IEEEBGOZ 1O VEAN scsisstescsienszeecebhseezcnbeategeneazegedines E E EE O ESSAS ETEEN E 42 437 3 Multiple VEAN a a aa aaa aaa a a aa a aa aa aa AA a aA a aaa aaa A EEEa E Aa aa EAEE EETAS 43 4 8 Quality Of Servico QOS a a a A a E EAR 46 A QiGMP SMOOPING eetan EE E aE E a EAE E E AANE 47 4 9 1 Registering Group Members isccoonoosiconsicdccsictcibaatancdo aE AT eA NAAA EEEE EEN E AOE iaa nadaa 48 4 9 2 NE NR NN 49 4 9 3 Managing Group MomborS sssini iinarte eo A N A ES A IA AEE AEA EEA 50 AE E AO A NN 51 49 5 Configuring IGMP SNORING orisii tairo E E A OE tones Ida ei pate Eat EN 52 4 10 Networks Management errira it ANTEE A AE ERRA de CARA T I PA EERE AR A AIVE ATAATA ANARA PAA 53 410 1 Troie AUS oor a da a a A nalei AAAA A Id IA ADA a dd ee 53 4 10 2 SNMP AQONL oiticiostoia ib ii Lib Et din aariaa i aaa da AAA a AO AEEA it E 54 4 103 RMON tt nit tidied ADA AA A A A ahem eee 54 4 11 RADIUS TACACS authentication bsri aiiai anina aa ai AREAK aaa cnc N nn Raa E
155. Ether like MIB RFC2665 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 transmission 10 dot3 7 1 dot3Stats Table NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3 2 2 dot3StatsEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3StatsTable 1 3 dot3StatsIndex Interfacelndex dot3StatsEntry 1 4 dot3StatsAlignmentErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 2 5 dot3StatsF CSErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 3 6 dot3StatsSingleCollisionFrames Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 4 7 dot3StatsMultipleCollisionFrames Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 5 8 dot3StatsSQETestErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 6 9 dot3StatsDeferredTransmissions Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 7 10 dot3StatsLateCollisions Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 8 11 dot3StatsExcessiveCollisions Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 9 12 dot3StatsInternalMacTransmitErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 10 13 dot3StatsCarrierSenseErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 11 14 dot3StatsFrameTooLongs Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 13 15 dot3StatsInternalMacReceiveErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 16 16 dot3StatsEtherChipSet OBJECT IDENTIFIER dot3StatsEntry 17 17 dot3StatsSymbolErrors Counter32 dot3StatsEntry 18 18 dot3StatsDuplexStatus INTEGER dot3StatsEntry 19 19 dot3ControlTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3 9 20 dot3ControlEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3ControlTable 1 21 dot3ControlFunctionsSupported BITS dot3ControlEntry 1 22 dot3ControllnUnknownOpcodes Counter32 dot3ControlEntry 2 23 dot3PauseTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3 10 24 dot3PauseEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot3PauseTabl
156. Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 1 6 Port Security Port security blocks connections attempted by unregistered hosts When a host MAC address is registered the device receives only those frames that use registered source addresses For each port it is possible to configure port security To register a MAC address for a host use the bridge mac address table static command The port that the host is connected must be registered as a member port In Independent VLAN Learning mode this must be done for all VLANs that permit transmission Either of the following two modes can be specified for a security violating unregistered frame the device receives Restrict mode Filters violating frames only forwarding permitted frames Shutdown mode Filters all frames upon reception of a violating frame and the port goes link down Once a security violation is detected an error log is recorded No further detection of a violating frame will cause an error log to be recorded until security violations are reset by clear violation To configure port security carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Command __ Task _ xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to the interface edit mode to specify the port s to be configured for port security In this example the global interface configurat
157. Failure Occurred This section describes the procedures for extracting maintenance information when a system or subsystem failure occurred O Asystem subsystem failure occurred If an unrecoverable error including a system or subsystem failure occurred in the device the system automatically saves maintenance information and restarts the system operations If a system failure occurred a system dump file and a process dump file are generated System logs and SNMP traps After the system restarts a system log entry is generated to indicate that a system subsystem failure generated a dump file Configuring an SNMP trap in advance causes the system subsystem failure to be reported to a system administrator Viewing maintenance information history Using the show maintenance command check that the maintenance information was saved xgH show maintenance Maintenance Information 2007 01 22 15 55 20 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system dump 2007 01 22 18 21 23 2 process dump 2007 01 22 20 57 58 The show maintenance command displays one of the following types of maintenance information in Type system dump System dump recorded when a system failure occurred system dump dump switch Forced system dump caused by the dump switch system dump machine check System dump triggered by a hardware machine check process dump Process dump generated when a failure occurred in a subsystem Extracting main
158. G2000 series User s Guide Link Type Indicates the state of the current link Point to point A point to point link Shared A shared link Forward Transitions Displays the number of times the port changed to forwarding state Portfast The Portfast state is displayed Disabled The Portfast function is disabled Enabled The Portfast function is enabled Portfast bpdu guard The state of the BPDU guard function is displayed Disabled The BPDU guard function is disabled Enabled The BPDU guard function is enabled Portfast bpdu filter The state of the BPDU filter function is displayed Disabled The BPDU filter function is disabled Enabled The BPDU filter function is enabled BPDU Parameter Example Displays the information about the BPDU send receive This is only displayed when the STP State of the specified port is not Down Designated Path Cost The root path cost to the destination port is displayed Designated Port ID The Port ID of the destination port is displayed Designated Priority The priority value of the destination port is displayed Designated Root ID The switch identifier of the root switch registered in the destination switch is displayed The first four digits representing the priority of the root switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number The remaining 12 digits representing the MAC address of the root switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number Design
159. HOSTOO5 11 22 33 46 HOSTO06 66 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 Serial Telnet SSH Configuration Commands This section explains configuration commands related to a serial connection telnet SSH connection 5 3 1 terminal pager Function Enables or disables the pager function of the serial telnet SSH terminal Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax terminal pager on off Parameter O pager on off Specifies enable disable of the pager on Enables the pager off Disables the pager Command type Operation management commands Default on Note O This command is effective until the terminal is disconnected 5 3 2 line Function Switches to the terminal edit mode Prompt xg config Command syntax line console Parameter O console Switches to the terminal edit mode of the serial connection Command type Configuration command Example Switch from the administrator exec mode to the terminal edit mode with the serial interface xg configure terminal xg config line console 67 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 3 baud rate Function Sets the serial baud rate bps Prompt xg config line Command syntax baud rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 Parameter O 9600 19200 38400 57600
160. ITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 1 3 startup config and running config The configuration information is saved to startup config and running config files This section describes the functions of the startup config and running config files startup config Startup config is the configuration file that stores the environment settings that are enabled upon device startup The startup config is saved in non volatile memory and read the next time the device is reset or power cycled running config Running config is a file stored in volatile memory that represents the operating environment of the current running system The information stored in the running config file will be lost when the system is restarted To assure the system configuration that is active in the current running config file is enabled the next time the system is started use the copy command to save it to the startup config file xg copy running config startup config The contents of the startup config and running config match immediately after the device is started How to upload and save the startup config and running config files To upload the configuration information to the remote server run the show command Syntax upload the file on a TFTP server xg show running config tftp HOST REMOTE FILE or xg show startup config tftp HOST REMOTE FILE Syntax upload the file on a SSH server xg show running config scp US
161. ITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 7 bridge mac address table Function By registering static MAC addresses to the MAC address table frames with specific destination MAC addresses can be forwarded to a specified port When a unicast static MAC address is registered dynamic MAC addresses will not be learned even when frames sent from the same MAC address are received from a different port Also by registering multicast static MAC addresses frames to be sent to specific multicast nodes can be assigned so that they will be forwarded only to the port specified In this case set the multicast forwarding mode to forward unregistered mac or filter unregistered mac using the multicast forwarding command Use the no form to delete registered static MAC addresses Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt 11 no bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O static MAC Specifies static MAC addresses When a frame with this destination address is received it will be forwarded to the port specified The MAC address format is HHHH HHHH HHHH a 12 digit hexadecimal number with a period inserted between every four digits Point O A unicast MAC address can register the information for only one port in the MAC address table As for IVL o
162. If a firmware update is performed the inactive firmware will be updated In the following example the firmware is updated using the firmware file XF10100 stored on the TFTP server host1 xg update system tftp host1 XF10100 In the following example the firmware is updated using the firmware file XF10100 stored on_the SSH server host2 xg update system scp foo host2 XF10100 remote host2 s password 3 Upon successful completion of the firmware update verify the version number of the updated firmware E L changed using the show system information command During the update the command output changes to writing When the firmware update completes successfully the updated firmware selection number is displayed in Next Startup Firmware xg show system information Firmware Information Firmware 1 El0L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 02 22 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 02 23 10 57 53 1 Current Firmware 1 Displays the status of update Next Startup Firmware 2 4 Upon completion of the firmware update reboot the device using the reset command xgH reset Do you restart system y n lt A confirmation message is displayed If the reboot starting the new firmware fails the old version is automatically selected and booted If this is the case the following m
163. It fails to set RMON because the command was executed while the SNMP manager was accessing Solution While the SNMP is not accessing execute the no command and set RMON again Example Set the data collection interval to 30 minutes default value and the data storage count to 20 data sets for the RMON history for port 1 The 10 hour history statistics will be logged xg config rmon collection history 1 port 1 buckets 20 240 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 18 3 rmon alarm Function Sets RMON alarms Up to 30 entries can be set Use the no form to delete entries previously set Prompt xg config Command syntax rmon alarm INDEX VARIABLE interval VALUE absolute delta rising threshold VALUE EVENT NUM falling threshold VALUE EVENT NUM owner OWNERNAME no rmon alarm INDEX Parameter o INDEX Specifies an entry index number for the RMON alarm within the range of 1 to 65535 VARIABLE Specifies an OID for the MIB object to be monitored A name such as ifEntry 10 2 cannot be set for the OID The OID must be a string of decimal integers separated by a period An example 1 3 6 1 2 1 1 2 2 1 10 2 interval VALUE Specifies an interval in seconds for threshold checks on the MIB to be monitored The VALUE can be an integer of 2 to 65535 absolute delta Specifies a threshold evaluation method as follows
164. LFS Link Fault Signaling When the link status of the monitored port is restored to normal the other port is also restored to normal thereby restoring the network link To configure Link pass through carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Link Pass Through THEE E A y xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config link pass through monitored port Set the relationship between the ports to be monitored lt 1 20 gt monitored agg port lt 1 10 gt and ports link status notification were sent domino port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt 1 domino agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 31 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 4 Link Aggregation Link aggregation is a function that combines multiple ports into a single logical link A set of ports that comprise a logical link is called an aggregation group Link aggregation provides O Increased bandwidth By grouping multiple physical ports into a single logical link an aggregation group network traffic data sent and received will be balanced across the physical ports thereby providing increased bandwidth O Redundancy Multiplexing ports allows uninterrupted network operations should one of the multiple links fail Since the link status of the logical aggregation groups remains unch
165. Memory Tag SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2211 Too Many SMT SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2212 Output Queue SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2213 Too Many Output Queue SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2214 Tag Memory SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2215 Too Many Tag
166. N 87 A E NN 88 IA IS NN 89 D D RADIUSITACA CS Ficticia apa tace tn R 90 959 T SHOW GUINONTIG ALON saans NN 90 30 2 E EE O NON 91 E A NN 92 SoA radius Server A NN 93 DO FAGIUS SCIVEN KO ceee en EE AEO EA EE AA A a A OA EE 94 9 9 6 E MES roiret aaa r nE aE oE a NON 95 IOF SHOW TACACS NN 96 RE AE HOST A NN 97 E A A A svete 98 5 6 Configuration File Operation COMMAMNAS occccccinococinonococcnonono nono nono nnn nono nn aran o nn aran narran rra rr nena r narran 99 5 6 1 copy running Config StArtUP CONTIG coooonnocccnnnnaniciconanccccnnannccnn nr cn nr rra 99 9 6 2 SHOW TUANING CONG riae roinaa eela ia daai aeiia eiA A EL a E AAAA A a RAEAN A NE AAR ARA A AEA 99 5 6 3 SHOW tunning config Pedirect ooonnicicnnninnicnnonnccccnnnaccccnnnancccnn rca 100 5 64 SROW AE A ia atad iaeia R a Eai a iaa a Riian ea PAA A aaa 103 5 6 5 show startup COnfig redirect sisrate a aiii a nate eet A rakia ie ea Aaa riat aaa i Eaa aaee A a 104 916 6 COPY RS AAA A EAEAN AAA Aaa AAGE Ei Aa a ai 107 MEE EAE EIE EI NE AI TET I TE RN 110 O RN 111 A NN NT 112 DOLO MOOS dcir a ia AA AE Dak EDAD bea AAA ae a AI 113 DO TI SCD GOL iia Sie it e Des Sos EI e r ences Sis AA dt iD A di A ae 115 SGAL MOPU ea ii Ad ha A Eh E beg dea A a DADA A atada Reise ae 117 o SPH RE SCP 91 P 1 2 rat Dita Saa e A ES a E AE AA AI ra 118 5 7 Switch Basic Configuration Commands iaaa aaa a cette ee nano nc ee nano rca r cnn rra ren rre rra 120 5 7 1 clear bridge Mac addressS lable oo
167. N using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command 2 IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan last member query interval command Example Set the monitoring time to check for member exit on VLAN 2 to 3 seconds xg config ip snooping vlan 2 last member query interval 3 195 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 9 ip snooping vlan send query count Function Sets a query message transmission frequency Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt send query count lt 1 3 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt send query count Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to change O send query count lt 1 3 gt Sets a query message transmission frequency Command type Configuration command Default 2 Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan send query count command Vlan id is not found vid 1
168. NG Too Many VLAN Table SBE Error Log Disabled Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2206 WARNING Multicast State Table Error detected 15 Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2207 WARNING Too Many MST Errors Reset Switch LSI Explanation An uncorrectable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip The switch chip was reset Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 285 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2208 Stream Memory Tag MBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2209 Too Many SMT MBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation An uncorrectable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2210 Stream
169. O Inserted string 1 Location of detected temperature error Internal The temperature inside the chassis O Inserted string 2 3 Temperature value Solution Confirm the following checks on the device O Check that the air vent is not blocked O Check that the temperature of the switch environment is within the limits specified If there is no air vent blockage and the ambient temperature is within specifications note the message contents and contact the sales representative S0102 PWR 1 ALARM is detected WARNING Explanation A power supply error was detected O Inserted string 1 Power supply unit number Solution Replace the power supply unit S0104 PWR 1 is Off Line WARNING Explanation AC power is not reaching one of the power supply units O Inserted string 1 Power supply unit number Solution Check the AC cable and plugs P0105 PWR 1 is On Line INFO Explanation Power was restored to the power supply unit O Inserted string 1 Power supply unit number S0106 PWR 1 is Removed INFO Explanation The power supply unit was removed O Inserted string 1 Power supply unit number Solution If this message is received at times other than during hot swap check for proper installation P0107 PWR 1 is Inserted INFO Explanation A power supply unit was installed O Inserted string 1 Power supply unit number Solution If this message is received at times
170. OMMUNITY This option notifies a trap if an event occurred The COMMUNITY name can be up to 127 alphanumeric characters If omitted no traps are notified description DESCRIPTION STRING Specifies a character string that explains the events The description string can be up to 127 alphanumeric characters owner OWNERNAME Specifies an owner name for the entry using up to 127 alphanumeric characters If omitted no owner name is set Command type Configuration command Default None Message 2 RMON event can register up to 60 Explanation The RMON event group data entry registration limit was exceeded Solution Delete unnecessary RMON events then reissue the command RMON event 1 is not set Explanation An attempt to delete a non existing RMON event group occurred Inserted string 1 Specified index Solution Review the specified index then reissue the command OWNERNAME is too long Explanation The ownername length limit was exceeded Solution Reduce the ownername length then reissue the command COMMUNITY is too long Explanation The specified community name length limit was exceeded Solution Reduce the community name length then reissue the command DESCRIPTION is too long Explanation The description specified exceeded the length limit Solution Review the description length and reissue the command COMMUNITY cannot be used Explanation
171. OnitOr datat OW 20 A A A i eas A at A td 219 7 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A SS NN 221 NES AENA SN atten nen e EREE ERR noA a A EE A AREE E S 223 5 16 11 Show statistics tralMiC COUN S sissi ia ee ae a aa aa aa O a aa Eea 224 5 16 12 show statistics framesize traffiC COUN S ooonnicccconincccnonencccnnnanccccnnnarncc cnn 225 5 16 13 show statistics qos priority traffic byt s coonooiooconniccnoninicccnnincccnnnarcccn nn nn 226 5 16 14 show statistics qoS priority traffiC COUN S 22 ccccccceceseeenecnecececeeesecanaecesecesetececaaeaeeeeeeeteeseaeeeseeteeteeniees 227 5 16 15 show Statistics vlan traffic Dyt8S oooonmiciiin ninicinonniccinnincccinn arc 228 5 16 16 show statistics Vlan traffiC COUNMS 2 ccccceeeeeeneececeeececeeaaeaeeeceeeseceaaaeaeeeseenenesecaaeeeseseseseaecaneeseeneeteesiaes 229 5 16 17 Show Stati SUICS data HOW A NON 230 516 18 SNOW statisties OnO ss tasso aae a aea aAA Aaaa aa a a A aa O aa aaaea 231 5116 1 9 clear sia S O S E ON 232 5 17 SNMP Setup Commands mateta aaa eae ta aaa aeaa aa Bde sage a esaa teadet e aeaa dt 233 5 1 1 SHOW SDINMD SOIVO Lodi A A A II IA AA ead RE Ta 233 D ILZ SOMP SOIVOF l catios rins hirea enie aaia pade ea aaiae oa tay aee anaa ea dA a a da aAa eed daaa ae aE iea 234 5 17 3 S0Mp server COMACT sdear a aie a R A td aa daaa a aa ita d Ta 235 DTLASIOMP SOIVONDAOCOS Sit di aad eaaa a aa At tai ti a 236 TTD SOIMPE
172. Operation management commands Output form xg show bridge mac address table Mac Address Table Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Static Mac address Table 0001 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 2 0002 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 4 0003 123a 4321 vlan 3 filter ef01 123a 4321 vlan 3 port 1234567 8 Dynamic Mac address Table MAC addresses are sorted in the ascending order O Mac address The destination MAC address is displayed O Vilan id The associated VLAN ID is displayed When the learning mode of the MAC address table is SVL Shared Vlan Learning n is displayed O Destination port The associated destination port number is displayed port lt 1 20 gt The destination port number is shown For multicast MAC addresses multiple port numbers are displayed filter The MAC addresses are filtered Message IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Since Global IGMP snooping is disabled igmp snooping cannot be specified Solution After enabling IGMP snooping specify igmp snooping 122 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Example Display the content of all MAC address tables xgH show bridge mac address table Mac Address Table Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 0001 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 2 0002 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 4 0003 123a 4321 vlan 3 filter ef01 123a 4321 vlan 3 port 1234567 8 Dynamic Mac address Table By usin
173. P3N1 E202 01ENZO XG2000 series User s Guide FUJITSU XG2000 series User s Guide Preface You have purchased the XG2000 series a compact 20 port 10 Gigabit Ethernet layer 2 switch that achieves unsurpassed standards of high throughput and low latency performance This guide describes the XG2000 series XG2000 XG2000R XG2000C XG2000CR functions installation procedures configuration operations and maintenance procedures and should be read and understood before you start using your XG2000 series March 2009 Linux is a registered trademark or trademark of Linus Torvalds in the United States and or other countries All Rights Reserved Copyright PFU LIMITED 2009 2 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide About this Manual This section describes target readers contents notations etc of this guide Target Readers and Required Knowledge This guide was written for administrators who are in charge of network construction maintenance and management To use this guide the following knowledge is required O Basic knowledge of networks the Internet and intranets O Basic knowledge of system security This guide omits explanations of network protocol terms Contents This guide to the XG2000 series is composed of the following chapters Chapter 1 Features and Functions Describes the features and functions Chapter 2 Using the CLI Describes operating envir
174. Point O lf there are too few MAC addresses to be distributed across an aggregation group the distribution of frames across the destination ports tends to become biased To reduce such bias use a distribution method that uses more MAC addresses For example if a server is connected to an aggregation group and a client is connected to a different port the src mac or dst src mac parameters are recommended To set a distribution method carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt Specify a distribution method in the load balance protocol none lacp parameter of the link aggregation command load balance dst mac src mac dst src mac port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 4 3 The Number of Ports That Require Linkup It is possible to specify the number of ports that enable a linkup state for an aggregation group If the number of active ports that make up an aggregation group in a linkup state is less than the specified number of ports the aggregation group changes to a linkdown state For static link aggregation If the number of ports that make up an aggregation group ina linkup state no longer satisfies the specified number of ports the aggregation group changes to a linkdown state
175. Press the up arrow key or Ctrl1 P prompt to recall the previous command in the history to the Repeat the key sequence to recall successively older commands O To display a more recent command line Press the down arrow key or Ctrl N to the prompt to bring up the next line from the command history Repeat the key sequence to bring up successively more recent commands O To list the command history Use the show history command to view the list of commands saved in the history For each login up to 100 lines of command history can be registered 2 2 8 Aborting Command An executing command can be aborted by pressing Ctrl C Note that this key sequence may not be effective for some commands 2 2 9 No Form of Commands Almost every configuration command has a no form In general the no form is used to cancel the settings of a configuration command or restore default values Type no before entering a command name For details on using the no form refer to the Command Reference All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 2 10 Filtering show Command Output This function allows filtering the show command output so lines that only satisfy specific conditions filter for strings are displayed This function is useful in excluding unnecessary information from a large amount of output To use it a show command must be followed by a keyword pipe b
176. RAAN cnc nn nn Eea anar nn cn aa nncninns 55 4 11 1 RADIUS ATITDO ES cio tit Ad A E a IA dae 55 411 2 TACACSEATITIDU OS carrear iite da a ai ai dba Ab A a ia ADA AA AAE adi 55 4 11 3 Configuring RADIUS TACACS F oocoicccccononcccnnnoncccnn nac aeeeeeta nace ees aeeeeesaaeeeeetaaeeeeesaaeeeeeetaaeeeetseesestnaeeeeeey 56 Chapter 5 Command Reference a 57 STAbo Command ReTerence ui rain 58 5 1 1 Command Syston iiser ic A e Ad E EANA REA 58 5 1 2 Configuration of Command Refor nG esime oiie aaO a e A EA E EEEE 59 5 2 Management LAN Interface Configuration COMMANAS c oocccocccinocccccnnonconnnnnnno nano nnno nn nr nnnn cnn anno n nr rrnnn rar rnn rra 60 9 21 show romot NOST eea ee A EE O E E tees eebhizepebbaaeseesgnst cman sbalbuge be AEE 60 5 2 2 MANndgemMentl O IPs ii dodo eii 61 9 2 3 Managementlan QNS SCIVEM ici ebbiscweneageeeecgaazenundd sebo ela eta 62 9 2 4 MAnagementlan OMAN 332250053 azceebbs ia E A E O A A TERA E bunts E AEEA EA 63 SaF NN 64 A erse adea A NN 65 5 3 Serial Telnet SSH Configuration Commands seesisiisece asti ariin aeaea E EEE RERA E ARRA 67 S2 Tenna PAGED NN 67 D9 ZNO NS T sealant alsa dhigatea ahetatebee 67 9 3 3 O NN 68 9 34 lorma UIMOOUE ci cictacit edevagacies O A a Oa ia akiai AAA IIA a A Ad 68 NN 69 9 3 0 SSA SCIVEM A 69 5 3 7 SSA AULO KEY GON GL ALION cece ccadectechaziccaseaadestsuagideessnagicentedadich sung AAA ROA AAA dd dira 69 5 3 8 SHOW SSNOSI KEY 2 cs cszedezeessnddnesuhagaddededadensvenldguategadsaue
177. REESEERE CERES vlan 1 port 0003 123a 4321 vlan 2 port ffff ffff ffff vlan 2 port 9 10 11 12 2345678 91011 12 xg show bridge mac address table static include 0001 123a 4321 0001 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 2 127 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 8 bridge mac address table filter Function By registering a MAC address to filter a frame with a specific destination MAC address will be discarded When filtering of a MAC address is specified dynamic learning of the MAC address will not be performed even when frames sent from the same MAC address are received on a different port Use the no form to delete the MAC address to filter Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt filter no bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O static MAC Specifies the destination MAC address to filter The MAC address format is HHHH HHHH HHHH a 12 digit hexadecimal number with a period inserted between every four digits O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the VLAN to filter Specify a VLAN in the range of 1 to 4094 This parameter is valid only when the learning mode of the MAC address table is IVL Independent Vlan Learning For SVL Shared Vlan Learning this parameter is not necessary Command type Configuration command Default None Message Unable to translate ma
178. Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 5 Command Reference 57 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 1 About Command Reference This section describes how to read command references 5 1 1 Command System The following is the system of commands provided in the device Item Function Management LAN Interface Configuration commands These are used to configure functions related to the management LAN interface Serial telnet SSH configuration commands System Basic Operation commands These are used to configure functions related to serial telnet and SSH connections These are necessary commands for system operation such as the system time setting password setting and file operations Configuration Information Operation commands These are used for displaying or saving configuration information running config and startup config in the device Switch Basic Configuration commands These are used to configure the basic functions of the device Link Aggregation Configuration commands These are used to create delete aggregation groups Switch Port Configuration commands These are used to set the operating characteristics of each switch port Spanning Tree Protocol STP Setup commands These are used to configure STP Spanning Tree Protocol Virtual LAN VLAN Configuration
179. S SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS 2295 Port Priority 0 Priority 1 Priority 2 Priority 3 Priority 4 Priority 5 Priority 6 Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts Counts 1 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 3 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 1234567890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 256890M 5 1234567890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 256890G 6 1234567890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 256890T 7 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 22 332 22 22 3522 2 2 2 22222 5 2 32S2 22 S 2 2 SSS SSS SS 23232223 5 25282 SS SS SS SS eS eS ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Qos Priority Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Priority 7 Port Description Counts 1234567890 port_namel 0 port_name2 1234567890K port_name3 256890M port_name4 2568906 port_name5 256890T port_name6 0 port_name7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The values displayed in the Counts column are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 216 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 6 monitor vlan traffic bytes Function Displays the received byte count of each VLAN Prom
180. SCIVON trapassata A A A AAA toga dees Ei A 237 5 18 RMON Setup Commands rresia carnada arcade dia da ad aa 238 DETOA SHOW SIMON fips si eas EA A A OE A pee A 238 O NS AN A A 240 5 18 53 AMOO A Menta A A A A A A RA AI AA At radia 241 5 18 4 TMON EVO dit dt Ai A A AE AA AAA ARA AD A pede ET he 243 5 19 System Operation Display COMMANAS ooocccccnnocccccononcncnanoncncccnnnnnc nano nn nr nano FERE ARIAT E ERR rre nr rr rn rar EEA 245 RS ISO A A NO 245 RS ENE UE IS E NN 247 5 19 3 show Optical MOdUlE SeN OT s T a a a aaa e r A aea eae aa aaae So aaea aaae aaa Aanand ia aa aae aaa aa 249 5 20 System Maintenance Commands riaria aeara aa EEan TERE SEAE KRAER TEE ARAE A ERREPEAA ERN FEE AA TERKEREN 250 EE AL NOG T ATEA E E AEE E E E E E EE EE E E te dd 250 OILO L SHOW OOA es iar i ETE O T A a EE a cates AET R E a dd 251 SLO TOO SON iia di a de EIA A fos EEA ud ah aga E ba ite T Pel aad da a aes tee Tide eats 252 5 204 SAVE IMAINIONANCE a a andy Sea ah anes a di aa aee e ae nas Sa ogee seas 253 5 209 SHOW MAIN GNANGCE e Seaton deecdp Pl aea sith dougie Bhs aida gees dead ee eed a aes Se es daa 253 5 20 6 fp p t Ma Ne ANCORA A De ease 254 520 S PUL MAINON ANCE gt ir aaa a E a e bead a aa ea suas a 256 5 20 8 Clear maintenance siisii ienie iere eree ii Ea Eee Ea ti 258 5 20 9 updato SySte Mvis eirin airaa aie n r LE RE AARE EAN EEEE EE AEE AA RAEE TEE ENE A EE ERRE 259 5 20 10 DOES St 2a cic teet che deed cc e A Ad Ena 263 Chapter 6 Managing the
181. Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server 1 No space left on device Explanation This device does not have enough space to copy the file Incomplete copied file may remain on the device Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Delete incomplete copied file and unnecessary files by using delete command then execute the command again ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out E
182. Upper case characters Indicate parameters specifying any strings delete FILE NAME Indicate omissible parameters date YYYYMMDD hhmmss Enclosed in a pair of square brackets 1 Indicate parameters wherein at least one baudrate Enclosed in a pair of curly alternative must be chosen 9600 19200 38400 57600 brackets with a vertical line in between lt gt Indicate parameters with a condition of numerical interface port lt 1 20 gt Enclosed in a pair of angle range brackets Parameter Explains how to specify command parameters and their meanings Command type Indicates configuration commands that retain configuration information in startup config and running config or operation management commands that are related to configuration of the device such as status display or time setting Default Indicates the factory default of this command Output form Explains the meaning of output or input results when there is a command output or input Message Explains messages displayed when executing a command their solution and significance Note Explains notes for commands Example Describes how to use commands using examples 59 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 Management LAN Interface Configuration Commands This section explains configuration commands related to the Management LAN Interface 5 2 1 show remote host Function Displays the relationsh
183. Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 VID of the specified VLAN Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command More than 128 total max group per system Explanation The registration number of multicast addresses allowed on the entire system exceeded the limit 128 addresses Solution Reduce the maximum number of VLANs using the ip snooping vlan max group command or disable the IGMP snooping function for other VLANs Example Enable IGMP snooping of VLAN 2 xg config ip snooping vlan 2 190 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 4 ip snooping vlan max group Function Defines the number of multicast groups that can be registered for GMP snooping on each VLAN Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt max group lt 10 128 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt max group Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Changes the IGMP snooping setup for the specified VLAN O max group lt 10 128 gt Sets the maximum number of multicast groups that can be registered It can be any integer between 10 and 128 Command type Configuration command Default 32 Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the
184. able Solution Update the firmware again If the error recurs contact the sales representative 1 in SRAM is invalid Explanation An inconsistency in non volatile SRAM memory data was detected Inserted string 1 Abnormal memory contents Solution Restart the system using the reset command Then retry the firmware update If the error recurs contact the sales representative Example Change the firmware to be used for the next system startup using the boot system command Check that the firmware information Next Startup Firmware to be used for the next system startup changed using the show system information command xg boot system 1 xg show system information Firmware Information Firmware 1 El0L10 Z01 2007 01 23 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 01 31 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 01 31 19 57 53 Current Firmware 2 Next Startup Firmware 1 263 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 6 Managing the Device This chapter describes the management of the device 264 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 1 Verifying the Device Operations This chapter describes the management of the device O Hardware status O System status O Log messages 6 1 1 Verifying Hardware Status Verify the status of hardware by ent
185. acs local none no aaa authentication login console ssh Parameter O console ssh Select a service to login Console Configure the authentication method for serial console or telnet login ssh Configure the authentication method for SSH login local radius tacacs Specify the primary login method local Local authentication based on the account information stored in the device is used radius RADIUS authentication using PAP User Password is used tacacs TACACS authentication using PAP User Password is used local none Specify the secondary login authentication method Secondary login authentication is used if primary login authentication is failed local Local authentication based on the account information stored in the device is used none Secondary login authentication is disabled This parameter is valid when RADIUS TACACS is set as the primary login method When this parameter is omitted local is specified Command type Configuration command Default Primary login is local and Secondary login is none for all services Note e Example It is needed to register RADIUS TACACS user accounts to XG2000 using account command before enabling RADIUS TACACS authentication XG2000 does not allow any account except for admin for the default configuration Before local authentication is disabled It is recommended to test RADIUS TACACS authentication under loc
186. ake a note of the set password and retain it Example Set the enable password from the global configuration mode using the enable password command Then return to the administrator exec mode and execute show running config The encoded password will be displayed xg config enable password Enter password lt Enter the password The entered password is not displayed Re enter password lt Enter the password again for confirmation The entered password is not displayed xg config exit xg show running config enable encryption password 4DUzjKbFg9 iU lt The password is encoded and output 87 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 21 banner Function Sets the banner string to be displayed when logging in to the device Use the no form to delete the banner string Prompt xg config Command syntax banner login LINE banner login default no banner Parameter O login LINE Sets a banner string No need to enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a blank space O login default Returns the banner string to its default Product name firmware identification information Command type Configuration command Default Product name XG2000 XG2000R XG2000C or XG2000CR firmware identification information The firmware identification information is the same information displayed in FirmWare 1 or FirmWare 2 of the
187. al authentication is available The following configuration enables RADIUS authentication as primary method and local authentication as secondary method for SSH login authentication xg config aaa authentication login ssh radius local 91 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 3 show radius Function Displays the information of RADIUS server Prompt xg Command syntax show radius Command type Operation management command Output form Host Secret No 2 Host Secret xg show radius RADIUS Information Secret Key Timeout sec a Server Information Auth Port 1812 Auth Port 1812 Secret Key dkaaff No 3 Host back radius server Auth Port 1645 Secret Key owqkz No 4 Host sample com Auth Port 1812 2008 05 20 16 26 00 radius b1 192 168 0 10 Key alkdje 192 168 0 11 Key poiurel23 Global Parameters Displays the common information for configuring RADIUS servers O Secret Key Displays a secret key which is used as a default parameter when the RADIUS server is registered without secret key Timeout sec Displays timeout for access replay from a RADIUS server in seconds Server Information Displays the current settings of RADIUS servers Note e Example No 1 Indicates the register number of the RADIUS server Access requests
188. alarmEntry 5 8 alarmStartupAlarm INTEGER alarmEntry 6 9 alarmRisingThreshold Integer32 alarmEntry 7 10 alarmFallingThreshold Integer32 alarmEntry 8 11 alarmRisingEventindex Integer32 alarmEntry 9 12 alarmFallingEventIndex Integer32 alarmEntry 10 13 alarmOwner OwnerString alarmEntry 11 14 alarmStatus EntryStatus alarmEntry 12 RMON MIB event group RFC2819 1 i eventTable iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 rmon 16 event 9 NOT ACCESSIBLE event 1 2 eventEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE eventTable 1 3 eventindex Integer32 eventEntry 1 4 eventDescription DisplayString eventEntry 2 5 eventType INTEGER eventEntry 3 6 eventCommunity OCTET STRING eventEntry 4 7 evenvLastTimeSent TimeTicks eventEntry 5 8 eventOwner OwnerString eventEntry 6 9 eventStatus EntryStatus eventEntry 7 10 logTable NOT ACCESSIBLE event 2 11 logEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE logTable 1 12 logEventindex Integer32 logEntry 1 13 logindex Integer32 logEntry 2 14 logTime TimeTicks logEntry 3 306 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 15 logDescription DisplaySting logEntry 4 O Bridge MIB RFC1493 i
189. ame is admin and password password xg gt enable Use the enable command to switch to administrator EXEC mode Use the configure terminal command to switch to global xg configure terminal configuration mode xg config interface port 1 Use the interface command to switch to interface edit mode xg config if exit Use the exit command to return to global configuration mode xg config exit y eee Use the exit command to return to administrator EXEC mode xg copy running config startup config Copy the current configuration file in memory to the startup config in xgH exit the nonvolatile memory User is logged out and session is disconnected Point O Multiple users can use the operator and administrator EXEC modes concurrently Up to 5 terminals Only one terminal can switch to global configuration interface edit or terminal edit modes at a time It is not possible for multiple terminals to simultaneously switch to global configuration mode lt b gt Note O Pressing Ctrl and C simultaneously in the global configuration interface edit or terminal edit mode transfers program control to the administrator EXEC mode when more is displayed in the last line in the console screen more is displayed when display command such as show is executed and information exceed the console screen 15 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIM
190. an 3 port 12345678 xg show bridge mac address table static include filter 0003 123a 4321 static vlan 3 filter 5 7 9 bridge aging time Function Sets the aging time the remaining time before the MAC address dynamically learned in the MAC address table expires and then is deleted The aging time is applied to all VLANs Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge aging time 0 lt 10 1756 gt no bridge aging time Parameter O aging time O Dynamically learned MAC addresses will not expire and will be permanently retained in the MAC address table O aging time lt 10 1756 gt Specifies the aging time for a dynamically learned MAC address in seconds It can be set to a value in the range of 10 to 1756 seconds Command type Configuration command Default 300 seconds Note O The maximum error between the value of aging time and the time a MAC address actually expires in the device is 1 7 seconds Example Set the aging time to 400 seconds xg config bridge aging time 400 Disable the aging time xg config bridge aging time 0 129 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 8 Link Aggregation Configuration Commands This section explains the commands associated with link aggregation 5 8 1 show link aggregation Function Displays t
191. and syntax ip snooping fast leave no ip snooping fast leave Parameter fast leave Enables the Fast Leave mode Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Example Enable the Fast Leave mode on VLAN 2 and 3 xg config interface vlan 2 3 xg config vlan ip snooping fast leave 202 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 16 ip snooping last member interval Function Sets the monitoring time in seconds for checking on the exit of the last member of a IP multicast group If an IGMP Report message is not issued within the monitoring time after reception of an IGMP Leave message the IP multicast group is deleted Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping last member interval lt 1 9 gt no ip snooping last member interval Parameter O last member interval lt 1
192. and type Operation management commands Example Log out and disconnect the terminal session xg logout Connection closed by foreign host 5 4 7 do Function Executes administrator exec mode commands from the global configuration mode Using this command saves the trouble of having to return to the administrator exec mode Prompt xg config Command syntax do LINE Parameter O LINE Specifies the command line for the administrator exec mode to execute Command type Operation management commands Message Can t execute this command Explanation The specified command cannot be executed with the do command Solution Execute the command in an appropriate mode without using the do command Example Set bridge aging time from the global configuration mode And then without returning to the administrator exec mode check the setting status using the show bridge command xg config bridge aging time 200 xg config do show bridge Switch Basic Information 2007 01 22 12 16 17 Aging Time 200 sec Cut through Switching Enabled Jumbo Frame Support Enabled Max Frame Size 9216 byte Independent vlan learning Enabled DiffServ Tos Disabled 76 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 8 help Function Displays help on how to use the CLI Prompt xg gt xg xg config xg config if xg conf
193. anged there are no fluctuations in network traffic the effect of a fault having been minimized Up to 10 ports can be used to create a single link aggregation group using link aggregation Up to 10 aggregation groups can be created XG2000 Aggregation Gro E Es pb Physical Po i Physical Port Physical Port XG2000 XG2000 Link Aggregation 32 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 4 1 Configuring Link Aggregation Either static or dynamic also known as LACP configuration can be selected for Link Aggregation O Static configuration Configures aggregation groups statically O LACP Configures link aggregation using Link Aggregation Control Protocol switch to switch control protocol that enables dynamic configuration of aggregation groups and is standardized by the IEEE802 3ad The LACP facilitates load balancing across the LACP individual links aggregated between the devices connected Either active or passive LACP mode can be selected active The device starts LACP negotiation Since the active mode allows the reception of LACP it is possible to direct the device in active mode control frames passive The device responds to LACP control frames but does not start LACP negotiation To configure static link aggregation carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode
194. arameter in quotes if it contains a blank space Command type Configuration command Default None Message SYSTEM LOCATION is too long Explanation The location name specified by SYSTEM LOCATION exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the length of system location name and reissue the command SYSTEM LOCATION cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was used in the SYSTEM LOCATION name Solution Review the system location name setting and reissue the command Example Specify the system installation location as 3F West xg config snmp server location 3F West 234 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 17 3 snmp server contact Function Sets the installation contact name for the device Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax snmp server contact SYSTEM CONTACT no snmp server contact Parameter O SYSTEM CONTACT Specifies the system contact name for the device The contact name can be up to 255 alphanumeric characters No need to enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a blank space Command type Configuration command Default None Message SYSTEM CONTACT is too long Explanation The contact name specified by SYSTEM CONTACT exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the length of the system contact name and reissue the command SYSTEM CONTACT cannot
195. arameter is omitted the state of all VLANs will be displayed VLAN description is displayed up to 19 characters Command type Operation management command Output form no parameter xg show vlan Vlan Information 2007 01 22 14 35 25 VID Vlan Description Tag Ports Membership 1 default TAG agg port 123456 port 12345 67 89 10 UNTAG port 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 VLANOO2 TAG port 1 2 3 3 VLAN003 UNTAG port 1 2 3 4 VLANO04 None Output form parameter is specified xg show vlan 2 Vlan Information 2007 01 22 14 35 25 VID 2 VID Displays the VLAN ID VID Vlan Description Displays the description assigned to the VLAN If no description is set a description consisting of VLAN and a 4 digit VID number will be assigned O Tag Displays the VLAN tag configuration Items Meaning displayed Non VLAN member TAG VLAN member with a tag A frame having a VLAN tag will be forwarded UNTAG VLAN member without a tag A frame having no VLAN tag will be forwarded O Ports Membership Displays the member ports If there are no member ports None is displayed Example Display the VLAN status xg show vlan 171 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 2 vlan Function Creates a VLAN Also a VLAN description may be specified to allow easy identification
196. as received from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 content of error message received from the TFTP server The content of the message depends on the type of TFTP server For example File not found There are no files in the TFTP server Access violation File permission error occurred in the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists There are files in the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions in accordance with the message received from the TFTP server tftp write No space left on device Explanation There is not enough free space to store the files on the device Portion of the files being imported may be present Solution After deleting the files processed for import and unnecessary files using the delete command execute the command again tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response from the TFTP server A network communication error with the management LAN occurred or the time out setting of the TFTP server may be too short Solution Check the network connection with the TFTP server using the ping command If the problem persists review the time out setting of the TFTP server local file No such file or directory Explanation The specified file does not exist on the device
197. ast member query interval lt 1 9 gt Change the last member query interval xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional send query count lt 1 3 gt Change the frequency of Query messages sent xg config ip snooping vlan Optional Change the number of multicast addresses that can be registered with IGMP snooping for each VLAN xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt fast leave Optional Set the fast leave mode used when receiving an IGMP Leave message xg config interface port range 1 20 Switch to interface edit mode to designate ports to specify the forwarding method for multicast frames All ports are selected in this example xg config if multicast forwarding forward unregsitered mac Set forwarding method for multicast frames to forward unregistered mac xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode To enable IGMP query carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config ip snooping protocol igmp Enable global IGMP snooping on the device xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Enable IGMP snooping for each VLAN separately send query count lt 1 3 gt xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional group member interval lt 60 600 gt Change the group member interval xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optio
198. ated Switch ID The switch identifier of the destination switch is displayed The first four digits representing the priority of the designated switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number f the Designated Root ID and the Designated Switch ID are the same the destination switch is the root switch Max Age The maximum valid time seconds for BPDU s for the destination switch is displayed Message Age Displays the time seconds lapsed since the last BPDU message from the destination switch was received Message Age Timer Displays the timeout value seconds for BPDU messages sent form the destination switch Hello Time Displays the hello time seconds sent from the destination switch Hello Timer Displays the remaining seconds for the Hello Timer When it decrements to 0 a BPDU is sent Forward Time Displays the Forward Time seconds sent from the destination switch Forward Timer Displays the remaining seconds for the Forward Timer When it decrements to 0 the status of the port is changed Received STP Protocol Displays the Spanning Tree Protocol STP mode of the destination switch STP The connection destination switch is operating in STP IEEE 802 1D mode RSTP The connection destination switch is operating in RSTP IEEE 802 1w mode None STP is not enabled on the destination switch Displays the detailed information for the Spanning Tree Protocol state xg show spann
199. ation server can register up to 4 Explanation Four TACACS servers have already been registered Solution Delete unnecessary TACACS servers and execute the command again Secret key is too long Explanation The specified secret key is more than 32 characters Solution Specifies the secret key under 33 characters Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or the IP address is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format Invalid secret key Explanation A secret key is not specified or an invalid character is set Solution Specifies a secret key using available characters If the secret key is not specified a global secret key should be configured by tacacs server key command before executing this command Cannot find 1 Explanation The specified host cannot be found Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check that the hostname is correct or the hostname is registered Example The following example registers a TACACS server as IP address is 192 168 0 10 and secret key is tacacs bl xg config tacacs server host 192 168 0 10 key tacacs b1 97 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 9 tacacs server key Function Specifies a global secret key which is used as a default parameter when the TACACS server is registered without secret key Use the no form to delete a global secr
200. ature Displays the temperature of the optical module 249 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 System Maintenance Commands 5 20 1 clear log Function Initializes the system log Prompt xg Command syntax clear log info warning error critical Parameter O info warning error critical Specifies the type of system log to be initialized info Initializes the INFO log The INFO log stores informational INFO messages that report on the system of the device warning Initializes the WARNING log The WARNING log stores warning WARNING messages that report on the system of the device error Initializes the ERROR log The ERROR log stores error ERROR messages that report on the system status device critical Initializes the CRITICAL log The CRITICAL log stores critical CRITICAL messages that report on the system of the device If this log type parameter is omitted all logs are initialized E 3 E Command type Operation management command Example Initialize the INFO log xg clear log info 250 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 status status of the status XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 2 show log Function Displays system logs Prompt xg Command syntax show log info warning error critical latest lt 1 10000 gt
201. ble global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Example Set the query message transmission frequency on VLAN 2 to 3 xg config interface vlan 2 xg config vlan ip snooping send query count 3 204 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 18 ip snooping querier Function The IGMP Querier function sends an IGMP General Query message to each terminal node instead of the multicast router if no multicast router exists on the network segment This command enables the IGMP querier The query message transmission interval called Query interval is calculated based on the query message transmission frequency and the group valid time interval called Group member interval as follows O Query interval Group membership interval 10 send query count seconds The device does not send Query messages when there is a multicast router on the network Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping querier ip A B C D no ip snooping querier Paramete
202. blic key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string
203. c address 1 Explanation The specified format of the MAC address is incorrect Broadcast addresses cannot be registered Inserted string 1 specified MAC address Solution After edit the specified format of the MAC address execute the command again Can t set vlan in case of shared vlan learning Explanation When bridge learn mode is SVL a VLAN cannot be specified Solution Omit the specified vlan and parameter then execute the command again Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN does not exist Inserted string 1 VLAN ID Solution Review the specified vlan then execute the command again port is a member of aggregation group port 1 Explanation A port with membership in a link aggregation group cannot be specified Inserted string 1 port number Solution Specify an aggregation group then execute the command again Aggregation port is not found agg port 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group does not exist Inserted string 1 specified aggregation group number Solution Review the specified aggregation group number then execute the command again MAC address is reserved by IEEE802 1D s Explanation MAC addresses reserved under the IEEE802 1D cannot be specified Inserted string 1 MAC address Solution Review the specified MAC address Can t set mac address table vid 1 Explanation The maximum number of table entries was exceeded Inserted string 1 VLAN ID
204. cation key when enables SSH connection Use the no form not to regenerate authentication key Prompt xg config Command syntax ssh auto key generation no ssh auto key generation Command type Configuration command Default None Example The following enables to regenerate authentication key xg config ssh auto key generation 69 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 8 show ssh host key Function Shows authentication key Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show ssh host key Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show ssh host key SSH Host Key 2007 09 07 17 10 33 ssh dss AAAAB3NzaC1kc3MAAACBALZunL9ymdBEx4 QFOsKhwwCf 7WpCwpLne6 ZNgc7keG 2Yf 00Y4Yx MwOgf1Dm5SSaN pSdfKotT zN3ywpDOyw1NV NxF7IYk p30 jABPa245A1Mu919a8Ii0ZhV w0vMI8N vTi4Cgqk28 tS8Dzf2vX058KCAijeyGDrEi71bZPgbAAAAFQDjkiO5 EupR rKMc2HHpM70WtF QAAATBR c1CGq9Wt60LVEDKzrYhLNcRgkRNi XFARzyyFX3TWm2LPBDd8 nbp3zc N5poNKHBJ 61somWzgKVrTA nNR AQDEyftl1tVgr4vWn1IDEtu6IZzShZGfgFDk2aZIVP3 Fr0BEz5GV eoGkQb4Be3qJHKiomIjNi As vrSYfBgSnQAAATBj rJ21ZcTRtzgkmeJvjf0q52sHFL ZzS8C27e24c BU7V Hr2xw501 bVZNbxHGMWtb Ma 9mOmBLbKmotWq8wRxHluBsQ 5ZktlQrT60M0F8zF vBFYV3PPG LvpA8MTYDvjXkZ7w0ZypU ShRqiZ R8X0OwyVvA2GoBCiP1Xj1VfmZHA adminexg ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAAQEA1qtD sBupdj 8 9yRApm203pZCpaodDw1jdmgw8iBfmtmo SUnLYcszHW dNT
205. ccc stoves az tees avscaenieds aae sdesbenpatat abs seahenbgad athens reloj Aata aaa setae le ete as 168 5 11 11 spanning tree portfast bpdu guard coooooococococonocococononoconnnnnnononncnncnn naar rca 169 5 11 12 spanning tree portfast errdisable timM Out cccccccccecccecsececeeeeeeecneeaeceseeeseseceaaaeeeeeeeeeseesenaeeseenteteesiaes 169 5 11 13 spanning tree portfast bpdu filter ooooooononiciicnnnnnninnnnconccnncnncnonnnnnnrnoncnnnnnnnnn nn nn n nn nera nn 170 5 12 Virtual LAN VLAN Setup COMMANdS oooocccccnnoccccnononcnncnnoncnoncnnoncnc cano nn nr nano rca r cane rnn rra rene 171 5 12 T SROW Van dae a aea sing aa a a aa aa iE ea aa eae ae eaa aa Saa ad EA e aae A aaa 171 ALAVA aaa aa a AA A aaa aae aaaea a Aaaa Tan a tri 172 DID Mace V A 2 A AAA A AAA a a at aa aA LA Id tata 173 5124 O RO 174 5 125 POLEN AA cd A A a AA od aden A AA AA ARA ARA pesados 175 5 12 6 vlan Member Allowed n useita anh cerrar 176 IO UE protocol NN 177 5 12 8 ingress filter NO VIAN MEMDES FAING eccccccceeeeeetnneee eee tnne cette aeee ee taeeeeetneeeeetaneeeeesaeeeeesiaeeeetiaeeeeetnieeeeeey 177 9 1 2 9 IngressTiller LAQQES ITAM critica ia hath eg ag Sid tag die ke Se ade Sich eae be ented de eget bee etait 178 5 12 10 ingress filter UNtagged raMe sristi aria ein ee tana eee i E ee ta need E ee E 178 5 12 11 vVian StatistiGS COUG CUO ic 555503 baa te is ia Bn dh Fed id a a begged kes Jon eg Ses Peace 179 5 13 QOS Setup COMMAN Seif dt aAa E
206. ce or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales representative 7495 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause machine check occurred Explanation A machine check error occurred and a system dump saved Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales representative A 2 10 update Firmware Update 7500 7999 7500 INFO init firmup New firmware 1 is running Explanation New updated firmware was initialized O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information 7501 INFO init firmup Firmware 1 is running Explanation New firmware was initialized after boot command was issued O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information S7520 WARNING init firmup Booting new firmware failed Old firmware 1 is now running Explanation Old firmware was invoked because new updated firmware could nat initialize O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information Solution Reattempt the update process to boot the new updated firmware If the message is repeatedly displayed contact the sales representative S7521 WARNING init firmup Firmware update information is initialized for region 1 Explanation The firmware information was initialized O Inserted string 1 Firmware number
207. ce the ownername length then reissue the command OID cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was specified in the OID Solution Review the specified OID then reissue the command OWNERNAME cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was specified in the ownername Solution Review the specified ownername then reissue the command 241 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 It failed in the snmpset command Explanation It fails to set RMON because the command was executed while the SNMP manager was accessing Solution While the SNMP is not accessing execute the no command and set RMON again Example Set RMON alarms xg config rmon alarm 10 1 3 6 1 2 1 16 1 1 1 7 1 interval 60 absolute rising threshold 15 1 falling threshold 0 1 owner admin 242 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 18 4 rmon event Function Sets an RMON event Up to 60 entries can be set Use the no form to delete the information set Prompt xg config Command syntax rmon event INDEX log trap COMMUNITY description DESCRIPTION STRING owner OWNERNAME no rmon event INDEX Parameter o INDEX Specifies an entry index number for the RMON event within the range of 1 to 65535 log Delete unnecessary RMON events then reissue the command trap C
208. ch port after the system startup Rx Pause Counts Displays the accumulated number of pause frames received at each port after the system startup Tx Pause Counts Displays the accumulated number of pause frames sent from each port after the system startup O Full Drop Counts Displays the number of frames discarded due to the saturated port input buffer of the system after the system startup VLAN Drop Counts Displays the number of frames discarded due to the reception of non VLAN member frames that are not allowed to be forwarded among those received at each port after the system startup O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 29 characters can be displayed 230 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 18 show statistics error Function Displays statistics for errors occurring at each port after system startup Prompt xg gt or Command xg syntax show statistics error Command type Operation management command Output form Rx Rx xgH show statistics error Error Statistics Total Counts 2007 01 22 20 21 35 Total Lost Port Description port_namel No 2 amp Tx Over amp Tx Under amp Tx Fragment amp Tx Jabber Align CoP OCP OR No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers Rx CRC Dis
209. cified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Number of remote host is over max 10 Explanation The upper limit of the number of registrable remote hosts was surpassed Solution After deleting unnecessary hosts execute the command again Already exist name of remote host Explanation A remote hostname with the same IP address was previously registered Solution Change the remote hostname of the IP address to the correct name or register it again after deleting it Not exist IP address of remote host Explanation The specified host definition is not registered Solution Specify a registered IP address and execute the command again 65 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Note O f a remote host is registered or deleted the new setting becomes enabled after executing copy running config startup config command and restart the device Example Register the IP address 11 22 33 45 as the hostname of HOST005 and then 11 22 33 46 as the hostname of HOSTO006 Using the show remote host command registration of HOST005 and HOSTO006 can be confirmed xg config remote host 11 22 33 45 HOSTOO5 xg config remote host 11 22 33 46 HOSTOO06 xg config exit xg show remote host Remote Host 2007 01 22 11 45 46 IP Address Host Name 11 22 33 45
210. commands These are used to configure virtual LAN VLAN Quality of Service QoS Setup commands These are used to configure QoS Quality of Service configuration Port Mirroring Setup commands These are used to configure port mirroring IGMP Snooping Setup commands These are used to configure IGMP Snooping Statistics commands These are used to display various operational statistics SNMP Configuration commands These are used to configure SNMP RMON Configuration commands These are used to configure RMON System Status Display commands These are used to display the system status of the device and the operational status of its hardware Maintenance commands These are necessary for maintenance of the device 58 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 1 2 Configuration of Command Reference This section describes the configuration of command reference and descriptive content Function Explains the functions of the commands Prompt Indicates the prompt of the operational mode Command syntax Describes the command syntax The notation of the command syntax is as follows Notation AJA Meaning i Example of description Lower case characters Indicate fixed strings such as command names enable and keyword names
211. config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt querier ip A B C D no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt querier Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to change O querier Enables the IGMP querier function O pAB C D Specifies the source IP address of Query messages to be sent by the IGMP querier The IP address can be 0 0 0 0 or within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping is disabled on the system Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan querier command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VLAN ID Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan querier command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan querier command Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify
212. config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show interface Verify the port state Check the information displayed in Port Default Vian ID under command output Vlan Information xg show vlan Verify the port VLAN membership 41 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 7 2 Tag Based IEEE802 1Q VLAN Tag based VLAN is a method of configuring VLANs so that the frame forwarding decision is based on a tag in the MAC header identifying the VLAN membership 4 bytes of additional data in the header called a VLAN tag identifies the VLAN frame ownership Using a VLAN tag enables configuring a single physical link that shares multiple VLANs The device s tag based VLAN function is based on the IEEE 802 1Q standard The following figure shows an Ethernet frame format including a VLAN tag as specified by the IEEE 802 1Q standard VLAN tag Protocol data IP Packet etc 4 LLC SNAP TPID 0x8100 Ta Priority 3 bit 1 bit 12 bit TPID Tag Protocol Identifier 0x8 100 TCI Tag Control Information User Priority 3bit Priority of Frames Higher priority to larger number from Oto 7 CFI Canonical Format Indicator 1bit 1 when RIF field exists Normally 0 VLAN ID 12bit VLAN identifier 04095 0 and 4095 are reserved ID Tag VLAN Frame Format To configure a tag based VLAN carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mo
213. configure _ For example the only command that begins with con is configure so the CLI completes the command name as configure Pressing the Tab key causes the CLI to list all possible commands or option names xg co lt TAB gt configure copy xg co_ Since there are two commands that begin with co configure and copy the CLI lists both commands 2 2 4 Command Abbreviation Commands and options can be abbreviated to the minimum number of characters as long as command or option names are unique and forward match the entered letters xg con t For example the configure command may be abbreviated to con because configure is the only command that begins with con and terminal may be abbreviated to t because terminal is the only command that begins with t 2 2 5 Command Line Error Messages The table below shows error messages that appear when a command is incorrectly entered The configure terminal command is used as an example below Error Message Explanation xg co t Insufficient characters were entered for the CLI to Ambiguous command co t recognize the command Re enter the correct command string xg configure All of the options or values required by this command Incomplete command were not entered Enter all necessary options and values xg configure aerminal The command incorrectly entered A caret
214. ct DRR Multi cast support IGMP snooping Prevents unnecessary forwarding of multicast traffic to ports to reduce unnecessary multicast traffic Network Management Traffic statistics Possible to analyze traffic and errors using traffic statistics SNMP agent Can be used in conjunction with an SNMP manager supporting MIBs including Standard MIB Bridge MIB and RMON MIB Operation Console by Dedicated management LAN is isolated from the serial interface management serial management LAN and 10 Gigabit ports to secure the device CLI Allows the user to provide environment settings and operation management using command line interface CLI Remote authentication RADIUS and TACACS 11 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 2 Using the CLI This chapter describes how to use the command line interface CLI to operate the device 12 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 1 Overview of the CLI This section describes how to use the command line interface CLI for the XG Series 2 1 1 Operating Environment for the CLI There are two ways to access the device to run commands Up to 5 terminal sessions can access the device concurrently O Serial connection Connect to the serial port of the device using RS232C cable The available terminal emulation type is VT100 When initially connecting a terminal to the device configure the seria
215. ct host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Review the host name then reissue the command by specifying a correct host name or IP address Hostname is too long Explanation The specified host name exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the host name length then reissue the command COMMUNITY NAME is too long Explanation The specified community name exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the community name length then reissue the command COMMUNITY NAME cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was used in the community name Solution Review the community name setting then reissue the command Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the correct IP address in the correct format then reissue the command Note If a previously defined host name is specified with a new community name the prior community name is overwritten If the host name is specified instead of IP address changing the NTP server s IP address at SNMP manager will not be enabled It is necessary to restart the device after DNS server s IP address has been changed O The following message might be output if there is a SNMP request from a SNMP manager when the device is starting up and in the process of executing initial settings It is not necessary to review the SNMP permission in this case XG INFO S8500
216. d total Displays the accumulated error count after the system startup Point If the error count reaches 4294967295 it is returned to 0 when incremented O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor error current Error Statistics Current Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 s s ese s ees eese eeseeeeeeesseeseeseseeseeseseseeeee see eesee sse s e e e e sseses sese s s s sesese s gt Port Rx Rx amp Tx Rx amp Tx Rx amp Tx Rx amp Tx Rx Total CRC Over Under Fragment Jabber Align Lost 1 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 2 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 3 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 4 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 5 123 Tta 34 34 56 78 90 6 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 7 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 8 123 12 34 34 56 78 90 Ss s e es e se se seesese e se s se se s se s s e s ses se s se ese sese e see s se s ee e e gt ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Error Statistics Current Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 port_namel port_name2 port_name3 port_name4 port_name5 port_name6 port_name7 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O
217. d Command type Configuration command Default None Message Not exist IP address of DNS server Explanation The specified IP address is not found Solution Specify the IP address of a registered DNS server Number of DNS server is over max 3 Explanation The upper limit of the number of registrable DNS servers was surpassed Solution After deleting unnecessary DNS server information execute the command again Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solution Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute the command again Note Since DNS server s connect via the Management LAN Interface the Management LAN Interface must be configured beforehand via the management lan ip command If DNS server is registered the new setting becomes enabled after executing copy running config startup config command and restart the device Example Register DNS servers with IP addresses 12 34 56 76 and 12 34 56 77 xg config management lan dns server 12 34 56 76 xg config management lan dns server 12 34 56 77 Delete all registered DNS servers xg config no management lan dns server 62 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 4 management lan domain Function Sets the default domain name when referring to a DNS Domain Name Service server For example w
218. d Default 32768 Example Set LACP port priority to 10000 for Port 2 xg config lacp port priority port 2 priority 10000 5 8 5 link aggregation load balance ip hash selection Function Set the parameter s used by the link aggregation IP hash frame distribution function Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax link aggregation load balance ip hash selection src ip dst ip src port dst port no link aggregation load balance ip hash selection Parameter O p hash selection src ip dst ip src port dst port Specifies the IP hash parameter used for frame distribution function within a link aggregation group These parameters can be combined src ip Frames are distributed based on source IP address dst ip Frames are distributed based on destination IP address src port Frames are distributed based on TCP UDP source port number dst port Frames are distributed based on TCP UDP destination port number Command type Configuration command Default src ip Message Cannot set same IP Hash method Explanation Parameters are duplicated Solution Set non duplicate parameters Example Specifies destination IP address for the IP hash frame distribution function xg config link aggregation load balance ip hash selection src ip 137 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Gui
219. d execution FrameSize 512 1023 Displays the number of accumulated 512 to 1023 byte frames sent or received after the command execution FrameSize 1024 1518 Displays the number of accumulated 1024 to 1518 byte frames sent or received after the command execution Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 44 characters can be displayed Output form if total is specified xg monitor framesize traffic counts total Framesize Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 E a ee a E ee ree ee eee ay Port Link State FrameSize FrameSize FrameSize FrameSize Framesize STP State 0 64 65 127 128 255 256 511 512 1023 L Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 2 Down 0 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn 1234567890M 25690M 25690M 25690M 25690M 5 Up Forward 1234567890G 25690G 25690G 25690G 25690G 6 Up Forward 1234567890T 25690T 25690T 25690T 25690T 7 Down 0 0 0 0 0 8 Down 0 0 0 0 0 HPSS SE See ete See Se See ee Se ee ee ee deseosos dress ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Framesize Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 FrameSize Port Description 1024 1518 1234567890K port_namel 1234567890K port_name3 U page up D page down L page left R page right 0 port_name2 25690
220. d Transitions 0 Portfast Disabled Enabled Portfast bpdu guard Disabled Enabled Portfast bpdu filter Disabled Enabled BPDU Parameter Designated Path Cost 0 Designated Port ID 0 Designated Priority 128 Designated Root ID 0000 0000 0000 0000 Designated Switch ID 0000 0000 0000 0000 Max Age 20 sec Message Age 0 sec Message Age Timer 0 sec Hello Time 2 sec Hello Timer 0 sec Forward Time 15 sec Forward Timer 0 sec Received STP Protocol None Port 2 Switch Information for Spanning Tree General Spanning Tree Protocol information is displayed The display content is the same as that of the simplified display except for some additional items Port Information for Spanning Tree Spanning Tree Protocol information for each port is displayed Port 1 The switch port number is displayed O STP State The state of the port is displayed The display content is the same as that of the simplified display O STP Mode The Spanning Tree Protocol mode is displayed The display content is the same as that of the simplified display Port ID The Port ID of the switch port is displayed Role The role of the port is displayed Root The root Port Designated The designated port Alternate The alternate port Backup The backup port O Path Cost The path cost for the port is displayed 159 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 X
221. d for Administrator exec mode is executable only when the user can access Make a note of the changed password and retain it Refer to Section 7 1 3 Restoring Factory Defaults for recovery of Login password information is not included in the configuration information Therefore even when the configuration information is downloaded to another device the password information will not be displayed or transferred Example operator1 that can access only operator class logged in the device and change own login password xg gt password Changing password for operatorl Enter the new password minimum of 5 maximum of 16 characters Please use a combination of upper and lower case letters and numbers Enter new password Re enter new password Password changed 79 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 12 password Administrator EXEC mode Function Change the login password of the device Prompt xgH Command syntax password USERNAME Parameter O USERNAME Specify the username to change its login password When USERNAME is omitted the login password of own user is changed Command type Configuration command Message Bad password too short Explanation The password is too short Solution Specify a password using five or more characters Bad password too long Explanation The password is too long Solution Specify a pas
222. d whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 101 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 1 invalid user name Explanation Specified username is invalid Inserted string 1 Specified username Solution Specify the correct username Cannot create output file 1 Explanation There is not enough free space to create output file on the device A tempora
223. d without permission from PFU
224. de xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config vlan lt 1 4094 gt description Create a VLAN to use VLAN DESCRIPTION xg config vlan statistics collection lt 1 4094 gt Optional lt 1 4094 gt Configure a VLAN that collects statistics xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to interface edit mode for the desired ports to be interface port range 1 3 configured as tag based VLAN members In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 though 3 xg config if vlan member allowed vlan Register VLAN port ownership lt 1 4094 gt all egress untagging egress tagging xg config if ingress filter tagged frame Optional Define a filter for frames received tagged and untagged frames at the ports if necessary xg config if ingress filter untagged frame xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show vlan View the port s VLAN membership state 42 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 7 3 Multiple VLAN With the user defined VLAN tag protocol identifier the IEEE 802 1Q standard tag can be replaced with a user defined VPID allowing for encapsulation of multiple tags for multiple tagged VLANs The standard tag identifier or TPID is 0x8100 as defined in IEEE 802 10 Inf
225. de 5 9 Uplink Filter Commands This section explains the commands related to uplink filter configuration 5 9 1 show uplink Function Display the configuration of uplink domains and the state of downlink member ports Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show uplink Command Type Operation management command Output form xg config show uplink Uplink Domain Information 2006 03 17 14 35 25 1 Uplink Active port 1 10 11 Uplink Inactive port 2 Downlink port 56 agg port 2 3 2 Uplink Active port 3 4 Uplink Inactive None Downlink port 5 agg port 2 Domain The domain ID of the uplink group is displayed Port Function The port state belonging to the uplink domain is displayed Display _ Meaning Uplink Active Defined Uplink port and link status is good Uplink Inactive Defined Uplink port and is NOT working When the port becomes active the port status will change Downlink Describes the member of downlink ports O Port Membership Display the port membership of the uplink domain Example Display the uplink domain configuration xg show uplink 138 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 9 2 uplink domain Function Create an uplink domain and assign member uplink ports Use the no form to release the domain membership Prompt xg config
226. device and terminal with an RS232C cable The initial baud rate setting is 9 600 bps 3 Turn on the device to start the system 4 Configure Management LAN Interface To use the following functions Telnet connection SSH connection SNMP manager connection System log transmission Time synchronization using an NTP server Configuration file upload download Firmware update Collection of maintenance information Turn on the terminal and the device to start the system The initial setting of the management LAN interface is disabled set up the management LAN interface 5 Telnet Connection via Management LAN Interface Optional The initial setting of the Telnet connection via the management LAN interface is disabled subnet address IP address 192 168 0 2 255 255 255 0 6 SSH Connection via Management LAN Interface Optional The initial setting of the SSH connection via the management LAN interface is disabled 7 SNMP Configuration Optional Initially Set the SNMP configuration as needed 8 This is the end of the preparation procedure Proceed with configuring the switch 3 1 1 Setting Up the Serial Interface the SNMP agent configuration is not set Connect the device and terminal with an RS232C cable The initial setting of baud rate setting is 9 600 bps Refer to Operating Environment for the CLI for details on settings For serial interfaces only the baud rate can be cha
227. device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 VID of the specified VLAN Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping for the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 VID of the specified VID Solution Enable the IGMP snooping for the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan max group command More than 128 total max group per system Explanation The number of registration of multicast addresses allowed on the entire system exceeded the limit 128 addresses Solution Reduce the maximum number of VLANs using the ip snooping vlan max group command or disable the IGMP snooping function for other VLANs Note O Up to 128 multicast MAC addresses can be registered on the entire system Therefore if IGMP snooping is used by multiple VLANs care must be taken not to exceed the limit number of multicast MAC addresses O Sets the maximum number of multicast groups not to exceed the number of multicast groups that Is registered currently Example Set the number of groups that can be registered for IGMP snooping on VLAN 2 to 50 xg config ip
228. displayed using the monitor command which periodically updates the display information or by using the show statistics command which displays a snapshot Point The transmission byte statistics information does not include preambles framing bytes Y Note Set the terminal screen size to 50 columns by 12 lines or more when issuing the monitor command If the terminal screen size is too small the following message is displayed terminal line is too small r terminal width is too short o Point The number of statistics display lines vary depending upon the counter used If the line length exceeds the limit the following unit is displayed at the right of the displayed value The unit indicates a multiplier for the value displayed K 1 000 M 1 000 000 G 1 000 000 000 T _1 000 000 000 000 206 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 1 monitor traffic bytes Function Displays the transmission frame length in bytes at each port Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated byte count of transmission frames after startup of this command total Displays the accumulated byte count of
229. e The status of the Immediate Leave mode is displayed Enabled The Immediate Leave mode is enabled Disabled The Immediate Leave mode is disabled O Group Membership interval The valid interval time in seconds for the registered multicast group is displayed Last Member Query interval The monitoring time in seconds for leaving confirmation when an IGMP Leave message is received is displayed Send Query count The transmission frequency of query messages by the IGMP query function is displayed IGMP snooping querier The operation state of IGMP query function is displayed Enabled The IGMP query function is enabled Disabled The IGMP query function is disabled O General Query interval The transmission interval in seconds of query messages sent by the IGMP query function is displayed O Querier IP address Source IP address of the query message sent by the IP querier is displayed Multicast Router Information The multicast router status is displayed O Vian The ID of the applicable VLAN is displayed O Type The identified type of multicast router is displayed static This is a multicast router statically set by the CLI dynamic This is a multicast router port dynamically learned by IGMP snooping O Mrouter ports The port numbers registered with the multicast router are displayed For an aggregation group the group number is displayed immediately after the agg port information Multicast Group
230. e 1 25 dot3PauseAdminMode INTEGER dot3PauseEntry 1 26 dot3PauseOperMode INTEGER dot3PauseEntry 2 27 dot3InPauseFrames Counter32 dot3PauseEntry 3 28 dot3OutPauseFrames Counter32 dot3PauseEntry 4 O MIB II snmp group RFC1213 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 int snmpinPkts Counter32 snmp 1 2 snmpOutPkts Counter32 snmp 2 3 snmpInBadVersions Counter32 snmp 3 4 snmpInBadCommunityNames Counter32 snmp 4 303 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 5 snmpInBadCommunityUses Counter32 snmp 5 6 snmpInASNParseErrs Counter32 snmp 6 7 snmpinTooBigs Counter32 snmp 8 8 snmpInNoSuchNames Counter32 snmp 9 9 snmpInBadValues Counter32 snmp 10 10 snmpInReadOnlys Counter32 snmp 11 11 snmpIinGenErrs Counter32 snmp 12 12 snmpIinTotalReqVars Counter32 snmp 13 13 snmpinTotalSetVars Counter32 snmp 14 14 snmpInGetRequests Counter32 snmp 15 15 snmpInGetNexts Counter32 snmp 16 16 snmpInSetRequests Counter32 snmp 17 17 snmp InGetSolutions Counter32 snmp 18 18 snmpinTraps Counter32 snmp 19 19 snmpOutTooBigs Counter32 snmp 20 20 snmpOutNoSuchNames Counter32 snmp 21 21 snmpOutBadValues Counter32 snmp 22 22 snmpOutGenErrs Counter32 snmp 24 23 snmpOutGetRequests Counter32 snmp 25 24 snmpOutGetNexts Co
231. e Protocol is disabled Enabled Spanning Tree Protocol is enabled Root Switch Priority The priority value for the switch selected as the root switch is displayed as a decimal number Root Switch ID The switch identifier selected as the root switch is displayed The first four digits representing the priority of the root switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number The remaining 12 digits representing the MAC address of the root switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number Root Path Cost The path cost value from the device to the root switch When the device is the root switch 0 is displayed f m Root Port The switch port number of the root port of the device is displayed When the device is the root switch is displayed Switch Priority rhe priority value of the device is displayed as a decimal number Switch ID rhe switch identifier priority for the device is displayed rhe first four digits representing the priority of the device are displayed as a hexadecimal number The remaining 12 digits representing the MAC address of the device are displayed as a hexadecimal number Max Age rhe maximum valid time seconds for BPDU s are displayed Hello Time rhe transmit interval seconds for BPDU s are displayed Forward Time rhe time a port requires to switch states Topology Changes rhe number of times the topology changed is displayed Last Topology Change rhe latest date and time the topology change occur
232. e SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 118 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 1 invalid user name Explanation Specified username is invalid Inserted string 1 Specified username Solution Specify the correct username ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server Note O scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a
233. e port path cost Parameter O port path cost lt 1 200000000 gt Sets a path cost for each port It can be within the range of 1 to 200000000 The followin ath cost values are recommended by IEEE802 1D 100M bps 10 60 19 20000 2000000 200000 1G bps 3 10 4 2000 200000 20000 10G bps 1 5 2 200 20000 2000 Command type Configuration command Configuration command Default 2 16bit 2000 32bit Example Set the path cost for port 2 to 3 xg config interface port 2 xg config if spanning tree port path cost 3 166 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 9 spanning tree path cost default Function Sets the version of path cost IEEE802 1D 16bits or IEEE802 1D 32bits to be used for the Spanning Tree Protocol Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree path cost default 16bit 32bit no spanning tree path cost default Parameter O path cost default 16bit 32bit 16bit IEEE802 1D 16bits will be used for the path cost The default path cost is 2 32bit IEEE802 1D 32bits will be used for the path cost The default path cost is 2000 Command type Configuration command Default 32bit Message The Setting becomes an availableness by doing REBOOT Explanation The settings changed will become valid when the sys
234. e received BPDU d STP IEEE802 1D w RSTP IEEE802 1w Point If the destination switch port is operating in STP IEEE802 1D mode the connected device switch port will operate in STP mode regardless of its setting Designated Switch Displays the switch identifier for the specified switch that sent a BPDU to the specified port The first four digits representing the priority of the designated switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number The remaining 12 digits representing the MAC address of the designated switch are displayed as a hexadecimal number 158 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Output form detailed display xg show spanning tree detail Spanning Tree Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Spanning Tree Enable Disable Root Switch Priority 32768 Root Switch ID 8000 0080 17C2 0511 Root Path Cost 6 Root Port port 1 Switch Priority 32769 Switch ID 8001 0080 17C2 0512 Max Age 20 sec Hello Time 2 sec Forward Time 15 sec Topology Changes 220 Last Topology Change 2007 01 22 12 12 15 portfast errdisable enabled disabled timeout portfast errdisable 300 sec timeout interval Port 1 STP State Down Discard Learn Forward STP Mode STP RSTP None Port ID 32772 Role Root Designated Alternate Backup Path Cost E 2 Link Type Point to point Shared Forwar
235. e settings O The setting will not be included in the configuration information Therefore even if the configuration information was restored by another device the timezone setting will be invalid Example Set Daylight Saving Time period from 2 00 Sunday the first week in April through to 02 00 Sunday the fifth week in October with a time difference of an hour xgH date summer time M4 1 0 0200 M10 5 0 0200 0100 85 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 19 ping Function Checks if communication with the specified host is possible by sending ICMP Echo Request packets to a specified host from the manage LAN interface and observing the reception of ICMP Echo Reply packets Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax ping HOST count lt 1 100 gt Parameter O HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address to check O count lt 1 100 gt Sets the count to transmit 1 to 100 If omitted 10 will be specified Press Ctrl C to abort the ping process Command type Operation management commands Output form when the host to check is working normally xg ping white PING white 192 168 1 1 from 192 168 1 2 56 84 bytes of data 64 bytes from white 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 1 ttl 64 time 0 780 ms lt There is a response 64 bytes from white 192 168 1 1 icmp_seq 2 ttl 64 time 0 592 ms lt There is a response white ping s
236. e shut down the XFP Check the XFP insertion and the temperature around the XFP If the same message is displayed after taking appropriate action note the message contents and contact the sales representative PHY Device Error An XFP access error occurred Check the XFP insertion If the same message is displayed after taking appropriate action note the message contents and contact the sales representative O No messages An XFP was removed If this message appears with the XFP in the slot check that it is properly installed 267 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 1 2 Verifying System Status Verify the system status by entering the show system information command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode The following example shows the information that is displayed when the show system information command is entered xg show system information System Information 2007 02 22 21 06 11 System Name hostname xg System Location none System Contact none Default Banner XG2000 El0L11 Z01 Startup Time 2007 02 22 19 28 24 Startup config Modified 2007 02 22 19 54 01 Firmware Information Firmware 1 E10L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 02 22 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 02 23 10 57 53 Current Firmware z 2 Next Startup Firmware 2 Boot
237. eappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2224 Too Many MST SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2225 CM Buffer SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative 287 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2225 Too Many CM Buffer SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2401 System Error 1 ERROR Explanation A system error of Layer2 basic management module was detected O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative A 2 4 npm Network Protocol Control 3000 3299 S3001 INFO Cold Start or Warm Start Explanation The system was turned on S3002 INFO Link
238. ed file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server 1 No space left on device Explanation This device does not have enough space to copy the file Incomplete copied file may remain on the device Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Delete incomplete copied file and unnecessary files by using delete command then execute the command again ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ole ole ole 108 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Network is unreachable Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH serv
239. ed string 2 The current Max Age value Solution Check that the setting of Forward Delay satisfies the following condition 2 x Forward Delay 1 gt Max Age P4505 WARNING Invalid Max age relationship 2 1 1 gt 2 Explanation The setting of STP Max Age is invalid O Inserted string 1 The current Forward Delay value O Inserted string 2 Attempted Max Age value change Solution Check that the setting of Max Age satisfies the following condition 2 x Forward Delay 1 gt Max Age S4507 WARNING Invalid BPDU received on 1 Bridge becoming root Explanation The reception of an invalid BPDU triggered a topology change that caused the device to become a root switch O Inserted string 1 Name of the port that received the BPDU Solution Review the network environment for the port connection 293 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide WARNING P4508 Invalid Max age relationship 2 1 1 lt 2 Explanation The setting of STP Max Age is invalid O Inserted string 1 The current Hello Time value O Inserted string 2 Attempted Max Age value change Solution Check that the setting of Max Age satisfies the following condition Max Age gt 2 x Hello Time 1 P4509 WARNING Invalid Hello time relationship 2 1 1 lt 2 Explanation The setting of Hello Time is invalid
240. eeeeeteeeeseaeees 134 link aggregation load balance ip hash selecti0n 137 link pa s through cocinar at aes 153 List of Event Logs 281 List of MIBs 302 A wench E E E OA 252 logout Qui ean avis cee aaa aes eae 76 IS ts eevee NO 110 MAC Address Table Management cccccesceeeeeeeeeeeteeeteeees 27 management LAN interface Configuration Commanas 60 management lan dns server management lan domain sis Management lan ip coooocccononcccnoncccnnnancnnonncnnnnn cn cnn cnn nana cn nnanccanannns Managing Group Members oooooccccncoccconocccconancconancnnonnnonnanncanananonos Managing the Device Mapping to output queues de Message Format for Forwarding syslog 300 M O voii iio iii 186 monitor dataflow 219 MONITO SITO ii iii inten sets 221 monitor framesize traffic COUNS ooononnnniinininconacanaccananacananannannno 211 monitor gos priority traffic bytes 213 monitor gos priority traffic counts 219 monitor traffic bytes 207 monitor traffic counts 209 monitor vlan traffic bytes 217 monitor vlan traffic COUN S eee eee eee e teeters eeeeteeeeteeeteaeeee 218 Multicast forwarding cccccceceeceeeseseeeeceneeeeeeeeeeseeeeseeneeeeeeaeeess 155 multiple tag VLAN 0 ceecececeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeceeeeeeeeeeseeeesseeeeseeeeeeeeaee 43 No Form of Commands c cccocccccccconcccoccnonccnnncnnn cnn cona
241. egin include or exclude and a regular expression filtering condition Syntax show begin include exclude regular expression Keyword for filtering output Meaning begin Begins output starting at the first line that contains matches to given regular expression parameters exclude Does not display output lines that contain matches to given regular expression parameters include Displays output lines that contain matches to given regular expression parameters xg show history begin 2 Skipping configure terminal show running config show history show history begin 2 xg show history exclude 2 1 enable 3 show running config 4 show history xg show history include 2 2 configure terminal 5 show history begin 2 O Hint Regular expressions are case sensitive For example if exclude strings is entered lines that include String are output but those that include strings are not OPBWDN 2 2 11 Redirecting show Command Output Redirect the output of show commands to a file in volatile memory using gt pipe or redirect Syntax To redirect the output of a show command to a file in volatile memory show gt FILE NAME show FILE NAME O FILE NAME Specifies the file name in volatile memory that the output of the command is piped or red
242. egistered with port 2 as a member untagged frames during egressing xg config interface port 2 xg config if port vlan id vlan 3 xg config if exit xg config exit xg show vlan Vlan Information 2007 01 22 16 20 15 VID Vlan Description Tag Ports Membership 1 default UNTAG port 123 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 vlan floorl None 3 vlan floor2 UNTAG port 2 175 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 6 vlan member allowed Function Registers a port as a VLAN member Use the no form to release the VLAN membership Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax vlan member allowed vlan lt 1 4094 gt all egress untagging egress tagging no vlan member allowed vlan lt 1 4094 gt all Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN ID or VID for membership registration or VLAN ID deletion The VID can be an integer of 1 to 4094 vian all Registers or deletes member ports for all registered VLANs egress untagging Deletes a VLAN tag during frame transmission egress tagging Adds a VLAN tag during frame transmission Command type Configuration command Default Registers all ports with egress untagging the default VLAN Not set except for the default VLAN Message VLAN 1 not configured 2 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1
243. eing displayed O Master port Displays the master port number of the aggregation group Of the ports belonging to a link aggregation group the one with the smallest port number will be the master port O Management packet send port The port number transmitting the control protocol between switches such as BPDU and IGMP are displayed Normally of the ports belonging to an aggregation group the one with the smallest port number among the ports in a link up state will be the management packet send port O Mac address Displays the MAC address of the aggregation group This MAC address will be the same value as that of the master port 130 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Protocol The control protocol utilized by the link aggregation group is displayed None A static link aggregation group LACP Active Uses LACP as the control protocol for link aggregation in Active mode LACP Passive Uses LACP as the control protocol for link aggregation in Passive mode O Distribution algorithm Displays the distribution method for frame forwarding across the aggregated ports Destination address This is a distribution method based on the destination MAC address of a frame Source address This is a distribution method based on the transmitted frame MAC address estination address amp Source address This is a distribution method based on the information of the destination
244. ember VLAN VLAN Member Membership tagged Membership untagged 2 VLAN tagging VLAN Tag VLAN Tag Header TPID 0x8100 User Data Header PID 0x8100 User Data VLAN Tag VLAN Tag Header pip oxe100 Use Data P Header frpip oxg100 Me Pata An example of multiple VLAN settings and egress rule 2 44 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide An example of multiple VLAN and the movement of frames when the user defined VPID of the incoming and outgoing port differ and the outgoing port is a VLAN member VLAN tagged frame is shown below 1 VLAN configurations User YPID User VPID 0x7100 VLAN VLAN Member VLAN VLAN Member Membership untagged Membership tagged 2 VLAN tagging VLAN Tag VLAN Tag VLAN Tag PID 0x9100 VLAN Tag VLAN Tag _ VLAN Tag TPID 0x7100 An example of multiple VLAN settings and egress rule 3 An example of multiple VLAN and the movement of frames when the user defined VPID of the incoming and outgoing port differ and the outgoing port is not a VLAN member VLAN untagged frame is shown below 1 VLAN configurations MITA sera VLAN VLAN Member VLAN VLAN Member Membership tagged Membership untagged 2 VLAN tagging VLAN Tag VLAN Tag VLAN Tag VLAN Tag TAN TG user Data Header 51D 0x7100 User Data SD ee F S
245. ents and contact the sales representative S2219 Drop Queue SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2220 Too Many Drop Queue SBE Errors LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 82221 MAC Table SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message reappears after restarting the switch note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2222 Too Many MAC Table SBE Error LOG Disabled WARNING Explanation A correctable error was repeatedly detected in the switch chip Logging for this event is disabled Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative S2223 Multicast State Table SBE detected 1 WARNING Explanation A correctable error was detected in the switch chip It is automatically corrected by hardware O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution If the same message r
246. er Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server Note O The startup config uploaded using a new version of firmware may not be downloaded with an old version of firmware scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key Example Import the start_conf_20070122 file stored on the TFTP server host1 with the file name start_conf Then copy the imported start_conf file to startup config xg tftp get hostl start_conf 20070122 start_conf xgH copy local start_conf startup config Download the start_conf_20070122 file stored on the TFTP server host1 directly to startup config xg copy tftp host1 start_conf 20070122 startup config Download the start_conf_20080701 file stored on the SSH server host2 directly to startup config xg copy scp foo host2 start_conf 20080
247. er untagged frame Parameter O untagged frame Discards VLAN untagged frames when they are received Command type Configuration command Default None Note If the user VPID is specified by the user vlan protocol id a tag having the same tag ID as the user VPID is considered to be the VLAN tag If both ingress filter tagged frame and ingress filter untagged frame are specified all frames received at this port are discarded O When using the Spanning Tree Protocol STP do not specify the ingress filter untagged frame command Example Enter the interface edit mode for ports 1 to 3 and specify to discard VLAN untagged frames xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if ingress filter untagged frame 178 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 11 vlan statistics collection Function Configures the specified VLANs to collect statistics information Up to 32 VLANs can be set Use the no form to cancel collecting the VLAN statistics information Prompt xg config Command syntax vlan statistics collection lt 1 4094 gt lt 1 4094 gt no vlan statistics Parameter O collection lt 1 4094 gt lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the ID of the VLAN to collect statistics information To collect the statistics information on multiple VLANs specify multiple VIDs by separating the
248. ering the show system status command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode The following example shows the information that is displayed when the show system status command is entered xg show system status System Status Information 2007 01 25 12 16 19 Temperature Internal good Power Supply PWR 0 AC good PWR 1 AC good Voltage Voltage good Fan Rear Fan 0 good normal speed Rear Fan 1 good normal speed PWR 0 Fan good PWR 1 Fan good XFP port 1 VENDER NAME Si good port 2 VENDER NAME L good port 3 VENDER NAME S good port 4 VENDER NAME L good port 5 VENDER NAME sS good port 6 VENDER NAME L good port 7 VENDER NAME S good port 8 VENDER NAME L good port 9 VENDER NAME S good port 10 VENDER NAME L good port 11 VENDER NAME S good port 12 VENDER NAME L good port 13 VENDER NAME S good port 14 VENDER NAME L good port 15 VENDER NAME S good port 16 VENDER NAME L good port 17 VENDER NAME S good port 18 VENDER NAME L good port 19 VENDER NAME S good port 20 VENDER NAME L_ good 265 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide The following table provides descriptions of items displayed when the show system status command is entered and an explanation of each error message
249. ervice Type 6 AuthenticateOnly 8 NAS Identifier 32 Hostname of the device 4 11 2 TACACS Attributes It displays TACACS attributes Category Content action TAC_PLUS_AUTHEN_LOGIN 0x01 priv_lvl TAC_PLUS PRIV_LVL_MIN 0x00 authen_type TAC_PLUS AUTHEN_TYPE_PAP 0x02 service TAC_PLUS AUTHEN_SVC_LOGIN 0x01 user_len Size of user field rem_addr_len 0 data_len Size of data field user Username to authenticate data Password of the user to authenticate 55 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 11 3 Configuring RADIUS TACACS To configure RADIUS TACACS authentication carry out the following procedure Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config radius server key KEY Optional Specifies a global secret key which is used as a default parameter when RADIUS server is registered with no key parameter xg config tacacs server key KEY Optional Specifies a global secret key which is used as a default parameter when TACACS server is registered with no key parameter xg config radius server timeout lt 1 15 gt Optional Specifies the timeout sec for authentication requests xg config radius server host HOST auth port Register a RADIUS server PORT key KEY xg config tacacs server host HOST key KEY Register a TACACS server xg config aaa authentication login c
250. es of the link state to devices connected to the notification domino port This command specifies the link state monitoring port and the notification port Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax link pass through monitored port lt 1 20 gt monitored agg port lt 1 10 gt domino port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt 11 domino agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt no link pass through monitored port lt 1 20 gt monitored agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O monitored port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port to monitor the link state O monitored agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies an aggregation group to monitor the link state O domino port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port number for the link state notification When specifying multiple port numbers list them separated with space O domino agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number for the link state notification When specifying multiple aggregation group numbers list them separated with space Command type Configuration command Default None Message Agg port 1 does not exist Explanation The specified aggregation group is not created Inserted string 1 specified aggregation group number Solution Review the specified aggregation group numbers monitored port and domino port cannot specify a port belonging to an aggregation port po
251. essage is output to the log XG WARNING S7520 init firmup Booting new firmware failed Old firmware 1 is now running Explanation Old firmware was run because the new updated firmware can not successfully initialize Inserted string 1 Firmware version information 272 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 3 2 Selecting Firmware This section describes the procedures for selecting the firmware to use 1 After logging into the device use the enable command to switch to administrator EXEC mode xg gt enable 2 Using the show system information command check the status of the firmware Note the firmware information Firmware 1 and 2 the currently active firmware Current Firmware and firmware that will run the next time Next Startup Firmware the switch is rebooted xg show system information Firmware Information Firmware 1 El0L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 02 22 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 02 23 10 57 53 Current Firmware 2 Next Startup Firmware 2 E10L10 Z01 Boot Loader 3 Using the boot system command change the Next Startup Firmware image Using the show system information command again check that the Next Startup Firmware changed xgH boot system 1 xg show system information Fir
252. esses multiple ports can be specified by separating the port numbers witha space O agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number for the forwarded frame This parameter is specified in the range of 1 to 10 Additionally when static multicast MAC addresses are registered including broadcast addresses multiple aggregation groups can be specified by separating the aggregation group numbers with a space Command type Configuration command Default Only broadcast address FFFF FFFF FFFF is registered Message o Unable to translate mac address 1 Explanation The specified format of the MAC address is incorrect Inserted string 1 specified MAC address Solution After reviewing the specified format of the MAC address execute the command again Can t set vlan in case of shared vlan learning Explanation When the bridge learn mode is SVL VLANs cannot be specified Solution Omit the vlan parameter and execute the command again 126 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN is not created Inserted string 1 VLAN ID Solution Review the vlan specified then execute the command again Port is not vlan member port 1 vid 2 Explanation The port is not a member of the specified VLAN Inserted string 1 port number Inserted string 2 VLAN ID
253. et connection Message authentication code hmac md5 hmac sha1 umac 64 Wopenssh com hmac ripemd 160 hmac sha1 96 hmac md5 96 The SSH server function via the management LAN interface is initially disabled To change the monitoring time for the SSH connection carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config ssh server Enable SSH connection xg config terminal timeout vty lt 0 60 gt xg config exit Optional If the SSH session timeout period in minutes expires the SSH connection is terminated Exit to administrator EXEC mode The SSH server function supported by this device uses Open SSH free software that is published based on BSD licence Please refer to the following URL for more details http www openssh com 3 1 5 SNMP Configuration Optional To operate in conjunction with an SNMP manager the SNMP agent must be configured To configure the SNMP agent carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config hostname HOST NAME xg config snmp server location SYSTEM LOCATION xg config snmp server contact SYSTEM CONTACT Set the switch name HOST NAME switch s location SYSTEM LOCATION and contact SYSTEM CONTA
254. et key Prompt xg config Command syntax tacacs server key KEY no tacacs server key Parameter O key KEY Specifies a global secret key in ASCII character Printable characters except for and a space ASCII code 0x20 can be specified and its length should be less than 33 Command type Configuration command Default None Message Secret key is too long Explanation The specified secret key is more than 32 characters Solution Specifies the secret key under 33 characters Invalid secret key Explanation An invalid character is set Solution Specifies a secret key using available characters Note A global secret key is referred only when a TACACS server is registered without specifying a secret key A secret key fora TACACS server will synchronize to a new global secret key when the same secret key is specified O A global secret key for a TACACS server will not be deleted even when no command is committed Example The following example specifies a global secret key xg config tacacs server key tacacs bl 98 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 Configuration File Operation Commands This section explains the commands related to configuration files and file operations within volatile memory 5 6 1 copy running config startup config Function Stores the configuration file running config in volatile memory to t
255. et to default Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax qos bandwidth lt 0 10000 gt output priority lt 0 3 gt no qos bandwidth Parameter O bandwidth lt 0 10000 gt Specifies the bandwidth of an output queue in the range of 0 to 10000 Mbps The value must be an integer divisible by 100 O output priority lt 0 3 gt Specifies the output queue within the range of 0 to 3 to associate with the bandwidth value Command type Configuration command Default 0 Sets the band width of the output queue to be equal Message The set value is not step of 100 Explanation The specified the band width value is not an integer divisible by 100 Solution Sets a band width value with an integer divisible by 100 The total value exceeded 10000 Explanation The sum of the bandwidth values of each output queue is exceeds 10Gbps Solution Changes the bandwidth values so the total does not exceed 10Gbps Note O Residual bandwidth is assigned to each output queue without specified bandwidth Enabling jumbo frames and the frame size established affects minimum bandwidth assignments across all output queues The The total value exceeded 10000 error message may be displayed despite the fact the total bandwidth assigned a given queue does not exceed 10Gbps O Setting bandwidth O is same as no form so the configuration is cleared Example Sets 4Gbps for output queue 0 s xg config if no qos bandwidth xg conf
256. fic bytes xg gt monitor dataflow View traffic statistics number of frames related to data flow current total interval lt 3 60 gt during frame forwarding for each port xg gt show statistics dataflow xg gt monitor error View information about errors that occur during current total interval lt 3 60 gt transmission reception for each port xg gt show statistics error xg gt enable Clear cumulative traffic statistics collected after system xg clear statistics startup 53 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 10 2 SNMP Agent SNMP Simple Network Management Protocol is a protocol that monitors and manages devices on a network The device supports the SNMP v1 v2c function to collect management information blocks MIBs from a remote network manager SNMP manager For operations via SNMP manager only read only operations are allowed For the MIBs supported refer to Appendix C The device can be configured for up to 4 SNMP managers and up to 4 SNMP trap destinations To configure the SNMP agent carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Y Command 0 Task __ xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config hostname HOST NAME Set the system name HOST NAME system s location xg config snmp server location SYSTEM LOCATION SYSTEM LOCATION and contact SYSTEM CONTACT xg conf
257. firmware for reboot by executing the following sequence immediately after turning on the device O Connect the device to an active serial terminal O Turn on the device O Hold down the key and the following message will appear on the serial terminal screen e Preparing to boot At the XG_LOADER gt prompt type boot and then specify the firmware image number to run XG_LOADER gt boot 1 2 To determine the firmware number to specify use the firminfo command The firminfo command allows checking the firmware versions E L and the number that corresponds to the firmware image to run For the firmware versions E L check the Firm EL of region 1 and Firm EL of region 2 fields For the number that corresponds to the firmware image to run check the number that appears in the Region being used now field Specify the other firmware number in the boot command In the following example 2 is specified for the firmware number in the boot command 1 is assigned to the firmware image that is to be run XG_LOADER gt firminfo Firm EL of region 1 10 11 Z01 1121772145 Firm EL of region 2 10 10 Z01 1121770019 Boot loader version 10 10 Z01 Region being used now 1 Region to be used next 1 Status flag of region 1 CURRENT FIRM Status flag of region 2 OLD FIRM 277 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User
258. g 198 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 12 ip snooping max group Function Defines the number of multicast groups that can be registered for IGMP snooping on specified VLANs Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax max group lt 10 128 gt no ip snooping max group Parameter O max group lt 10 128 gt Sets the maximum number of multicast groups that can be registered It can be any integer between 10 and 128 Command type Configuration command Default 32 Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again More than 128 total max group per system Explanation The registered number of multicast addresses allowed on the entire system exceeded the limit 128 addresses Solution Reduce the maximum number of VLANs using a command such as ip snooping vlan max group or disable the IGMP snooping function for other VLANs IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping is not valid on specified VLAN ID Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Valid IGMP snooping on specified VLAN by ip snooping vlan or ip snooping command Note Up to 128 multicast MAC addre
259. g Tree Protocol parameters on the device O Switch priority O Hello time O Maximum aging time max age O Forward delay time forward time xg config interface port 1 2 3 xg config interface port range 1 3 Switch to interface edit mode to configure spanning tree related parameters for a given port In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 through 3 xg config if spanning tree port priority lt 0 240 gt xg config if spanning tree port path cost lt 1 200000000 gt Configure the following parameters related to the spanning tree topology O Port priority O Path cost xg config if spanning tree portfast Optional If the port is configured as an edge port this setting can reduce the time taken to transition into the forwarding state It is available only when the port is directly connected to an end terminal that has no influence on the spanning tree configuration xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show spanning tree detail View the state of the spanning tree 40 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 It does not always send XG2000 series User s Guide 4 7 VLAN VLAN Virtual LAN is a technology that divides a single network into virtually separated networks VLANs are separate logical networks within one phys
260. g config interface port 4 xg xg config if downlink allowed uplink domain 1 config if exit xg config exit xg show uplink Uplink Domain Information 2006 03 17 14 35 25 Domain Port Function Ports Membership 1 Uplink Active port 3 Uplink Inactive None Downlink port 4 141 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 Switch Port Configuration Commands This section explains the port specific commands of the switch 5 10 1 show interface Function Displays the port state of the specified switch Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show interface port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port number of the switch to display O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number of the switch to display When the port parameter or agg port parameter are omitted the state of all ports will be displayed Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show interface Interface Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 port 1 Generic Information Description port _namel MAC Address 000C 123a 4321 Link State Link up Link down Link Status Detail detail information STP State Discard Learn Forward Flow Control Disabled Rx Only Tx Only Rx and Tx Address Learning Enabled Disabled Multicast Forwarding Fo
261. g multiple ports list them separated with space Command type Configuration command Default None Note When this command is invoked the port becomes disabled but the optical signal from the XFP is not stopped O To shut down an aggregation group use the interface edit mode shutdown command Example Shut down switch ports 3 and 4 then make them usable again xg config shutdown port 3 4 xg config no shutdown port 3 4 151 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 12 port security Function Sets port security based on the source MAC address When port security is enabled register the MAC addresses permitted using the bridge mac address table command Use the no form to disable port security Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax port security violation restrict shutdown no port security Parameter O violation restrict shutdown Specifies the action when receiving a violating frame restrict When a violating frame is detected an error log entry is recorded and an SNMP trap message is sent The violating frame is discarded and the port set to a violation state shutdown When a violating frame is detected an error log entry is recorded and an SNMP trap message is sent The port is set to a violation state then goes link down Command type Configuration command Default
262. g the include command output lines which are matched with the parameter will be displayed Display the information whose MAC address is 0002 123a 4321 xg show bridge mac address table include port 4 0002 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 4 View the MAC address information forwarded to port 4 among static MAC addresses xg show bridge mac address table static include port 4 0002 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 4 0004 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 4 5 7 4 bridge forward mode Function The device supports two types of frame forwarding store and forward and cut through O Store and forward After a full frame is received an error check is performed before forwarding O Cut through After reading the first 64 bytes of a received frame forwarding is immediately performed Basically FSC errors are not checked allowing low latency forwarding Use the no form to return to store and forward Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge forward mode cut through store and forward no bridge forward mode Parameter O forward mode cut through store and forward Specifies the switching method cut through Specifies Cut through forwarding store and forward Specifies store and forward forwarding Command type Configuration command Default cut through Note The no form command does not return the forwarding mode to its default setting Example Set the switching method to cut t
263. g7QXeoEyU MyZMzYxQH1kABB3W1 rf POdZ7Ri4nCm fYWN6QCX8M5hHVuALzZ5ITmBA sWxhQUvxDx1I VdpUB3ta4xgKiPOMF VBjdr4M6Upr9 j aVG6pyWCDGtkEL4qbLUXTx1XqFsNtuLwembg ZUWTX03 cCU6BXZ2B wo8mpgsvcabcN1gZiTycAs3W1j 0V81p0hg1QKsfOqIF8b9pNWEi 2NqIMbDSG yz BzXNqwg6 IbpCUMxdBMeij97YafJT11 h5zJvxP2AsrannGlIdeYJxXYaWQ0 adminexg Example The following shows authentication key xgH show ssh host key 5 3 9 show ssh rhost key Function Sho Prompt xg gt ws registered public key of SSH remote host or xg Command syntax show ssh rhost key Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show ssh rhost key SSH Remote Host Key 2008 07 07 04 24 24 192 168 1 10 ssh rsa AAAAB3NzaClyc2EAAAABIWAAAIEAOhyfbg54vUvQD8aUkpxTaSeRPFUdk vKDGkXy LBf JWV2XZB4cINAJ116rn3HbkzEiJRrAG Pwzn35FHRuW7sWj iyMmaRVXnWRrryFIJwUKaAB R2XchMbRLn3cz22i0A8H890UvQj 4JIGGYF3q3CxFz2rNPpU27Z18Yczf1vHHVM yuyussh rsaAAAAB3 NzaC1yc2EAAAABIWAAATEAOhyfbg54vUvQD8aUkpxTaSeRPFUdkvKDGkXy LBf JWV2XZB4CcINAJ116r n3HbkzEiJRrAG Pwzn35FHRUuW7sWj iyMmaRVXnWRrryFJwUKaABR2XchMbRIn3cz22i0A8H890UvQj4 JIGGYF3qjCxFz2rNPpU27Z18Yczf1vHHVM Example The following shows registered public key xgH show ssh rhost key 70 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 3 10 clear ssh rhost key Function Delete registered public key of SSH
264. guration mode This mode allows the user to configure each port or VLAN of the switch The interface edit mode is represented by prompt xg config if while the edit mode for a port that is created with link aggregation function is represented by prompt xg config agg Also The edit mode for VLAN is represented by prompt xg config vlan f Terminal edit mode Prompt xg config line Operator Class Operator EXEC mode To enter the serial terminal edit mode enter the line console command in the global configuration mode The prompt changes to xg config line Baud rate of the serial terminal and screen display size can be set Login Administrator p Class Administrator EXEC mode configure terminal Global configuration mode interface Interface edit mode Terminal edit mode 14 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Entering a specific command allows switching from one mode to another Entering the exit command returns program control to the previous mode Entering end command or pressing Ctrl and Z or C simultaneously in the global configuration interface edit or terminal edit mode transfers program control to the administrator EXEC mode An example is given below Login admin Switch to operator EXEC mode by performing a login operation password By default the login usern
265. he uplink ports within that domain If an uplink filter is specified to have multiple uplink ports link aggregation and redundancy are provisioned within that domain The uplink filter differs from link aggregation in that the uplink ports within the uplink domain can be connected to different switches or equipment to ensure redundancy within the various uplink ports 36 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Uplink domain and downlink members corresponding to uplink domain Leaf Node Fat tree network using uplink filter When specifying multiple uplink ports within an uplink domain frame distribution among the uplink ports is performed equally from port to port and not by type of frame Frame distribution changes automatically when a fail over or fail back occurs thereby providing uplink redundancy Frame distribution in uplink domain 37 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide The following is an example of a fat tree configuration with network redundancy Redundant aultiple paths and Redundant multiple ports aultiple paths Fat tree network with redundancy To configure an uplink filter carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode j T Switch to global configuration mode xg configure termina xg config uplink domain 1 port 11 12 Create an uplink domain that consist
266. he same as the VLAN ID If not required delete the port VID using the no port vlan id command Then delete the VLAN Note VLAN descriptions are not checked for duplication Specify a unique description for each VLAN on the network Example First create a VLAN having VID 2 and VLAN description vlan floor1 Second create a VLAN having VID 3 and VLAN description vlan floor2 Finally check the VLAN descriptions using the show vlan command xg config vlan 2 description vlan floorl xg config vlan 3 name vlan floor2 xg config exit xg show vlan Vlan Information VID Vlan Description Tag Ports Membership 1 default UNTAG port 123 45 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2 vlan floorl None 3 vlan floor2 gt None 172 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 3 Interface vlan Function Switches from the global configuration mode to the interface edit mode wherein VLANs are configured Multiple VLANs can be configured collectively Prompt xg config Command syntax interface vlan lt 1 4094 gt lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the VLAN to configure When specifying multiple VLANs list them separated with space Up to 8 VIDs can be specified Command type Configuration command Message duplicate vlan number 1 Explanation
267. he startup config file in nonvolatile memory After changing running config use this command to use the same configuration file after restarting the system Prompt xg Command syntax copy running config startup config Command type Operation management command Note When the system is restarted without saving the information of running config into startup config the information set in running config will be lost Be sure to upload the contents of the existing startup config file to a remote server prior to saving running config as the contents of startup config will be overwritten Example Store running config in startup config Then check the information in startup config using the show command xg copy running config startup config xg show startup config 5 6 2 show running config Function Displays the configuration information running config currently operating in volatile memory Prompt xg Command syntax show running config Command type Operation management commands Example Display the contents of running config xg show running config 99 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 3 show running config redirect Function Copies the configuration information running config in the currently operating volatile memory to the volatile memory Also it can be copied directly to a f
268. he state of an aggregation group Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number The value can be set in the range of 1 to 10 When this parameter is omitted the state of all aggregation groups will be displayed Command type Operation management commands Output form in case of static link aggregation xg show link aggregation Link Aggregation Information 2007 01 22 14 30 35 System Priority 32768 System ID 0080 17c2 2144 agg port 1 Master port port lt 1 20 gt Management packet send port port lt 1 20 gt Mac address 0080 17c2 2144 Protocol None Distribution algorithm Destination address Source address Destination address amp Source address Vlan IP Hash Destination IP Source IP Destination port Source port p Distribution parameter lt 0 3 gt The minimum number of ports 1 port 1 Port Status Active Inactive port 2 Port Status Active Inactive Link aggregation group common information Link aggregation information related to the switch in general will be displayed O System Priority The system priority used by LACP is displayed System ID The identification information used by LACP is displayed The state of each aggregation group will be displayed agg port 1 Indicates the aggregation group number b
269. he value must also satisfy the following conditions 2 X forward time 1 2 max_age max_age 2 2 X hello time 1 Example Specify the forward delay time value to 17 seconds xg config spanning tree forward time 17 165 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 7 spanning tree port priority Function Sets a port priority within the Spanning Tree A smaller value has a higher priority Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax spanning tree port priority lt 0 240 gt no spanning tree port priority Parameter O port priority lt 0 240 gt Specifies a port priority value within the Spanning Tree Specify a value divisible by 16 It can be within the range of 0 to 240 Command type Configuration command Default 128 Message Priority is not step of 16 Explanation The priority value specified is not an integer divisible by 16 Solution Specify a priority value divisible by 16 Example Set the priority of port2 to 160 xg config interface port 2 xg config if spanning tree port priority 160 5 11 8 spanning tree port path cost Function Sets a path cost for each port Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax spanning tree port path cost lt 1 200000000 gt no spanning tre
270. hen reissue the ip snooping vlan fast leave command Example Enable the Fast Leave mode on VLAN 1 xg config ip snooping vlan 1 fast leave 194 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 8 ip snooping vlan last member query interval Function Sets the monitoring time in seconds for checking on the exit of the last member of a IP multicast group If an IGMP Report message is not issued within the monitoring time after reception of an IGMP Leave message the IP multicast group is deleted Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt last member query interval lt 1 9 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt last member query interval Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to change O lastmember query interval lt 1 9 gt Specifies the monitoring time in seconds to check for member exit Command type Configuration command Default 2 seconds Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan last member query interval command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Create a VLA
271. hen the host name is hostname1 and abc jp is specified as the default domain name perform a search for the address with an FQDN Fully Qualified Domain Name of hostname1 abc jp Use the no form to delete the set domain name Prompt xg config Command syntax management lan domain DOMAIN NAME no management lan domain Parameter O domain DOMAIN NAME Specifies the default domain name Point Follow these rules for specifying a domain name Characters usable for the name Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 hyphen and period First character Alphabet a z A Z Last character Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 and period Command type Configuration command Default None Note O f the default domain name is changed the new setting becomes enabled after executing copy running config startup config command and restart the device Example Specify corp co jp for the default domain name of a DNS server Then return to the operator exec mode specify hostname1 for a TFTP server name and execute the tftp command The default domain name is added to hostname and the IP address can be referenced from the DNS server with the FQDN name of hostname1 corp co jp xg config management lan domain corp co jp xg config exit xg tftp get hostnamel remotefile localfile
272. hip between the remote hostname and IP address By registering the IP address of a remote host that is used frequently the name can be specified instead of the IP address The relationship between the registered hostname and IP address is given priority over the DNS server configuration Use the no form to delete registered remote host information Prompt xg config Command syntax remote host A B C D HOST NAME no remote host A B C D Parameter AB C D Specifies the IP address of a remote host in A B C D format IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O HOST NAME Specifies the remote hostname to register Specify the hostname using 63 characters or less with an alphabet character at the beginning Point Follow the rules below for the hostname and domain name Characters usable for the name Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 hyphen and period First character Alphabet a z A Z Last character Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters O 9 and period O no remote host A B C D Deletes the registered remote host Specify the IP address in A B C D format When IP address is omitted all registered remote hosts will be deleted Command type Configuration command Default None Message Invalid IP address Explanation The spe
273. host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 Connection refused Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 connection timed out Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server 1 invalid user name Explanation Specified username is invalid Inserted string 1 Specified username Solution Specify the correct username Note O scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key Example Save the current system status data as a maintenance information file in non volatile memory then check the logged status of the maintenance information using the show maintenance command Transfer the maintenance information to the host2 SSH server by naming it as the mainte_collec
274. hrough xg config bridge forward mode cut through 123 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 5 bridge jumbo frame Function Sets the maximum frame size of jumbo frames The maximum frame size that can be forwarded is 16128 byte Use the no form to disable jumbo frame Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge jumbo frame 9216 12288 15360 16128 no bridge jumbo frame Parameter O jumbo frame 9216 12288 15360 16128 Specifies the maximum frame size of the jumbo frame 9216 Sets the permitted jumbo frame size to 9216 byte 12288 Sets the permitted jumbo frame size to 12288 byte 15360 Sets the permitted jumbo frame size to 15360 byte 16128 Sets the permitted jumbo frame size to 16128 byte When this parameter is omitted 9216 is specified Command type Configuration command Default 9216 Note O Forwardable frame sizes The following shows the forwardable frame size when jumbo frame forwarding is disabled Frame status _Forwardable frame size VLAN untagged 1518 bytes VLAN tagged 1522 bytes User VLAN VLAN tagged 1526 bytes When jumbo frame forwarding is permitted the forwardable frame size will include the additional bytes required for VLAN tagged and user VLAN tagged frames Example Set jumbo frame to permit up to 9216 byte frames xg config bridge
275. i a illes te kee as Chapter 2 USing the 09 18 OPE UE o ctecviee sted tens stdy A O eftteverseautevseeestey 21 Overview of the CLI tia tees secede A 2 1 1 Operating Environment for the CLL iii dai 2 1 2 Command Modes and Mode Switching oooonocccccnnnniciconioncccnnnonnnccononnnc canon c cnn rca 2 1 3 startup CONfIg ANA rOnning COrnig ssiirireroiaisei raiike reie ie aE anA A E TE A a eaa A a RTA 2 2 USINg the O E EEE A E E O E E E E A E 2 2 1 HOw to Enter COMIMANS oiio aara ee Anar ita 2 2 2 COMOXESONSITIVO Help ici ii Ad aa ees eased a nE AS aat 2 2 3 Command Completion it at AA A aea A A A dd 2 2 4 Command AbbreviatiON ooooooonicicnnninicicnniccccinnancccn ran 2 2 5 Command Line Error Messages ooooicicioniccccconicicccnnaccncccn narnia 2 2 6 Scrolling Down or Up a Line OF a Pago oooicccconoccciconoccccconannccccanancnc cnn nc c naar 2 2 f COMMANG HUSO tia A A A A ns Abe eee a 2 23 Aborting GOmman ovis eee ee eee 2 2 9 NO FOr OF COMMANOS ici A AAA OTE E AE 2 2 10 Filtering show Command OUtpUb ooiccccnnociciconoccccnononncccnononcnc cnn rra 2 2 11 Redirecting show Command QU PUl ooocccccnnncccccononcccconannnnc cana cnn cnn 2 2 12 Using the monitor COMIMANA eirs esr ar eE EE naar Chapter 3 Installation naci ro wees ne wba pct cnt eeatencney oc susveene nideede ea tesaneeelaeeecis 3 1 Workflow for Initial Setup of the Device ooococonococccnnnnccccncononccncconcnnnnnnnoncnncnncnnnnnonnnnnnn cnn rn nannnnnnn nn nn nnannnnnnicnnn 3
276. ibes how to solve problems that might be encountered when using the device 276 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 7 1 Restoring Factory Defaults 7 1 1 Resetting startup config to Factory Defaults To reset all settings in the device s startup config file to the factory defaults O Using the reset factory default command reset the contents of the startup config file to the factory defaults When the command is executed a message appears requesting confirmation of the restart xgH reset factory default Do you restart system with setting to factory default y n lt A confirmation message is displayed If the response is y or Y the contents of the startup config file are reset to the factory defaults and the system restarts To cancel the process respond to this question with any keys other than y and Y gt Note O The login password is not stored in the startup config file To change the login password the password command must be used O Timezone and summer time settings will be re initialized After restarting the system set the timezone and summer time settings as necessary 7 1 2 Selecting the Alternate Firmware Image When the system successfully starts up the firmware image to be run can be selected by following the procedure described in Selecting Firmware If the system fails to start up select the alternate
277. ibution patterns only Changing the value does not guarantee resolution of frame distribution bias O minimum port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the minimum number of ports in a link up state required to maintain the link up state of the aggregation group When the number of ports in a link up state within an aggregation group is less than the minimum number of ports specified the aggregation group changes to a link down state When this parameter is omitted 1 is assumed O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Assigns port numbers to an aggregation group Separate each port number with a space Specify two or more port numbers Command type Configuration command Default None Message agg port 1 already exists Explanation An aggregation group with the same number already exists Inserted string 1 specified aggregation group number Solution Review the specified aggregation group number and execute the command again protocol is not LACP Explanation Although the protocol specified was not lacp lacp mode was specified Solution When the protocol is not lacp do not specify lacp mode The maximum number of member ports is 10 Explanation The number of specified ports was more than 10 Solution Set the number of ports to 10 or less port 1 is already member of aggregation group Explanation The specified port already belongs to another aggregation group Inserted string 1 specif
278. ical network A VLAN capable switch can change and define new LAN network configurations without changing physical cable connections This creates a flexible and extensible network system The device provides for port based or tag based IEEE802 1Q VLANs 4 7 1 Port Based VLAN Port based VLAN is a method for configuring VLAN membership on a port basis Forwarding is based on the destination MAC addresses and related port Segment 1 VLAN10 Port Base VLAN To configure a port based VLAN carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode ES Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config vlan lt 1 4094 gt description Create a VLAN to use VLAN DESCRIPTION xg config vlan statistics collection lt 1 4094 gt Optional lt 1 4094 gt e Configure a VLAN that collects statistics xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to interface edit mode to assign a port to the interface port range 1 3 desired port based VLAN In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 through 3 xg config if port vlan id vlan lt 1 4094 gt Set the default port VLAN ID for each port xg config if ingress filter tagged frame Optional Define a filter on frames received tagged and untagged frames if necessary xg config if ingress filter untagged frame xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg
279. ied port number Solution Specify a port not belonging to any aggregation groups Same port number is found 1 Explanation The duplicate port numbers were specified Inserted string 1 port number duplicated Solution Edit the port numbers then execute the command again Minimum port is too large 1 Explanation The number of ports specified in minimum port surpasses the number of ports constituting the aggregation group Inserted string 1 specified number of ports Solution Specify a minimum port value equal to or less than the total number of ports within the aggregation group Then execute the command again port 1 is membership of uplink domain 2 Explanation The specified port already belongs to an uplink domain Inserted string 1 specified port number Inserted string 2 uplink domain number Solution Specify a port not belonging to any uplink domains Or remove the port from an uplink domain 135 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Note O Among the ports belonging to an aggregation group the port with the smallest port number will be the master port Ports added to an aggregation group immediately after a link aggregation group is initially created will inherit the same settings as that of the master port The values different from the master port are as follows link pass through settings for each appended port will be cleared The MAC address
280. ig snmp server contact SYSTEM CONTACT xg config snmp server access host HOST Set the IP address host name of the SNMP manager and the community COMMUNITY NAME community name xg config snmp server trap host HOST Set the SNMP trap receiver IP address host name and the community COMMUNITY NAME protocol v1 v2c community name xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 10 3 RMON Remote Monitoring RMON is a function provided to monitor communications over a network such as traffic and errors RMON used in conjunction with the SNMP agent allows the remote monitoring of traffic on a LAN segment The device supports 4 RMON groups Statistics History Alarm and Event O Statistics group Collects traffic statistics for each port O History group Records traffic statistics for each port at specified time intervals O Alarm group Monitors MIBs at specified time intervals and if the monitored MIB object value exceeds or falls below a specified threshold a RMON event is executed O Event group Specifies an event operation that is executed by an alarm Possible event operations include creation of a log entry and generation of a SNMP trap To configure RMON carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config rmon collection history lt 1 65535 gt Optional port lt 1 20 gt buckets
281. ig agg xg config vlan xg config line Command syntax Help Command type Operation management commands 5 4 9 show account Function Displays information about the user Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show account Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show account Username Information 2007 10 04 14 33 42 Username Class admin admin operatorl operator user0001 admin O Username Display the username O Class Display the class that the user can access to operator The user can access operator class only admin The user can access both operator and administrator class Example Display the user status xg show account 77 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 10 account Function Create a new user Use the no form to delete the specified user Prompt xg Command syntax account USERNAME class operator admin no account USERNAME Parameter O USERNAME Specify a username with a length in the range of 2 to 16 characters with an alphabet character at the beginning Follow these rules for specifying a username Characters usable for the username Alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 hyphen underscore _ and period First character Alphabet a z A Z O class operator admin Specif
282. ig if qos bandwidth 4000 output priority 0 184 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 14 Port Mirroring Setup Commands This section explains the configuration commands for port mirroring 5 14 1 show mirror Function Displays the current mirroring configuration for send and receive frames Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show mirror Command type Operation management command Output form xg show mirror Mirror Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Monitored Port Displays the port number of the monitored switch Rx Mirroring Port Displays the destination port number for mirroring of frames received at the monitored port Tx Mirroring Port Displays the destination port number for mirroring of frames sent from the monitored port Example Display the port mirroring status xg gt show mirror 185 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 14 2 mirror Function Configures port mirroring for specific ports Use the no form to cancel the port mirroring setup Prompt xg config Command syntax mirror monitored port lt 1 20 gt rx mirroring port lt 1 20 gt tx mirroring port lt 1 20 gt no mirror Parameter O monitored port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port number to be monitored O rx mirroring port lt
283. ile in the remote server using the tftp or scp command Prompt xgH Command syntax show running config gt CONFIG FILE show running config redirect CONFIG FILE show running config tftp scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE Parameter O gt CONFIG FILE Specifies the file name to copy in the volatile memory O redirect CONFIG FILE Specifies the file name to copy in the volatile memory It means the same as gt CONFIG FILE Point Follow the rules below in specifying file names File names must start with alphabet a z A Z Characters usable for file names are alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 underscore _ and period tftp Redirects the copy to a file on the TFTP server O scp Redirects the copy to a file on the SSH server O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server O HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of the TFTP server or SSH server IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name to copy onto the TFTP server or SSH server Command type Operation management commands Message tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified hostname does not exist Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check whether the specified hostname is correct tftp server says
284. ime command The value must also satisfy the following conditions 2 X forward_time 1 gt max_age max_age 2 2 X hello time 1 Example Set the hello time value of the Spanning Tree switch to 3 seconds xg config spanning tree hello time 3 163 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 5 spanning tree max age Function The maximum age max age of the Spanning Tree is the maximum valid time interval between received BPDUs When BPDUs are not received within that time the topology of the Spanning Tree will be recalculated and the switch that timed out will send BPDUs acting as a root switch Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree max age lt 6 40 gt no spanning tree max age Parameter O max age lt 6 40 gt Sets the timeout value for the received BPDUs When the switch does not receive BPDUs within this period the topology of the Spanning Tree will be recalculated Values can be set in the range of 6 to 40 seconds Command type Configuration command Default 20 seconds Message Can t set max age Explanation An unsettable value was specified The settable range of max age differs depending on the values of hello time and forward time Solution Set a value which satisfies the conditions as detailed in this Section s Notes Note O The settable range of maximum age
285. in its contents If the file contents are OK an error may have occurred during file transmission Transfer the file again Version of the format of the file is not suitable for this system Explanation The firmware revision of the specified file cannot be used with the system hardware Solution Specify the correct file to update the system firmware The file is not for this system Explanation The firmware revision of the specified file cannot be used with the system hardware Solution Specify the correct file to update the system firmware Reading boot loader partition in FlashROM failed Explanation An error occurred during a read of flash ROM data Solution Retry firmware updating If the error recurs contact the sales representative 259 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Writing 1 into FlashROM failed Explanation An error occurred while writing to flash ROM Inserted string 1 Firmware configuration module Solution Retry firmware updating If the error recurs contact the sales representative Checksum error 1 in FlashROM Explanation An error occurred while writing to flash ROM Inserted string 1 Firmware configuration module Solution Retry firmware updating If the error recurs contact the sales representative 1 in SRAM is invalid Explanation An inconsistency in non volatile SRAM memory data was detected Inserted string 1 Abnormal
286. in the range of 0 to 59 Command type Operation management commands Message invalid date 1 Explanation The specified parameter of the date and time is incorrect Inserted string 1 specified date and time Solution Check that no mistakes have been made in the date and time parameter Example Set the date and time of the system to 20 25 30 June 30 2005 xg date set 06302025 30 Year omitted or xg date set 0630202505 30 Year specified with the last two digits or xg date set 063020252005 30 Year specified with four digits 82 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 17 date timezone Function Sets the time zone of the device Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xgH Command syntax Date timezone gmt OFFSET No date timezone Parameter O gmt OFFSET Specifies the time zone as the difference from GMT Greenwich Mean Time The time difference from GMT is specified in the form of hhmm can be omitted when setting forward from GMT It is specified in the form of hhmm when setting backward from GMT hh Specifies the hour difference from GMT mm Specifies the minute difference from GMT It can be set in the range of 1200 to 1300 Command type Operation management commands Default 0000 Message invalid input 1 Explanation The specified parameter for the time difference is i
287. ing 1 MAC address Solution Review the specified MAC address Can t remove mac address from static forwarding table Explanation The specified MAC address cannot be deleted Solution Review the specified VLAN or MAC address ole ole ole Note O The maximum number of unicast MAC addresses or multicast MAC addresses that can be statically registered to the device are 128 addresses for each types of address Additionally since MAC addresses are managed with a hash table a message saying an address cannot be registered may be displayed before reaching the maximum number O if there is possibility that a multicast group might be received do not register statically Example The following example shows how to add a static MAC address 0001 2300 4567 xg config bridge mac address table static 0001 2300 4567 port 2 Register a static MAC address c1b1 123a 4321 belonging to VLAN3 When a frame with this MAC address as its destination is received from VLANS3 it will be forwarded to the specified port xg config bridge mac address table static clb1 123a 4321 vlan 3 port 4 All registered MAC address information can be checked using the show mac address table command Combine with the include command information for a specific MAC address can be output xg show bridge mac address table static Static Mac address Table 0001 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 0002 123a 4321 vlan 1 port 0100 5e00 1001 vlan 1 port E
288. ing tree detail 160 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 2 spanning tree Function Enables the Spanning Tree Protocol STP Use the no form to disable Spanning Tree Protocol Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree no spanning tree Command type Configuration command Default None Message port 1 is membership of uplink domain 2 Explanation The specified port already belongs to an uplink domain Inserted string 1 specified port number Inserted string 2 uplink domain number Solution Specify a port not belonging to an uplink domain or remove the port from an uplink domain Note O STP cannot be used on uplink ports STP port fast however is allowed on uplink ports Example Enable Spanning Tree Protocol xg config spanning tree 161 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 3 spanning tree priority Function Sets the switch priority of the Spanning Tree Protocol Whichever switch priority is smallest is selected as the root switch for the Spanning Tree Use the no form to return to the default state Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree priority lt 0 61440 gt no spanning tree priority Parameter O priority lt 0 61440 gt Sets the switch priority value It must be an integer divisible by 4096 Values can be set
289. ion Specify the IP address in a correct format and execute it again Note O fthere are no specified files on the TFTP server or incorrect directories are specified an error may occur depending upon the functionality of the TFTP server When transferring a file with a large file size if the time out is set short on the TFTP server an error may occur O In order to check whether the file was transferred successfully check that the file size displayed by the dir or Is command is identical to the size of the file on the TFTP server Example Copy the content of running config to the file name run_conf Then upload the run_conf file to run_conf_20070122 on the TFTP server called host1 xg show running config gt run_conf xg tftp put hostl run conf run conf 20070122 117 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 13 scp put Function Uploads the files in volatile memory to the SSH server Prompt xg Command syntax scp put USERNAME HOST LOCAL FILE REMOTE FILE Parameter O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server O HOST Specify the hostname of the SSH server or IP address IP addresses that can be specified are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 LOCAL FILE Specifies a file name to upload REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name to use on the SSH server When
290. ion mode is selected for ports 1 though 3 xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if port security violation Enable Port Security restrict shutdown xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg clear violation all Clear security violations 4 1 7 Ingress Rate Control It is possible to set an ingress rate limiting value for each port in approximately 40Mbps increments To set an ingress rate limiting value carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode _ Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to the interface edit mode to specify the port s to be configured for ingress rate control In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 though 3 xg config if ingress bandwidth lt 40 10000 gt Specify an ingress rate limiting value xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode Note The ingress rate is measured at 100us time intervals Should burst transfers take place at intervals of 100us or over the ingress rate the device actually allows may be less than the specified value 29 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series
291. ip between the remote hostname and IP address Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show remote host Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show remote host Remote Host 2008 02 05 11 37 34 IP Address Host Name 11 22 33 45 HOSTOO5 11 22 33 46 HOSTO06 O IP Address Display the IP address of remote host O Host Name Display the hostname which is related to the IP address Example Display the list of hostname and the IP address xg show remote host 60 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 2 2 management lan ip Function Sets the IP address and default gateway when the Management LAN Interface is used Use the no form to disable the Management LAN Interface Prompt xg config Command syntax management lan ip A B C D M default gw A B C D no management lan ip Parameter O ip A B C D M Specifies the IP address and subnet mask bit length of the Management LAN Interface in the A B C D M format Specifies an IP address of A B C D and a subnet mask bit length to M IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O default gw A B C D Specifies the IP address of the default gateway Command type Configuration command Default 192 168 0 2 24 Message Invalid IP address Explanation
292. irected tftp or scp redirects the output of the show command to a file on a remote server Syntax Redirect the output of a show command to a file on a TFTP server show tftp HOST REMOTE FILE Syntax Redirect the output of a show command to a file on a SSH server show scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE tftp Redirects the copy to a file on the TFTP server O scp Redirects the copy to a file on the SSH server O USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server HOST Specifies the host name or IP address of the TFTP server or SSH server REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name in the TFTP server or SSH server that the output of the command is redirected In the following example the current startup config is redirected as filename startup_09302005 the running config file is redirected as filename running_09302005 and system information is redirected as filename system_09302005 The results of the redirection are confirmed with the Is command Then using the tftp command each of these files are moved to the TFTP server xg show startup config gt startup_09302005 xg show running config gt running 09302005 xg show system information gt system_09302005 xg ls Is command output Update time File size File name 2005 09 30 11 57 27 872 system_09302005 2005 09 30 11 54 01 2 310 startup_09302005 2005 09 30 11 55 58
293. irst 64 bytes of the frame are received with no errors Since the device starts transmitting the frame before it receives the entire frame this mode allows forwarding at low latency To change the switching modes carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Command _ Task _ xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config bridge forward mode Select the cut through or store and forward for the cut through store and forward switching mode xg config no bridge forward mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 4 1 2 MAC Address Table Management The MAC address table is a database used for managing the association between address information and destination ports The device can learn up to 16384 entries of MAC addresses MAC address table management The device has two methods for MAC address table management SVL Shared VLAN Learning The device learns MAC addresses common to all VLANs Different VLANs with identical MAC addresses are treated as identical entries VL Independent VLAN Learning The device learns MAC addresses separately for each VLAN Identical MAC addresses with different VLANs are treated as separate entries To change the MAC address table management modes carry out the following procedures in the Management EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to the global configurati
294. is command 219 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Flood Counts Displays the accumulated number of flooded frames among the unicast frames received at each port after the startup of this command O Rx Pause Counts Displays the accumulated number of pause frames received at each port after the startup of this command Tx Pause Counts Displays the accumulated number of pause frames sent from each port after the startup of this command O Full Drop Counts Displays the number of frames discarded due to the saturated port input buffer of the system after startup of this command VLAN Drop Counts Displays the number of frames discarded due to the reception of non VLAN member frames that are not allowed to be forwarded among those received at each port after the startup of this command O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 29 characters can be displayed Output form if total is specified xg monitor dataflow total Dataflow Statistics Total Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 2 5 2 2 2 2S3 2 2 SSS SS Se SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SS SSS Port Link State Flow Ctl Forward Flood Rx Pause Tx Pause STP State Mode Counts Counts Counts Counts Up Discard Rx amp Tx 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1234567890 1 2 Down Rx 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard Rx amp TX 1
295. isplays the host name Function name Indicates the function name Severity Indicates the severity of the message CRITICAL The system encountered a serious condition that prevented it from continuing its operation Take appropriate action in response to this message ERROR Does not stop system operation but some functions are inoperable Take appropriate action in response to this message WARNING An error or critical condition was detected but it does not affect normal operation of the device Determine whether an action must be taken by examining the message INFO A message provides information about the system status No action is necessary Message ID Message ID is displayed in a form that begins with an S or P S A message that receives SNMP trap notification P A message that does not receive SNMP trap notification Message number Displays a unique number used to identify a message within the device Verify the meaning of the message and actions to take based on the message number Message text Displays message text 6 1 3 2 Reviewing Fault Logs If a fault occurred review the fault log to check fault messages CRITICAL ERROR or WARNING To review fault logs enter the show log command in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode For the meaning of messages and actions to take for the errors refer to Appendix A 2 List of Event Logs The following examples show the information that
296. ission interval of the multicast router connected to the system This interval is called the query interval and its default is 125 seconds in RFC The recommended value is as follows Group member interval Query Interval x 2 10 seconds Command type Configuration command Default 260 seconds Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Example Set the valid time interval for the IP multicast group learned at VLAN 2 and 3 to 300 seconds 5 minutes xg config interface vlan 2 3 xg config vlan ip snooping group member interval 300 201 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 15 ip snooping fast leave Function Set the Fast Leave mode on the IP multicast group port where the IGMP Leave message is received In the Fast Leave mode the exit is not checked when the IGMP Leave message is received Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Comm
297. its default Prompt xg config Command syntax radius server timeout lt 1 15 gt no radius server timeout Parameter timeout lt 1 15 gt Specifies timeout for access replay from a RADIUS server in seconds Command type Configuration command Default None Note The timeout is referred only when a RADIUS server is registered It is necessary to register RADIUS servers again if the timeout is changed so that RADIUS servers use new setting Example The following example specifies the timeout in 10 seconds xg config radius server timeout 10 95 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 7 show tacacs Function Displays the information of TACACS server Prompt xg Command syntax show tacacs Command type Operation management command Output form xg show tacacs TACACS Information 2008 06 18 12 12 15 Secret Key tacacs b1 Server Information No 1 Host 192 168 0 10 Secret Key alkdje No 2 Host 192 168 0 71 Secret Key dkaaff No 3 Host back tacacs server Secret Key owqkz No 4 Host sample com Secret Key poiurel23 Global Parameters Displays the common information for configuring TACACS servers O Secret Key Displays a secret key which is used as a default parameter when the TACACS server is registered without secret key Server I
298. jumbo frame 9216 124 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 6 bridge learn mode Function Sets the MAC address table learning mode The device supports two learning modes SVL Shared Vlan Learning and IVL Independent VLAN Learning O SVL Shared VLAN Learning Regardless of the VLAN of frame ownership it is learned as a MAC address entry mapping of MAC address to port common to every VLAN O IVL Independent VLAN Learning A MAC address entry mapping of MAC address for port is learned for each VLAN Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge learn mode ivl svl no bridge learn mode Parameter O learn mode ivl svl Specifies the MAC address table learning mode il Specifies IVL Independent Vlan Learning sl Specifies SVL Shared Vlan Learning Command type Configuration command Default svl Note When changing from SVL to IVL MAC addresses registered statically in SVL will be registered in VLAN ID 1 Also when changing from IVL to SVL MAC addresses registered statically in IVL will be all cleared except for the ones registered in VLAN ID 1 Example This example sets the MAC address table learning mode to IVL Independent VLAN Learning xg config bridge learn mode ivl 125 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIM
299. l port on the client side as shown below Baud rate 9600 bps can be changed Character size 8 bit Parity None Stop bits 1 bit Flow control None Emulation VT100 Character set ASCII Line feed code Transmission CR carriage return only Reception LF is added The baud rate can be changed to one of 9600 19200 38400 and 57600 bps using the baud rate command Remote connection via management LAN port Connect a terminal using a telnet or SSH The following tables list the factory defaults Management LAN Interface initial settings Item IP address 192 168 0 2 Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 Telnet server initial settings Use telnet Disable can be changed Port number 23 TCP Emulation VT100 VT200 xterm BackSpace key Delete Character set ASCII SSH server initial settings Use SSH Disable can be changed Port number 22 TCP Emulation VT100 VT200 xterm BackSpace key Delete Character set ASCII SSH Protocol Version 2 not support version 1 To use the remote connection via the management LAN port use the management lan ip command to configure the management LAN port for the device and use the telnet server or ssh server command to enable the telnet or SSH service A VT100 VT200 or xterm can be used as a terminal 13 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG200
300. lanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative 296 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S7625 ERROR l irm update failed verification error kernel Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7626 ERROR firm update failed writing to FlashROM error rootfs Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7627 ERROR firm update failed verification error rootfs Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7628 ERROR firm update failed writing to FlashROM error EL Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7629 CRITICAL firm update failed SRAM access error
301. le shows the keys used to perform screen related operations Displayed item Meaning ESC exit Press the Esc key to close the monitor screen F refresh Press the F or f key to refresh the screen U page up Press the U or u key to scroll up to the previous page If the current page is the first page of the display nothing occurs D page down Press the D or d key to scroll down to the next page If the current page is the last page of the display nothing occurs L page left Press the L or I key to scroll the screen to the left If there are no additional columns of data to the left to display nothing occurs R page right Press the R or r key to scroll the screen to the right If there are no additional columns of data to the right of the display nothing occurs 21 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 3 Installation This chapter describes the installation procedures for the device Refer to Using the CLI for details on using the CLI Refer to Command Reference for details on commands 22 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide This section describes the procedures to setup the device 1 Prepare a terminal 3 1 Workflow for Initial Setup of the Device Prepare a terminal for the initial configuration 2 Setting Up the Serial Interface Connect the
302. le upload download Firmware update Collection of maintenance information To configure the management LAN interface carry out the following procedure Command admin kkkkkkk kxk xg login Password Login to the device from the serial terminal The default user name is admin The default password is password xg gt enable Switch to administrator EXEC mode xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config management lan ip A B C D M default gw A B C D Change the IP address and subnet and set the default gateway of the management LAN interface xg config management lan dns serverA B C D Optional Set up DNS servers Up to 4 DNS servers can be set up Priority is assigned to DNS servers in the order they are defined To change their order delete them using the no command before doing so xg config management lan domain DOMAIN NAME Optional Set the name of the network domain xg config remote host A B C D HOST NAME Optional Associate a remote host name with an IP address This allows referencing a remote IP address with a host name without relying on a DNS server xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 3 1 3 Telnet Connection via the Management LAN Interface Optional The Telnet server function via the management LAN interface is initially disabled To change the monit
303. learning Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax suppress address learning no suppress address learning Command type Configuration command Default None Example Disable dynamic learning for the MAC address table xg config if suppress address learning 150 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 10 shutdown Interface edit mode Function Shuts down the ports so that they cannot be used Use the no form to enable the ports again Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax shutdown no shutdown Command type Configuration command Default None Note When this command is invoked the port becomes disabled but the optical signal from the XFP is not stopped Example Shut down switch port 3 Then make it usable again xg config interface port 3 xg config if shutdown xg config if no shutdown 5 10 11 shutdown Global configuration mode Function Shuts down the ports from the global configuration mode so that they cannot be used Use the no form to enable the ports again Prompt xg config Command syntax shutdown port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt no shutdown port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Parameter O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port number to shut down or enable When specifyin
304. llow the rules below in specifying file names File names must start with alphabet a z A Z Characters usable for file names are alphabet a z A Z numerical characters 0 9 underscore _ and period tftp Redirects the copy to a file on a TFTP server scp Redirects the copy to a file on the SSH server USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of the TFTP server or SSH server IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name to copy onto the TFTP server or SSH Command type Operation management commands Message tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified hostname does not exist Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check whether the specified hostname is correct tftp server says 1 Explanation An error was received from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 content of error message received from the TFTP server The content of message depends on the type of TFTP server For example there is a message as below File not found There are no files on the TFTP server Access violation File permission error occurred in the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for
305. lly O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information P7601 INFO firm update succeeded 1 boot loader updated 2 Explanation The firmware update completed successfully O Inserted string 1 Firmware version information O Inserted string 2 Boot loader version information S7620 ERROR firm update failed reading file error Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware failed to read the specified file Solution Check whether the specified file is readable S7621 CRITICAL firm update failed reading FlashROM error boot loader Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7622 CRITICAL firm update failed writing to FlashROM error boot loader Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7623 CRITICAL firm update failed verification error boot loader Explanation An error occurred while updating firmware Solution Reattempt the update process If the message is repeatedly displayed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S7624 ERROR firm update failed writing to FlashROM error kernel Exp
306. log send Parameter O HOST Specifies the host name domain name or IP address of the system log destination When specifying the host name or the domain name set the DNS server or register the host name in advance The IP address can be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 Point If transferring system logs to a Linux host log information can be received by specifying syslogd r O info warning error critical Specifies the type of system logs to be transferred info Transfers the CRITICAL ERROR WARNING and INFO messages Warning Transfers the CRITICAL ERROR and WARNING messages error Transfers the CRITICAL and ERROR messages critical Transfers the CRITICAL level messages O udp tcp Selects a protocol for transmission of system logs The udp User Datagram Protocol is selected by default Command type Operation management command Message Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the correct IP address in the correct format then reissue the command Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address Note O ifthe host name is specified in
307. lt 1 20 gt interval lt 1 3600 gt Enable a RMON history group owner OWNERNAME xg config rmon alarm lt 1 65535 gt VARIABLE Optional interval lt 2 65535 gt absolute delta Enable a RMON alarm group rising threshold lt 0 2147483647 gt lt 1 65535 gt falling threshold lt 0 2147483647 gt lt 1 65535 gt owner OWNERNAME xg config rmon event lt 1 65535 gt log Optional trap COMMUNITY description Enable a RMON event group DESCRIPTION STRING owner OWNERNAME xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 54 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 11 RADIUS TACACS authentication RADIUS Remote Authentication Dial In User Service or TACACS Terminal Access Controller Access Control System is used to manage authentication authorization accounting remotely XG2000 supports RADIUS TACACS authentication using PAP User Password for login authentication An administrator can unify the authentications of various devices which support RADIUS TACACS clients functions through a RADIUS TACACS server 4 11 1 RADIUS Attributes It displays RADIUS attributes Attribute Value of attribute Content User Name 1 The username to authenticate User Password 2 Password to authenticate NAS IP ADDRESS 4 IP address of the device management LAN S
308. lue integral part of rate x 256 10000 x 10000 256 Measurement of the ingress rate is done in increments of 100us Therefore when burst transfers are performed that exceed 100us the actual permitted ingress rate will be smaller than the specified value Set the ingress rate of port 3 to 5Gbps xg config interface port 3 xg config if ingress bandwidth 5000 154 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 15 multicast forwarding Function Sets the forwarding method for multicast frames Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config or xg config agg Command syntax multicast forwarding forward all forward unregistered mac filter unregistered mac no multicast forwarding Parameter forward all forward unregistered mac filter unregistered mac Specifies the forwarding method for multicast frames Command type Forward all All multicast frames will be forwarded flooded Forward unregistered mac Multicast addresses yet to be registered in the static MAC address table and multicast addresses registered will be forwarded flooded Multicast addresses registered as non member ports will be filtered Filter unregistered mac Only Multicast addresses registered as member ports in the static MAC address table will be forwarded Configuration command Default forward all Example
309. m shutdown Do you shutdown system y n lt Confirmation message is displayed When y or Y is entered the system shutdown process will be performed When n or N is entered the system shutdown process will be canceled 81 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 15 date Function Displays the date time of the current system clock Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax Date Command type Operation management commands Output form The current date and time is displayed in the form of year month date hour minutes seconds xgH date 2007 01 22 14 31 02 5 4 16 date set Function Changes the date time of the current system clock Prompt xg Command syntax date set DATE TIME Parameter O DATE TIME Enter the date and time in the form of MMDDhhmm CC YY ss MM Specify the month to set in the range of 1 to 12 DD Specify the day to set in the range of 1 to 31 hh Specify the hour to set in the range of 0 to 23 ES mm Specify the minutes to set in the range of 0 to 59 CC YY Specify the first two digits of the four digits of the year for CC When it is omitted 20 will be specified Specify the last two digits of the four digits of the year for YY If CC and YY are both omitted the year will not be changed ss second lt 0 59 gt Specify the seconds to set
310. m with a space Up to 32 VLANs can be specified Command type Configuration command Default None Message Can t set vlan id Over max entry number 1 Explanation No more VLANs can be specified for collection The maximum allowed VLANs 32 have been specified Inserted string 1 Limit value Solution Delete VLANs whose information is no longer required then reissue the command Note O Ifa VID of an uncreated VLAN is specified the command is terminated normally However the statistics information of an uncreated VLAN is not collected Example Specify VIDs 1 10 20 30 and 40 for VLAN statistics collection Then change the VIDs to 1 10 20 and 30 only to collect their VLAN statistics information xg config vlan statistics collection 1 10 20 30 40 xg config vlan statistics collection 1 10 20 30 179 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 13 QoS Setup Commands This section explains the Quality of Service QoS configuration commands 5 13 1 show qos Function Displays the current Quality of Service QoS status Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show qos qos map Parameter O qos map Displays the QoS priority mapping information that is the output queue information for each priority There are four levels of output queues levels 0 to 3 A higher value has the higher output priority If this para
311. meter is omitted all QoS information is displayed Command type Operation management command Output form xg show qos QoS Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 QoS Priority Mapping Information O Qos Priority Displays the QoS priority 0 to 7 O Output Priority Displays the output queue level for each priority 0 to 3 Example Display the QoS status xg show gos 180 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 13 2 qos default priority Function Sets the default priority for frames having no priority information such as VLAN untagged frames Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax qos default priority lt 0 7 gt no qos default priority Parameter O default priority lt 0 7 gt Sets the default priority for frames having no priority information Command type Configuration command Default 0 Example Enter the interface edit mode for switch ports 1 and 3 and set the default priority to 1 xg config interface port 1 3 xg config if gos default priority 1 5 13 3 qos map priority Function The system has four priority levels of output queues for frame transmission processing This command maps the frame priorities to the output queue levels Use the no form to reset the entire mapping information to the default setup Pro
312. mmand type Configuration command Default 80 columns by 24 lines 72 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 System Basic Operation Commands This section explains the basic commands of the device CLI Command Line Interface 5 4 1 enable Function Switches from the operator exec mode to the administrator exec mode When a password is set for the enable command a password is required When there is an error in entering the password re entering the password will be allowed up to three times Additionally after successful authentication of the password for a given login session the user will not be prompted for the password until they exit the administrator exec mode and re enter the mode Prompt xg gt Command syntax enable Command type Operation management commands Example Switch from the operator exec mode to the administrator exec mode using the enable command The prompt character will change to xg xg gt enable xgt When a password is set for the enable command enter the password When password authentication is successful control switches to the administrator exec mode and the prompt character will change to xg xg gt enable Password lt Enter the password to enable xgH The entered password is not displayed 73 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG
313. mpt xg config Command syntax qos map priority lt 0 7 gt output priority lt 0 3 gt no qos map Parameter O priority lt 0 7 gt Specifies a frame priority within the range of 0 to 7 O output priority lt 0 3 gt Specifies the output queue level to be associated with the specified priority within the range of 0 to 3 Command type Configuration command Default priority output priority 0 1 NIDIA Go Ro gt WW MN gt O O Example Map the priority 0 to the output queue 2 xg config qos map priority 0 output priority 2 181 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 13 4 bridge diffserv tos Function Enables Quality of Service using the DiffServ code point When priority control by DiffServ codes is enabled any priority included in a VLAN tag and the default priority are ignored Use the no form to disable DiffServ code control Prompt xg config Command syntax bridge diffserv tos ipv4 ipv no bridge diffserv tos Parameter O diffserv tos ipv4 ipv6 Enables Quality of Service using the DiffServ code point ipv4 Enables IPv4 Quality of Service ipv6 Enables IPv6 Quality of Service Command type Configuration command Default None Example Enable Quality of Service using the DiffServ code point for IPv4 xg config
314. mware Information Firmware 1 El0L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 El0L11 Z01 2007 02 22 19 27 12 Updated Time 2007 02 23 10 57 53 Current Firmware 2 Next Startup Firmware 1 4 Reboot the device using the reset command xg reset Do you restart system y n lt A confirmation message is displayed 273 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 4 Extracting of Maintenance Information If a fault occurred maintenance information may be requested by the device sales representative to investigate the cause of the fault This section provides procedures for extracting maintenance information Depending on the situations shown below extract maintenance information using the described procedures System Subsystem failure If an unrecoverable error occurred in the device s system or subsystem the system automatically saves maintenance information and restarts the system operations System loop If the system entered an endless loop and CLI command entry is not accessible use the dump switch on the front panel to save maintenance information and restart the system The device malfunctions If a function configured for the device malfunctions save maintenance information using the Extract Information command 6 4 1 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when a System Subsystem
315. n an uploaded configuration file is downloaded from a remote server the configuration of the device can be restored This section describes the procedures involved in uploading downloading a configuration file 6 2 1 Preparing the remote Server Before uploading and or downloading configuration files using a TFTP server or SSH server carry out the following procedures O Check that the management LAN and the workstation or other machine operating as the TFTP server or SSH server is set up appropriately Verify communication between the TFTP or SSH server and the management LAN is error free O Check that the access privilege of the root directory is readable writable in the TFTP server or SSH server When downloading the configuration file check that the configuration file uploaded to the TFTP server or SSH server is located in the correct directory 6 2 2 Uploading a Configuration File This section describes the procedure for uploading the configuration startup config file to a TFTP server or SSH server 1 After logging into the device use the enable command to switch to administrator EXEC mode xg gt enable 2 Upload the configuration startup config file to the TFTP server host1 as filename start_conf xg show startup config tftp hostl start_conf Upload the configuration startup config file to the SSH server host2 as filename start_conf xg show startup config scp foo host12 start_conf
316. n conan oran nana nannn 19 Notes on Link Aggregation ooooccconnccccinoccccnoncccononcnnonancnnanocananancn 35 A eens e AE cobs laces EE 89 Operating Environment for the CLI 00 0 ee eeeeeeeeeeneeeee 13 Overview of Event Log ooooncconoccconcccnccnnonononcnanacanncnancc nana nnncnn 280 password Administrator EXEC MOd8 ooooninccnnncnnccnnoccnonncnanannnos 80 password Operator EXEC mode 7 path COSIS ocioteca DUNG PREE AE RE A tain ENE Port MirrOFiNQ cconccccnnociconoconcnnncnnnnnancnnnnnncnnnn conan cenar ca ie EET a es Port Mirroring Setup Commanas Port Roles Based on Spanning Tree 40 Port Security 29 Port Based VLAN 41 port security 152 portvlahid anipende ada 175 Preparing the remote Server oococccinococonocccconoccccnnccnnonancnnanncnnnnos 271 QOS Ni Aa 46 qos bandwidth 184 qos default priority 181 qos egress scheduling 183 QoS Setup Commands 180 QOS MAP Prioridad 181 Quality Of Service ooooonnociconncnncconcnoconcnonncncnorncornnrnconcnr nr nccnnnrnncnnnnn 46 313 315 RADIUS Attridutes 1 ocio lada RADIUS TACACS woth RADIUS TACACS authentication ccccecceeeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeneeees 55 radius Server NOSt cccccceceeecceeeeneeeeeeeeeeseaaeeeeeaaeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeeaee radius server key radius server timeout vt Redirecting show Command Output cceceeeeeeeeeeteeeeeeeees 20 Registering Group Members
317. nagiddesesadedesSasndctyasatadsssagadentssSpideasoubeetevaagadsasagadeetaseee 70 9 3 9 SHOW SSN MMOSTKCY sinuosa iaia aS sakta anaoa ae a a A a a a a a a a Wee 70 5 32 10 Clear SSAANOSUKCY atira a aE Sa Ta A a Ca aa iaae EAA Kaa RE ie ii aAA LAEE aa aA A A a a 71 5 3 11 generate SsSh hNOSt kO Voss noaaraa aa RA iii aa aiia aiaa aoia a aa a ae a a 71 Dido TF 2 Il E A aroas A A A 72 5 4 System Basic Operation Commandant areren e aaea TEATE KAAKA FEE A E rra r rn rra r anna rnnn rra 73 O A 73 A SNOW TISTON E NO 74 DAD e AIEEE A E O E E E E A LO 74 DBA CONTQUIE tamia ii aid ida ta Sada ng RTE A A F ia da das 75 O A A NAO 75 DO LOGO LE QUIE ii Soa eae tbe E ae AA AAA A AA T A dean Reta 76 O A A ARNO 76 ALO MOD caido Sia rates reas Dae aa RD S Ii EII dela DTi bar 77 Al A NN 77 SATI AG COUN ainia iia ab IDEA AAA dap ea phases eatin wee dana A O a T 78 5 4 11 password Operator EXEC MOE ooooonicccccnnnocccicononcccconanccccanoncnc nana nn nc a nr cnn 79 5 4 12 password Administrator EXEC moda oooooonnccccconocicicononccccononcnccnnannccc nano nc nc cnn nn r naar ae REAT 80 DA VS TO tii a ia TE des AA AAA eda das age Ravan dt 81 54 14 SYSLOM SAULAOWN is risintia anena ri AA NEERA A dd 81 NA E A EEIE OEE A 82 54 16 dato Solina NN 82 54 17 dato LIMOZONG cio A ETEA i EAEN AEE RE 83 54 18 Gate summertime sacris israse A EE SE EE EE 84 DIT iii id 86 5 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide IA O O R
318. nal last member query interval lt 1 9 gt Change the last member query interval xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Optional Change the frequency of Query messages sent xg config ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt querier ip A B C D Enable IGMP query and set the source IP address for a Query message xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 52 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 10 Network Management 4 10 1 Traffic Statistics The device can display traffic statistics to analyze network operations such as traffic bytes errors etc The following are the Traffic Statistics the device provides Displays traffic information on outgoing and incoming frames for each port Displays traffic information on incoming frames by frame size range for each port Displays traffic information on incoming frames for each VLAN Displays incoming traffic information by QoS priority for each port Displays information related to data flow for each port Displays information about errors that occur during transmission reception for each port To display traffic statistics monitor and show commands are provided O monitor command Displays real time traffic statistics O show statistics command Outputs details of the current accumulated traffic statistics Enter this command followed by gt FILE NAME or redirect FILE_NAME to output
319. nan corn na nacos Store and forward switching MOdE ccccceeeeseeeeseeeeeeteeeteees Storm Control eee eee eee storm control Switch Basic Configuration COMMANAS cccceeeceeeeeeteeees Switch Port Configuration Commands ccceeeeeeeeeeeeees Switching Mode ccccceeeeeeeseeeeeees System Basic Operation Commands System Maintenance Commands System Operation Display Commands x system ShU AOWN cooocccconocccconoccnnonocononnncononononnnnnncnnnn nn nnnnn cn cannnccnane 314 315 TACACS HAU Sonnan obrados ada 55 TACACS SELVEN DOSE ciocioiorono sarao noo os tonteras pra RR aeeiiaii ainn 97 tacacs server key 98 Tag Based VLAN cocococccconoccnconoccnconncononencnnnnnnononnnncnnnncnnns we 42 Telnet Connection via the Management LAN Interface wee 24 TONES eaeih ckessccatetecsceusdhucticounebedhs decai drets 69 terminal pager aun 07 terminal WINGOW ocoocinccncoconoccnanncnnnccnn conan aran nc nn cnn crac nina 72 terminal timenut erreira die ika apie ara A TA 68 A 113 HiP DUT ee 117 tftp put maintenance 254 The Number of Ports That Require Linkup 34 Traffic Statistics ooooonnnninnnannnunnanninnnnanacannno np DO A eienaar redne nasaia dna aa eniai aa 276 pdate S steM isi iia A Updating Firmware Uplink Filter E Uplink Filter Commands oooooconocccccocccccnoncnnononcnnanoncnnnnononannnncnn
320. ncorrect Inserted string 1 specified time difference Solution Check that no mistakes have been made in the time difference parameter Note O The setting will be valid after restarting the system O Use the show system information command to confirm the settings O The setting will not be included in the configuration information Therefore even if the configuration information was restored by another device the timezone setting will be invalid Example Set the time zone to 9 00 JST Japan Standard Time from GMT xg date timezone gmt 0900 or xg date timezone gmt 0900 Then set the time zone to 1 30 from GMT xg date timezone gmt 0130 83 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 18 date summer time Function Sets Daylight Saving Time Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xgH Command syntax date summer time START DAY TIME END DAY TIME OFFSET no date summer time Parameter START_DAY TIME Specifies the day time to start Daylight Saving Time in any form of Mm w d hhmm Jn hhmm or n hhmm Mm w d Specifies the day to start Daylight Saving Time in m w and d Specify month for m 1 to 12 week for w 1 to 5 and the day of the week for d 0 to 6 w 1 means the first week where d exists and w 5 means the last week d 0 means Sunday Jn Specifies the
321. nd 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters lost connection Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Solution Specify the correct host name IP address or username No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again 1 No Suon file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server an
322. ne port per VLAN Therefore if the same unicast MAC address is already assigned to a different port the entry will be replaced if the same MAC address and different port are specified in a subsequent mac address table static command O A multicast MAC address can registered for multiple ports in the MAC address table If the same multicast MAC address is already set to a port subsequent assignments of the MAC address to additional ports will be appended to the address table O A broadcast address FFFF FFFF FFFF can be registered to multiple ports However the entry will be replaced with subsequent commands registering non broadcast addresses to the ports previously assigned O The following reserved multicast addresses prescribed in IEEE802 1D cannot be registered Inthe range of 0180 C200 0000 0180 C200 0010 Inthe range of 0180 C200 0020 0180 C200 002F O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to register with the MAC address Specify a VLAN in the range of 1 to 4094 This parameter is valid only when the learning mode of the MAC address table is IVL Independent Vlan Learning For SVL Shared Vlan Learning this parameter is not necessary O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port number for the forwarded frame This parameter is specified in the range of 1 to the maximum number of ports 20 Additionally when static multicast MAC addresses are registered including broadcast addr
323. nfiguration command Default None Message Note x port 1 is membership of uplink domain 2 Explanation The displayed port is used as an uplink Inserted string 1 Port number Inserted string 2 Uplink domain number Solution Clear the uplink domain before enabling IGMP snooping O IGMP snooping and the uplink filter function cannot be used at the same time Example Enable IGMP snooping of the device xg config ip snooping protocol igmp 189 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 3 ip snooping vlan Function Enables IGMP snooping for a specified VLAN IGMP snooping can be enabled for each VLAN only after enabling global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Enables IGMP snooping for the specified VLAN Command type Configuration command Default Enabled for the default VLAN Disabled for all VLANs other than the default VLAN Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command
324. nformation Displays the current settings of TACACS servers O No 1 Indicates the register number of the TACACS server Access requests to TACACS servers are transmitted in order of the number Host Displays IP address or hostname of the TACACS server Secret Key Displays a secret key used by the device and the TACACS server Note O Displayed secret keys are not encrypted Example Displays the information of TACACS server xg show tacacs 96 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 5 8 tacacs server host Function Registers a TACACS server Up to four TACACS servers can be registered Use the no form to delete registered TACACS servers Prompt xg config Command syntax tacacs server host HOST key KEY no tacacs server host HOST Parameter O host HOST Specifies the hostname or IP address of a TACACS server IP addresses that can be set are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 This device accesses to TACACS servers in order which is shown in show tacacs command O key KEY Specifies a secret key in ASCII character Printable characters except for anda space ASCII code 0x20 can be specified and its length should be less than 33 A global secret key is specified if this parameter is omitted Command type Configuration command Default None Message Authentic
325. nged To change the serial interface settings carry out the following rocedure Command _ _ Task xg login admin Login to the device from the serial terminal The default Password X x x x user name is admin The default password is password xg gt enable Switch to administrator EXEC mode xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config line console xg config line baud rate 9600 19200 38400 57600 Switch to serial terminal edit mode Change serial baud rate The baud rate is changed after the logout xg config line exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config terminal timeout console MINUTES Optional If the terminal is idle after the timeout period in minutes expires the serial connection is terminated The default is 10 minutes xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 23 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 3 1 2 Configure Management LAN Interface The management LAN interface is initially enabled IP address 192 168 0 2 subnet address 255 255 255 0 To use the following functions configure the management LAN interface Telnet connection enabled by default SSH connection disabled by default SNMP manager connection System log transmission Time synchronization using an NTP server Configuration fi
326. nk domain lt 1 20 gt all Specify the uplink domain ID for the member downlink ports lt 1 20 gt Specify a domain ID The domain ID can be an integer of 1 to 20 all Register or delete all uplink domains Command type Configuration command Default None Message Uplink Domain 1 is not configured port 2 Explanation the uplink domain does not exist Inserted string 1 uplink domain number Inserted string 2 port number Solution Create the uplink domain before executing this command port 1 is already uplink port in same uplink domain Explanation This port is a member of another uplink domain Inserted string 1 port number Solution After releasing the port from the other uplink domain execute the command again Note The member of an uplink domain is not allowed to be the member of the corresponding downlink Aggregation groups can be assigned as a member of downlink If adding ports that are members of an aggregation group all port members of the aggregation group will automatically be made members of downlink When removing ports from an aggregation group that are also members of downlink downlink membership does not automatically change Example The following is an example of configuring port 3 as a member of uplink domain 1 and register port 4 as a downlink member of domain 1 then display the uplink domain information by using show command xg config uplink domain 1 port 3 x
327. nnioccinninicnnonoccccnnneccccnnnancccnnnarccrrnnnrccrnnrrrrr 120 EAN el A O NN ONO 121 5 7 3 show bridge Mac addressS table ooooooconincccninnnnicinonanccccnnancccnnarcc cnn rc 122 OMA DIOS TO WET I OG cocida ii AA A RA A IA E a IA 123 DL 0 DIOS JUDO MAN tasca TE e di a EE Soe Aa Degas AA de Edd 124 Seb DGS ICAITTAITIO OC iii ii a Dagan A ao EA ha 125 5 7 7 bridge mac address 4ablo isissretsriirarrisan riinan iiA RN EREA EAE AE ANADAN AE NA rE SEERE E 126 5 7 8 bridge mac address table fille oooooooonniiinnnniiccinn ni moccononcccon nara narran 128 5 7 9 bridge AQING LUNG coccion A A Ad 129 5 8 Link Aggregation Configuration COMMANOS oconoccccnnnoccccccononcncnononcncnano non c nano narco rar ran rare 130 5 8 1 SHOW liNk Aggregati0N oooooooooniccccnoniccccnnni i anii AAEE EAE ran 130 5 8 2 1INK AQQKEGQALION serienr eneit nepri A SRE 134 5 8 3 LACD SYSLCIN PVIOIIUY coccion A EE 136 5 8 4 l cp DORE srigati ete a e a it es 137 5 8 5 link aggregation load balance ip hash SelectiON ooooooconinnicnnonacccccnnencccnnnonccccnnannccn nn 137 59 Uplink Filter COMMANAS vita A A da a ida 138 09 1 ShOW UpliNk soii A A O eee AA ita 138 DI ZUMO AA ld lada Md ao 139 5 9 3 downlink allowed UPliNk dOMAIN oooonnoicccnnnnnnnanocconcccccnnnnnn cnn nc 141 5 10 Switch Port Configuration Commands oooocccccnnoccccnononcncnanoncnnnonnn nc ee canon EAE rana ren rre rre rn ren 142 D101 SHOW INCH ACE sascha eis aise A assis Hae tate yaaa ada ae a ee ae ees 14
328. nnns 138 Uplink doMalfic aii ote eee 139 Uploading a Configuration File o oooonnnncnnnncccnnnncccnnccccconnccccnnnos 271 Uploading Downloading a Configuration File 271 user vlan protocol id cooooocccoocccnnoccccnoncccononncnonannc conan nncnnn cn nonnnnnnnno 177 Usingithe Gliese dnare cocidas 12 17 Verifying Hardware Status ooooooccinoccconocccconoccccnnacanonancnnanoncnnnnnnn 265 Verifying System Status ooooncccccnnocccononccconancccnnannc none ca nono ncnnanann 268 Verifying the Device Operations ooococccccinoccconocccconoccnnonancninnncan 265 Verifying the Device Status Change 270 MIRtUaL LAN oil ice tica w Virtual LAN VLAN Setup COMMANdS cccocococonoccncononcnconanininnncnns 171 MAMA E A T 172 VLAN 41 VLAN fa ani ea aaa naaa 42 vlan member allowed ooooocccccocoooccncncconooononcnnccononononononnnnnnnn ninos 176 vlan statistics COllectiON ooooooocococnconocooccncnconononccnnnccnonann noo 179 Workflow for Initial Setup of the Device eee 23 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide P3N1 E202 01ENZO Date of Issue March 2009 Issuing authority PFU LIMITED The contents of this manual may be updated without notice PFU assumes no liability for damages to third party copyrights or other rights arising from the use of any information in this manual Contents of this manual are not to be reproduce
329. nt Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 lt FrameSize Port Description 1024 1518 1234567890K port_namel 0 port_name2 1234567890K port _name3 25690 port_name4 25690G port_name5 25690T port_name6 0 port_name7 F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right O Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line O Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States O FrameSize 0 64 Displays the number of accumulated 64 byte frames sent or received after the command execution O FrameSize 65 127 Displays the number of accumulated 65 to 127 byte frames sent or received after the command execution O FrameSize 128 255 Displays the number of accumulated 128 to 255 byte frames sent or received after the command execution 211 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide FrameSize 256 511 Displays the number of accumulated 256 to 511 byte frames sent or received after the comman
330. ntication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key Example Copy the file start_conf_20080701 on the SSH server host2 to the device using the file name start_conf Then check whether the file size of the file imported with the scp command is consistent with the original using the dir Is command xg scp get foo host2 tmp start_conf 20080701 start conf host2 s password xg ls Update time File size File name 2008 07 01 19 22 41 2 604 start conf 116 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 12 tftp put Function Uploads the files in volatile memory to the TFTP server Prompt xg Command syntax tftp put HOST LOCAL FILE REMOTE FILE Parameter O HOST Specify the hostname of the TFTP server or IP address IP addresses that can be specified are 1 0 0 1 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 191 255 255 254 and 192 0 0 1 223 255 255 254 LOCAL FILE Specifies a file name to upload REMOTE FILE Specifies the file name to use on the TFTP server When this parameter is omitted the LOCAL FILE file name will be used Command type Operation management commands Message tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified hostname does not exist Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Check whe
331. ntrol 3300 3999 P3300 cmd exec startup 1 INFO Explanation The command in the startup config was executed Inserted string 1 Command string executed in the startup config P3301 cmd result startup success INFO Explanation The command in the startup config was successfully completed P3302 cmd result startup error INFO Explanation The command in the startup config failed P3303 startup config start INFO Explanation Starts startup config file processing P3304 startup config end INFO Explanation Startup config file processing was successfully completed P3305 Line has connected line ID 1 INFO Explanation The telnet or SSH terminal was connected O Inserted string 1 Terminal ID P3306 startup config end none INFO Explanation The startup config file was not found P3307 startup config end error INFO Explanation Startup config file processing failed P3308 cmd result startup skip INFO Explanation Since the attempt to execute the previous command in startup config resulted in an error execution of the next command was skipped P3309 Line has disconnected line ID 1 INFO Explanation The telnet or SSH terminal was disconnected O Inserted string 1 Terminal ID P3310 Cannot find host 1 WARNING Explanation Failed to find an IP address for the host name specified with the log send command O Inserted string 1 Host name specified with the log
332. number The oldest maintenance information is displayed first O Type Displays the maintenance information type system dump A system dump was logged during system failure system dump dump switch A system dump was forcibly logged by the dump switch system dump machine check A system dump was logged due to a hardware machine check process dump The process dump was logged during a partial system failure system state The system operational status information output by the save maintenance command O Occurred Time Displays the date and time when the maintenance information was logged Point Nothing is displayed if maintenance information does not exist 253 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 6 tftp put maintenance Function Transfers the system maintenance information to a TFTP server The file size of the maintenance information is displayed on the screen Prompt xg Command syntax tftp put maintenance HOST REMOTE FILE Parameter O HOST Specifies the host name or the IP address of the TFTP server The IP address can be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the path and file name the maintenance information will reside in once transferred to the TFTP server If the file name is omitted the f
333. of LACP protocol Invalid The LACP port destination device connection is in trouble Initialize The LACP port destination device connection is in initializing Port Disabled The LACP port of the destination device connection is disabled LACP Disabled LACP at the connection destination device is disabled Expired LACP information with for destination device connection expired Defaulted The LACP port of the destination device is about to be connected Current The LACP port of the destination device is an LACP connected state Periodic Tx State The state of the LACP transmit interval control frame is displayed No Periodic An LACP control frame will not be sent Fast Periodic LACP control frames are sent at short intervals Slow Periodic LACP control frames are sent at long intervals Partner System Priority LACP system priority will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by a port Partner System ID LACP system ID will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by a port Partner System Key LACP system key will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by a port Partner Port Priority The port priority value of the connection s destination device is displayed Partner Port Number The port number of the connection s destination device is displayed Partner Synchro State The port
334. ollowing file name is generated automatically mainte 2007 01 31 13 30 59 date and time when obtained Command type Operation management command Message tftp 1 Host name lookup failure Explanation The specified host name does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Check the host name for an error tftp server says 1 Explanation An error was reported from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 Error messages sent from the FTP server The message contents vary depending on the TFTP server type used Typical messages are as follows File not found No file is found on the TFTP server Access violation An error of file access authority occurred on the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file in the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists The specified file already exists on the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID The process is interrupted due to the timeout Solution Take actions by following the message instructions sent from the TFTP server tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response by the TFTP server The network communication with the management LAN may have failed or too short a timeout was set on the TFTP server Solution Issue a ping command to check the network connection to the TFTP server If an error recurs change the timeout val
335. om 2 Explanation Received a frame containing a non multicast group address in an IGMP Report message O Inserted string 1 IP group address O Inserted string 2 Source IP address Solution Investigate the cause of faulty frames being sent to the device P3210 WARNING Cannot register group address more than max group 1 per VLAN 2 by IGMP snooping Explanation Since the number of group addresses that can be registered using IGMP Snooping reached the upper limit specified in max group no more group addresses can be registered O Inserted string 1 The maximum number of groups that can be registered using the relevant VLAN O Inserted string 2 VLAN ID Solution Increase the maximum number of groups using the ip snooping vlan max group command P3211 INFO IGMP snooping has added multicast group address group 1 vlan 2 agg port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping added a multicast group MAC address O Inserted string 1 Registered IP group address O Inserted string 2 Registered VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Learned aggregation group information P3212 INFO IGMP snooping has added multicast group address group 1 vlan 2 port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping added a multicast group MAC address O Inserted string 1 Registered IP group address O Inserted string 2 Registered VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Registered port number P3213 INFO IGMP sno
336. ommand again 78 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Note O Specify a password with a length in the range of 5 to 16 characters O The maximum number of users that can register to this device is 4 Example Add user0001 as the username and specify operator class xg account user0001 class operator Changing password for user0001 Enter the new password minimum of 5 maximum of 16 characters Please use a combination of upper and lower case letters and numbers Enter new password lt Enter the password The entered password is not displayed Re enter new password x x x x x lt Enter the new password again for confirmation Password changed The entered password is not displayed 5 4 11 password Operator EXEC mode Function Change the login password of logged in user to the device Prompt xg gt Command syntax password Command type Operation management commands Message Bad password too short Explanation The password is too short Solution Specify a password using five or more characters Bad password too long Explanation The password is too long Solution Specify a password using 16 or less characters Note operator class only see account command for the details Specify a password with a length in the range of 5 to 16 characters lost or forgotten passwords This command password comman
337. on mode xg config bridge learn mode ivl sv1 Select IVL or SVL for the MAC address table management xg config no bridge learn mode mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg copy running config startup config Save the current settings of the device to nonvolatile memory xg reset If the MAC address table management mode is changed the new setting becomes enabled after the device is restarted O Dynamic MAC address learning The device dynamically learns MAC addresses from received frames If MAC addresses are not refreshed before the aging time expires they will be removed from the MAC address table To disable the dynamic learning carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to the interface edit mode to specify the port s to be configured xg config it interface port range 1 3 In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 through 3 xg config if suppress address learning Enable or disable the dynamic MAC address learning xg config if no suppress address learning xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 27 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series U
338. on of the device Default Banner Displays the default banner string displayed during user login Startup Time Displays the date and time when the system was started up Startup config Modified Displays the date and time when the startup config setup was last updated Firmware Information Displays the firmware status of the device The system retains up to two sets of firmware information old and new firmware information and firmware images Firmware 1 Firmware 2 Displays the firmware information of firmware partitions 1 and 2 and the firmware update status No display other than revision and revision date he new firmware is not being updated writing he new firmware is being updated new he firmware was updated incomplete he switch fails to update the new firmware Retry to update the new firmware Updated Time Displays the date and time when the firmware was last updated Current Firmware Displays the partition number of the firmware currently being used for system startup Next Startup Firmware Displays the partition number of the firmware to be used for the next system startup Boot Loader Displays boot loader revision a 247 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Timezone Displays the current time zone settings If the time zone settings were changed the new settings are displayed in the Next Boot area Once the s
339. on related to the switch in general will be displayed The display content is the same as the case of a static link aggregation group LACP Link aggregation specific information Items common to each aggregation group that will be displayed O Actor System Key The system key used by LACP is displayed O Partner System Priority LACP system priority will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by LACP shown in this command O Partner System ID LACP system ID will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by LACP shown in this command O Partner System Key LACP system key will be displayed This system priority is from the device which is connected by LACP shown in this command The state of each port belonging to an LACP link aggregation group is then listed port 1 Indicates the port number being displayed O Port Priority The status of the port is displayed Active The port is usable Inactive The port is not usable 132 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Note Example O Synchro State The synchronization status of the port is displayed Sync The link state of LACP with the destination device connection is in a synchronized state No Sync The link state of LACP with the destination device connection is not in a synchronized state Receive State Displays the reception status
340. onment of CLI and how to operate CLI Chapter 3 Installation Describes the necessary installation procedures Chapter 4 Functions and Procedures for Setting Functions Describes how to use the console screen Chapter 5 Command References Describes how to use the commands Chapter 6 Managing the Device Describes the management of the device Chapter 7 Troubleshooting Describes how to solve problems in the device A ppendix A Event Logs Describes the contents of messages reported by the device and actions to be taken for each message Appendix B SNMP Traps Describes message format of SNMP traps Appendix C List of MIBs Describes the list of MIBs supported by the SNMP agent Related Manuals The following are XG2000 series related manuals Use these manuals as necessary O XG2000 Series Hardware Guide Describes the hardware of the XG2000 series Symbols Used in This Guide The symbols used in this guide have the following meanings Point indicates useful information related to using the XG2000 series Y Note indicates precautions to take when using the XG2000 series Hint indicates supplementary information Information indicates related matters such as operation procedures etc 3 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Contents Preface iia About this Manual de Cote a iii Chapter 1 Features and Functions comicidad NAF GC ALURGS util ii
341. onnection and temperature around the XFP If the same message is displayed after taking appropriate action note the message contents and contact the sales representative 282 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S0124 Info Internal Temperature is high 1 2 Explanation The temperature is high The system will be shut down if the temperature rises O Inserted string 1 2 Temperature value Solution Perform the following checks on the device O Check that the air vent is not blocked Check the temperature of the switch environment is within the limits specified S0125 CRITICAL Shutdown the system because of high temperature alarm 1 2 Explanation The system was shut down because of high temperature alarm O Inserted string 1 2 Temperature value Solution Perform the following checks on the device O Check that the air vent is not blocked Check the temperature of the switch environment is within the limits specified If the message is displayed even though the device was properly installed note the message contents and contact the sales representative S0126 ERROR AC and DC PSUs are mounted Explanation The device mounts both AC PSU and DC PSU Solution AC PSU and DC PSU should not be mounted simultaneously Make sure to mount the same type of PSU A 2 2 kernel Basic Control 1000 1999
342. onsole Set login authentication method ssh local radius tacacs local none xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg account user001 class admin Optional Register the same account for using RADIUS TACACS authentication on XG2000 XG2000 cannot use an unregistered account xg show radius Displays the information of RADIUS server xg show tacacs Displays the information of TACACS server xg show authentication Displays the setting status of login authentication method xg show account Lists the all accounts registered in the device gt Note lt is needed to register RADIUS TACACS user accounts to XG2000 before enabling RADIUS TACACS authentication XG2000 does not allow any account except for admin for the default configuration RADIUS TACACS authentication is only available if primary login is RADIUS TACACS authentication and secondary login is disable by aaa authentication login command Any user can not login XG2000 under RADIUS TACACS authentication is only available if RADIUS TACACS server does not work lt is recommended to test RADIUS TACACS authentication under local authentication is available XG2000 requests authentication in order of the lists displayed by show radius show tacacs command Up to 4 access requests are transmitted for each RADIUS servers and 1 access for TACACS servers until receiving the reply from the RADIUS TACACS server 56 315 All
343. ooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan max group command Port is not vlan member vid 1 Explanation The specified port is not a VLAN member Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Set the port as a VLAN member using the vlan member allowed command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan mrouter command Aggregation port is not vlan member vid 1 Explanation The specified aggregation group is not a VLAN member Inserted string 1 Specified VLAN ID Solution Set the aggregation group as a VLAN member using the vlan member allowed command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan mrouter command Aggregation port not bound to bridge Explanation The specified aggregation group does not exist Solution Configure a link aggregation group by using the link aggregation command first then specify the agg port using the ip snooping vlan m
344. opback alert can occur even if there is no loop in the network P3009 INFO 1 has been attached to 2 Explanation The physical port was attached to a link aggregation group O Inserted string 1 Physical port information O Inserted string 2 Aggregation group information P3010 INFO 1 has been detached Explanation The physical port was detached from a link aggregation group O Inserted string 1 Information on physical port detached 288 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Message ID Severity Message Explanation Solution P3011 INFO 15 link status details change 2 Explanation The link status of the port changed O Inserted string 1 Port information O Inserted string 2 New status of the port P3012 INFO 1 state is changed to 2 Explanation The STP port state changed O Inserted string 1 Port information O Inserted string 2 New state of the STP port P3013 INFO Change ingress bandwidth 1 2 Explanation The value set in ingress bandwidth changed O Inserted string 1 Port information O Inserted string 2 New value of ingress bandwidth P3100 INFO 1 has been created Explanation A link aggregation group was added O Inserted string 1 Aggregation group information P3101 INFO 1 has been deleted Explanation
345. oping has added multicast group address of mrouter group 1 vlan 2 agg port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping added a multicast group MAC address to a multicast router port O Inserted string 1 Registered IP group address O Inserted string 2 Registered VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Aggregation group number assigned to the registered multicast router P3214 INFO IGMP snooping has added multicast group address of mrouter group 1 vlan 2 port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping added a multicast group MAC address to a multicast router port O Inserted string 1 Registered IP group address O Inserted string 2 Registered VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Port number assigned to the registered multicast router P3215 INFO IGMP snooping has deleted multicast group address group 1 vlan 2 agg port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping deleted a multicast group MAC address O Inserted string 1 Deleted IP group address O Inserted string 2 Deleted VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Deleted aggregation group number 290 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide IGMP snooping has deleted multicast group address Group 1 vlan 2 port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping deleted a multicast group MAC address O Inserted string 1 Deleted IP group address O Inserted string 2 Deleted VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Deleted po
346. or Down 157 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Mode The switch port mode of the Spanning Tree Protocol is displayed STP The switch port is operating in STP IEEE 802 1D Spanning Tree Protocol mode RSTP The switch port is operating in RSTP IEEE 802 1w Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol mode None STP is not applicable to the switch port Cost The path cost value of the port is displayed Pri The priority value of the switch port is displayed PortlD The port ID of the switch port is displayed Flags Flags indicating the state of the switch port are displayed Each flag has the following meaning First flag Port role Indicates the role of the port R The Root port D The Designated port A The Alternate port B The Backup port Second flag Config link type Indicates the link type of the line configured in the device 5 ji P A point to point link S A shared line In the device Point to point p is always used Third flag Oper link type Indicates the link type in operation P A point to point link S A shared link Fourth flag Proposal state Indicates a Spanning Tree was proposed by an adjacent switch Building a Spanning Tree was proposed None Building a Spanning Tree request was accepted by the adjacent switch Fifth flag Received BPDU The Spanning Tree Protocol mode for th
347. oring time for the telnet connection carry out the following procedure in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config telnet server Enable Telnet connection xg config terminal timeout vty lt 0 60 gt Optional If the Telnet session timeout period in minutes expires the telnet connection is terminated xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 24 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 3 1 4 SSH Connection via the Management LAN Interface Optional This device supports the SSH server function This function is remote connection like Telnet server function After executing ssh server command the SSH server is enabled and authentication key is generated It takes some time to generate authentication key The following shows the SSH server function supported by this device Function mE Support Protocol Version v2 Method of authentication Password Authentication key RSA 2048bits fixed DSA 1024bits fixed Method to generate authentication key Automatically generated CLI Method of coding tr aes256 ctr aes128 cbc 3des cbc blowfish cbc cast128 cbc arcfour128 ar cfour256 arcfour aes192 cbc aes256 cbc aes128 ctr aes192 c Terminal sessions Maximum 4 including Teln
348. orm to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax flowcontrol disable only receive only send send receive no flowcontrol Parameter O disable Disalbe PAUSE flow control O only receive Enables Rx PAUSE flow control O only send Enables Tx PAUSE flow control O send receive Enables Tx and Rx PAUSE flow control Command type Configuration command Default only receive Example Enable Tx and Rx PAUSE flow control xg config if flowcontrol send receive 149 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 8 storm control Function Enables broadcast storm control for the designated ports Use the no form to disable storm control Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax storm control no storm control Command type Configuration command Default None Note When a broadcast storm condition is detected the port will be in a violation state After eliminating the cause of the condition clear the violation state with the clear violation command Example Enable broadcast storm control for Port 3 of the switch xg config interface port 3 xg config if storm control 5 10 9 suppress address learning Function Disables the dynamic learning of the MAC address table for switch ports Use the no form to enable
349. ormation For the frame format refer to TPID Tag Protocol Identifier in Tag VLAN Frame Format Using multiple VLAN also known as double tagging or Q in Q allows a service provider to transparently forward customers VLAN traffic even if the service provider assigns customer traffic to different VLANs Transparent VLAN Tacaedta 29905 a through multiple agged mang Frame VLAN Tag Frame VLAN rag Multiple VLAN Frame i Frame VLAN Tag ansis a Frame LAN Tag Frame YLAN Tag Header YLAN ID 20 VLAN 1D 20 User Data Multiple VLAN To configure multiple VLAN using a user defined VLAN tag protocol identifier carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config vlan lt 1 4094 gt description Create a VLAN to use VLAN DESCRIPTION xg config vlan statistics collection lt 1 4094 gt Optional lt 1 4094 gt Configure a VLAN that collects statistics xg config interface port 1 Switch to interface edit mode to designate a port for multiple VLAN configuration In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for port 1 xg config if user vlan protocol id lt 0x05DD Set the user defined VLAN tag protocol identifier OXFFFF gt xg config if vlan member allowed vlan Register the port to the VLAN lt 1 4094 gt all
350. ow system information command Also check the Next Startup Firmware value This firmware image will be booted during the next system startup xg show system information Firmware Information Firmware 1 E10L10 Z01 2007 01 21 18 42 52 Updated Time 2007 01 21 22 08 12 Firmware 2 E10L11 Z01 2007 01 22 19 27 12 writing new Updated Time 2007 01 23 10 57 53 T Current Firmware 1 The updating status is displayed Next Startup Firmware 2 After the updating process completes restart the system hardware xg reset 262 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 10 boot system Function Switches the firmware image to be used for the next system startup Use this command only if a problem occurred using new firmware Prompt xgH Command syntax boot system 1 2 Parameter e 1 12 Specifies the number of the firmware partition to be used during the next system startup The applicable firmware version can be checked by the show system information command 1 Uses firmware 1 for the next system startup 2 Uses firmware 2 for the next system startup Command type Operation management command Message 2 Attempted to change to invalid firmware Command failed Explanation The previous firmware update may not have completed successfully The firmware partition is unus
351. p The following statistics are cleared O Traffic statistics traffic bytes traffic counts and framesize traffic counts O QoS traffic statistics qos priority traffic bytes and qos priority traffic counts O VLAN traffic statistics vlan traffic bytes and vlan traffic counts O Data flow statistics dataflow O Error traffic statistics error Prompt xgH Command syntax clear statistics Command type Operation management command Note O If this command is issued during execution of the monitor command in current mode the monitor command may temporarily display incorrect statistics If this occurs reissue the monitor command The monitor command will then display the correct statistics Example Clear all statistics stored since system startup xg clear statistics 232 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 17 SNMP Setup Commands This section explains the SNMP configuration settings 5 17 1 show snmp server Function Displays the current SNMP settings Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show snmp server Command type Operation management command Output form xg show snmp server SNMP Information 2007 01 22 06 04 41 No 1 Host 192 168 41 24 Community public No 2 Host 192 168 41 29 Community public No 1 Host 192 168 41 24 Community public Ver
352. p member interval 300 193 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 7 ip snooping vlan fast leave Function Set the Fast Leave mode on the IP multicast group port where the IGMP Leave message is received In the Fast Leave mode the exit is not checked when the IGMP Leave message is received Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt fast leave no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt fast leave Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to change O fast leave Enables the Fast Leave mode Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan fast leave command Vlan id is not found vid 1 Explanation The specified VLAN was not created Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Create a VLAN using the vlan command first then reissue the ip snooping vlan fast leave command IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping of the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first t
353. path will be selected If the selected path becomes disabled STP will activate the lowest cost path amongst the paths remaining The device supports IEEE802 1w RSTP Rapid Spanning Tree Protocol The RSTP is upward compatible with IEEE802 1D STP Spanning Tree Protocol and serves as a STP if the destination device only supports STP 1509 Wied 1509 Wed a ee o 2 Path Cost 10 A P ai ET Switch Priority 30 Physical Topology Route Path Cost 20 1509 4ed f a nn Route Path Cost 25 Logical Topology by STP 39 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 6 1 Port Roles Based on Spanning Tree RSTP assigns one of these port roles to individual ports Root port Provides the best path lowest cost when the switch forwards packets to the root switch Designated port Connects to the designated switch toward the leaves of the spanning tree The port specified connecting to the designated port serves as a root port Alternate Port The alternative port with the second lowest path cost In the event that the root port goes to a linkdown state the alternate port serves as the root port or receive frames while in the blocking state Backup Port Provides an alternative path to that specified In the event that the specified port goes into a linkdown state the backup port serves as the new designated port It does
354. pecify trap notification using the SNMP v2c protocol for the SNMP manager with the IP address 192 168 1 10 and the community name xgpublic xg config snmp server trap host 192 168 1 10 community xgpublic protocol v2c 237 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 18 RMON Setup Commands This section explains the RMON configuration settings 5 18 1 show rmon Function Displays the current RMON settings Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show rmon Command type Operation management command Output form xg show rmon RMON Information 2007 01 22 06 03 09 History 1 Alarm 1 Monitored OID EEE Serre DA PA Unease UL rel IP ray ge A Monitoring Interval 10 Sample Type Absolute Delta Rising Threshold 1000 Rising Event st Falling Threshold 0 Falling Event ao Owner Administer Event 1 Port port 1 Buckets 10 Interval 1800 Owner Administer Event Type Log f Enabled Disabled Trap Enabled Disabled Trap Community public Description Traffic alarm event Owner Admin History Information Displays the current RMON history settings O History 1 Indicates an index number that identifies the history group historyControlTable Port Displays the port number for the collected RMON history group information Buckets Indicates the stored data unit co
355. planations and actions to be taken for each item see the Verifying Hardware Status Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show system status Command type Operation management command Output form xg show system status System Status Information 2007 01 25 12 16 19 Temperature Internal good Power Supply PWR 0 AC good PWR 1 AC good Voltage Voltage good Fan Rear Fan 0 good normal speed Rear Fan 1 good normal speed PWR 0 Fan good PWR 1 Fan good XFP port 1 VENDER NAME S O good port 2 VENDER NAME L good port 3 VENDER NAME 2S good port 4 VENDER NAME L good port 5 VENDER NAME ES Y good port 6 VENDER NAME al 3 good port 7 VENDER NAME 2S good port 8 VENDER NAME L good port 9 VENDER NAME S good port 10 VENDER NAME L good port 11 VENDER NAME S good port 12 VENDER NAME L good port 13 VENDER NAME S good port 14 VENDER NAME L good port 15 VENDER NAME S good port 16 VENDER NAME L O good port 17 VENDER NAME S good port 18 VENDER NAME L good port 19 VENDER NAME S good port 20 VENDER NAME L_ good O Temperature Displays the temperature Internal status of the system hardware Internal temperature sensor O Power Supply Displays the operational status of the power supplies PWR 0 Displays the operational s
356. plays a frame count and size range for frames which have been sent or received at each port Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor framesize traffic counts current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the number of accumulated frames after startup of this command total Displays the number of accumulated frames after startup of the system O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor framesize traffic counts current Framesize Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 geeeenenecasnaseaseaneassaacassasnaseascaceaescacsaasaceeneaseaacassascascascasas Port Link State FrameSize FrameSize FrameSize FrameSize FrameSize STP State 0 64 65 127 128 255 256 511 512 1023 all Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 2 Down 0 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn 1234567890M 25690M 25690M 25690M 25690M 5 Up Forward 12345678906 256906 256906 25690G 25690G 6 Up Forward 1234567890T 25690T 25690T 25690T 25690T 7 Down 0 0 0 0 0 8 Down 0 D 0 0 0 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Framesize Traffic Statistics Curre
357. plays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames received after the system startup Rx 8 Tx Over Displays the accumulated number of transmission frames whose size exceeds 1518 bytes excluding the VLAN tag after the system startup Rx 8 Tx Under Displays the accumulated number of transmission frames whose size is less than 64 bytes after the system startup Rx 8 Tx Fragment Displays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames whose size is less than 64 bytes sent or received after the system startup Rx 8 Tx Jabber Displays the accumulated number of FCS Frame Check Sequence error frames whose size exceeds 1518 bytes excluding the VLAN tag sent or received after the system startup Rx Align Displays the accumulated number of 64 to 1518 byte alignment error frames whose bit size is not a multiple of 8 received after the system startup Total Lost Displays the accumulated number of frames received but discarded at each port after the system startup Point If the error count reaches 4294967295 the value is reset to O when incremented Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 31 characters can be displayed 231 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 19 clear statistics Function Clears all statistics stored since system startu
358. port 3 144 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 2 show port description Function Displays information about port description Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show port description Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show port description Port Description Information 2007 05 10 17 50 54 agg port 1 Description agg namel agg port 2 Description agg name2 port 1 Description port _naml port 2 Description port_name2 port 3 Description port _name3 port 1 The number of the switch port for the following information is displayed In the case of an aggregation group the aggregation group number such as agg port 1 is displayed O Description Port description is displayed Example Display the list of port description xg gt show port description 145 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 3 shutdown Administrator exec mode Function Shuts down the port of a switch from the administrator exec mode and turns off the optical signal at the XFP Use the no form to enable the port again Prompt xg Command syntax shutdown port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt no shutdown port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt Parameter O port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt
359. prompt will show the letters previously typed Enter the rest of the letters to complete the command entry xg co Exec commands configure Enter configuration mode copy Copy from one file to another xg co_ The CLI lists all possible commands that begin with co O Alist of options that are available in the current entry position Entering a question mark followed by a space after typing a command name will cause the CLI to list the possible commands or keywords that may be entered at the current option position For option 2 and 3 positions the CLI also lists options that can be entered at these positions The prompt will show the letters previously typed Enter the rest of the letters to complete the command entry xg configure terminal Configure from the terminal xg configure _ CLI lists possible options that follow the configure command The lt cr gt symbol may appear in the list to indicate that the command can be executed without entering any subsequent options Parameters enclosed in square brackets can be omitted and therefore the lt cr gt symbol does not appear 17 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 2 3 Command Completion Entering part of a command or option and pressing the Tab key causes the CLI to display the remaining command or option characters xg con lt TAB gt xg
360. ps that have already been created the aggregation group changes to a linkdown state and then to a linkup state if one of the following conditions are satisfied O A master port was removed O Amaster port changed O The protocol or lacp mode parameter changed 35 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 5 Uplink Filter When an uplink domain is defined the domain s uplink domain ports filter drops multicast broadcast and unlearned flooding unicast frames from non membership downlink ports However it does not filter learned unicast frames that are forwarded based on the MAC address table Uplink Domain 1 Uplink Domain 2 The uplink domain port filters drops multicast broadcast and unlearned unicast frames except from downlink Uplink Filter The uplink filter is useful in configuring large networks with multiple paths such as a fat tree network by cascading multiple XG series switches To configure an uplink filter specify an uplink domain whose membership consists of one or more downlink ports and one or more uplink ports For example in a fat tree network an uplink domain is configured such that ports connected to switches are designated as uplink ports and leaf nodes as downlink ports The uplink domain will then block multicast broadcast and flooding unicast frames to other uplink domains configured within the switch and only distribute traffic from the downlink to t
361. pt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor vlan traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated byte count of received frames for each VLAN after startup of this command total Displays the accumulated byte count of received frames for each VLAN after the system startup O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg monitor vlan traffic bytes current VLAN Traffic Statistics Current Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 VID Rx Frame Rx NonUcast Bytes Bytes 1 1234567890 1234567890 10 0 0 20 1234567890K 1234567889K 30 25690M 25690M 40 25690G 25690G ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right Oo VID Displays the VID of the VLAN set for statistics collection Statistics of each VLAN are displayed on one line Point Specify the VLAN to collect its statistics using the vlan statistics collection command O Rx Frame Bytes Displays the accumulated byte count of frames received at the specified VLAN after the startup of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx NonUcast Bytes Displays the accumulated byte count of multicast or broadcast frames received at the specified VLAN af
362. ptical module sensor Optical Module Monitoring Data 2008 06 23 12 16 19 Tx power Rx power Temperature mW mW degree C port 1 0 5221 0 5970 27 0 port 2 0 25392 0 4754 35 9 port 3 0 4524 0 3950 3701 port 4 0 4150 0 4548 37 0 port 5 unmounted port 6 unmounted port 7 unmounted port 8 unmounted port 9 unmounted port 10 unmounted port 11 unmounted port 12 unmounted port 13 unmounted port 14 unmounted port 15 unmounted port 16 unmounted port 17 unmounted port 18 unmounted port 19 unmounted port 29 unmounted Output form parameter is specified xg show optical module sensor dbm Optical Module Monitoring Data 2008 06 23 12 16 19 Tx power Rx power Temperature dBm dBm degree C port 1 2 837 2 261 27 0 port 2 2 683 3 224 35 9 port 3 3 456 4 034 37 0 port 4 3 820 3 422 37 0 port 5 unmounted port 6 unmounted port 7 unmounted port 8 unmounted port 9 unmounted port 10 unmounted port 11 unmounted port 12 unmounted port 13 unmounted port 14 unmounted port 15 unmounted port 16 unmounted port 17 unmounted port 18 unmounted port 19 unmounted port 29 unmounted port xx Displays each port The number of ports are depend on the device O TX power Displays the strength of the output laser O Rx power Displays the strength of the input laser O Temper
363. r O querier Enables the IGMP querier function O ipA B C D Specifies the source IP address of Query messages to be sent by the IGMP querier The IP address can be 0 0 0 0 or within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 Command type Configuration command Default None Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping is disabled on the system Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again IGMP snooping vlan 1 is not enabled Explanation IGMP snooping on the specified VLAN is disabled Inserted string 1 Specified VID Solution Enable IGMP snooping on the VLAN using the ip snooping vlan command first then execute the command again Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the IP address in the correct format and execute the command Example Enable an IGMP querier on VLAN 2 and set the query transmission source IP address to 192 168 1 200 xg config interface vlan 2 xg config vlan ip snooping querier ip 192 168 1 200 205 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 Statistics Commands The device provides a wide variety of statistical displays Statistics can be
364. r to the last character in line Esc B Moves the cursor back one word to the beginning of a parameter Esc F Moves the cursor forward one word to the beginning of a parameter Backspace Erases the character to the left of the cursor and moves the cursor back one character Delete or Ctrl D Deletes the character to the right of the cursor Ctrl W Records the character to the left of the cursor before deleting Ctrl U Records the command line before deleting Ctrl K Records all characters to the left of the cursor before deleting Ctrl Y Pastes a string recorded by Ctrl WJ U or K Ctrl L Erases the current screen Ctrl C Runs command result and aborts output Enter Ctrl J or Ctrl M Completes a command entry Ctrl T Transposes the character located at the cursor with the character to the left of the cursor O pi Hint If any of the above key combinations or command completion displays using the Tab key do not work correctly the correct VT100 VT200 or xterm terminal emulation type may not be selected 2 2 7 Command History Command history is a function that records command lines previously entered so they can be reused It is useful for repeatedly entering the same command line or for entering a similar command O To display the previous command line in the history
365. rStatsCollisions Counter32 etherStatsEntry 13 16 etherStatsPkts64Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 14 17 etherStatsPkts65to127Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 15 18 etherStatsPkts128to255Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 16 19 etherStatsPkts256to511Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 17 20 etherStatsPkts512to1023Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 18 21 etherStatsPkts1024to1518Octets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 19 22 etherStatsOwner OwnersString etherStatsEntry 20 23 etherStatsStatus EntryStatus etherStatsEntry 21 O RMON MIB history group RFC2819 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 rmon 16 history 2 etherHistoryEntry 10 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 historyControlTable NOT ACCESSIBLE history 1 2 historyControlEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE historyControlTable 1 3 historyControllndex Integer32 historyControlEntry 1 4 historyControlDataSource OBJECT IDENTIFIER historyControlEntry 2 5 historyControlBucketsRequested Integer32 historyControlEntry 3 6 historyControlBucketsGranted Integer32 historyControlEntry 4 7 historyControllnterval Integer32 historyControlEntry 5 8 historyControlOwner OwnersString historyControlEntry 6 9 historyControlStatus EntryStatus historyControlEntry 7 10 etherHistoryTable NOT ACCESSIBLE history 2 11 etherHistoryEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE etherHistoryTable 1
366. rational mode in lacp mode xg config interface agg port lt 1 10 gt To change the setting of the aggregation group created switch to the interface edit mode for the aggregation group and specify the interface agg port requiring change The prompt changes to config agg xg config agg port vlan id vlan 2 Optional Change the settings of the aggregation group as required In this example default VLAN ID is set to 2 xg config agg exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 33 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 The LACP isa XG2000 series User s Guide 4 4 2 Frame Distribution Methods in Link Aggregation How frames are distributed across physical ports that make up an aggregation group are determined by the contents of a frame source and destination MAC addresses There are three ways to specify how frames are distributed O Frame distribution based on destination MAC address dst mac The destination port is determined based on the destination MAC address of the frames O Frame distribution based on source MAC address src mac The destination port is determined based on the source MAC address of the frames O Frame distribution based on destination and source MAC addresses dst src mac The destination port is determined based on the destination and source MAC addresses of the frames
367. red is displayed portfast errdisable timeout rhe state of errdisable timeout function is displayed disabled The errdisable timeout function is disabled enabled The errdisable timeout function is enabled portfast errdisable timeout interval The timeout value seconds for canceling a port down condition when the errdisable timeout function is enabled is displayed a Ports Information for Spanning Tree The Spanning Tree Protocol information for each switch port is displayed Port The switch port number is displayed Port State The STP state of the switch port is displayed Down Indicates that the switch port is in link down state Discard The switch port does not send receive frames other than BPDUs Learn The switch port is in learning state The source MAC address for received frames is learned but frames are not forwarded Forward The switch port is ready to transmit data traffic For RSTP IEEE802 1w Blocking and Listening states of STP are merged as the Discarding State The port states between STP IEEE802 1D and RSTP IEEE802 1w correspond as follows Display STP IEEE802 1D RSTP IEEE802 1w I Block Blocking Discarding Listen Listening Discarding Learn Learning Learning Forward Forwarding Forwarding Point For a switch port that does not use STP the state will be either Forward
368. resentative 283 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S1960 Too many DRAM SBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation The software detected too many DRAM single bit errors No more events will be logged Inserted string 1 Details about error Solution The device supports single bit ECC so the error is corrected But a failure may occur if the error happens again after a system reset Note this message and those displayed above and below it then contact the sales representative This message type may not be recorded in the log 1970 DRAM SBE detected WARNING Explanation The software detected DRAM single bit error Solution The device supports single bit ECC so the error is corrected A 2 3 swc Layer 2 Basic Control 2000 2999 Seen 2103 Output Queue MBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1 Supplementary code for the error Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 2104 Disabling port 1 ERROR Explanation A failure occurred on the switch chip communication port The port was disabled O Inserted string 1 Port number Solution Note the message contents and contact the sales representative 82105 Tag Memory MBE detected 1 ERROR Explanation An uncorrectable error was detected in the switch chip O Inserted string 1
369. ribution parameter lt 0 3 gt minimum port lt 1 10 gt port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt no link aggregation agg port lt 1 10 gt Parameter O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number to create Specify a number in the range of 1 to 10 O protocol none lacp Specifies the protocol type of the link aggregation none A static link aggregation group lacp A link aggregation group using IEEE802 3ad LACP as the control protocol between switches When this parameter is omitted none is assumed O lacp mode active passive Specifies the operational mode of LACP negotiation active Negotiation of LACP is started from the device Also since the active mode can receive LACP packets a connection between two LACP active mode enabled switches is possible passive The device will be in the passive mode of the LACP protocol The switch responds to LACP packets but will not start negotiation This parameter can be specified only when lacp is specified as the protocol parameter When this parameter is omitted active is assumed O load balance dst mac src mac dst src mac vlan ip hash Specifies the frame distribution method for each port in the aggregation group dst mac Determines the forwarding destination port based on the destination MAC address of the frames src mac Determines the forwarding destination port based on the source MAC address
370. right C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 4 IGMP Querier In a typical network configuration the multicast router periodically sends out an IGMP General Query message to determine if any of the hosts on the network are members of any multicast groups Receiving a response from a host ascertains its membership in a multicast group IGMP Querier is a function that acts as a proxy for a multicast router when one is not available in a network segment to send an IGMP General Query message to all hosts The frequency of Query messages issued is configured using the ip snooping vlan send query count command The frequency of the General Query messages sent query interval are automatically calculated by the following equation based on the send query count and the group membership interval Query interval Group membership interval 10 send query count seconds The default setting for the Query interval is 125 seconds IGMP General Query MAC 0100 5 01 0001 Destination IP 224 0 0 1 Group IP 0 0 0 0 IGMP Querier Upon reception of an IGMP Leave message the device sends an IGMP Specific Query GSQ message to determine that the host is interested in leaving the group If an IGMP Specific Query message is sent as many times as specified by the send query count and the host does not respond with an IGMP Report message that host is removed O Note O Generally IGMP Querier uses
371. router command 192 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 2 Can t set mrouter on a port which belongs to an aggregation port Explanation A port belonging to a link aggregation group cannot be specified as an mrouter port Solution x Review the specified port number and reissue the command When registering an aggregation group specify agg port Multicast router port 1 could not be deleted Explanation The specified port is not set to be an multicast router port Inserted string 1 Specified port number Solution Review multicast router information and execute the command again Example Set aggregation group 1 as a multicast router port xg config ip snooping vlan 2 mrouter agg port 1 5 15 6 ip snooping vlan group member interval Function Sets a valid time interval in seconds for the IP multicast group which was registered for IGMP snooping The registered IP multicast group is deleted if an IGMP Report message is not received within the valid time Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt group member interval lt 60 600 gt no ip snooping vlan lt 1 4094 gt group member interval Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Specifies a VLAN to change group member interval lt 60 600 gt Specifies the valid time period in seconds
372. rprise specific traps that are specific to the device report the following information OID becomes 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 108 in case of XG2000C 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 109 in case of XG2000Ck and 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 110 in case of XG2000R Field OD Object name Trap OID 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 107 2 0 message number xg2000 Variable list 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 107 2 10 1 xg2000TrapLevel 1 3 6 1 4 1 211 1 127 61 107 2 10 2 xg2000TrapMessage xg2000 differs from one event to another xg2000TrapLevel indicates the severity of an event The severities are defined as Severity Value Critical 0 Error 1 Warning 2 Info 3 xg2000TrapMessage indicates a message that relates to an event The messages are the same as those for the event logs 301 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Appendix C List of MIBs This appendix lists the MIBs supported by the device For a definition of each object refer to RFC O MIB II system group RFC3418 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 system 1 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 sysDescr DisplayString system 1 2 sysObjectlD OBJECT IDENTIFIER system 2 3 sysUpTime TimeTicks system 3 4 sysContact DisplayString s
373. rt d Explanation Ports within a link aggregation group cannot be specified as monitored and domino ports Inserted string 1 port number specified to monitored port or domino port Solution Review the ports specified as monitored and domino ports Cannot set same port number in monitored port and domino port port 1 Explanation The same port number cannot be set to a monitored port and a domino port Inserted string 1 port number Solution Review the parameter specified for the monitored port or domino port Cannot set same aggregation port number in monitored agg port and domino agg port agg port 1 Explanation The same aggregation group number cannot be set to a monitored port and a domino agg port Inserted string 1 aggregation group number Solution Review the parameters specified for the monitored port or domino agg port Cannot set same port number in domino port port 1 Explanation The same port number cannot be set as the domino port Inserted string 1 port number Solution Review the parameter specified for the domino port Cannot set same aggregation port number in domino agg port agg port 1 Explanation The same aggregation group number cannot be set as the domino agg port Inserted string 1 aggregation group number Solution Review the parameter specified for the domino agg port Example Monitor the link state of aggregation group 1 and set ports 4 and 5 to receive link state notification
374. rt 1 3 5 7 xg config if t Switch to the interface edit mode using aggregation group number 1 xg config interface agg port 1 xg config agg When configuring an aggregation group the prompt is displayed as config agg 147 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 6 description Function Describes the port information Use the no form to delete the port description Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax description DESCRIPTION no description Parameter o description_DESCRIPTION Describes the port information using ASCII characters The description can be up to 64 alphanumeric characters in length No need to enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a blank space Command type Configuration command Default None Message Port description length is max over Note Explanation The port description length exceeded 64 characters Solution Specify a port description consisting of up to 64 alphanumeric characters Port descriptions are not checked for duplication Example Describes port 3 as port_name3 xg config interface port 3 xg config if description port name3 148 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 7 flowcontrol Function Configures PAUSE flow control Use the no f
375. rt in a shutdown state xg config spanning tree portfast errdisable timeout 169 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 13 spanning tree portfast bpdu filter Function Enable the BPDU filter for a portfast enabled port If BPDU filtering in enabled the port does not send or receive a BPDU Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax spanning tree portfast bpdu filter no spanning tree portfast bpdu filter Parameter O portfast bpdu filter Enables the BPDU filter for the port specified Command type Configuration command Default None Note O This function is only valid for portfast enabled ports Example Enable BPDU filtering for port 2 xg config interface port 2 xg config if spanning tree portfast xg config if spanning tree portfast bpdu filter 170 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 Virtual LAN VLAN Setup Commands This section explains the configuration commands related to Virtual LANs VLAN 5 12 1 show vlan Function Displays information about available VLANs and their member ports Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O vlan lt 1 4094 gt Display specified VLAN and its total VLAN description When p
376. rt number P3217 IGMP snooping has deleted multicast group address of mrouter group 1 INFO vlan 2 agg port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping deleted a multicast group MAC address from a multicast router port O Inserted string 1 Deleted IP group address O Inserted string 2 Deleted VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Aggregation group number assigned to the deleted multicast router P3218 IGMP snooping has deleted multicast group address of mrouter group 1 INFO vlan 2 port 3 Explanation IGMP snooping deleted a multicast group MAC address from a multicast router port O Inserted string 1 Deleted IP group address O Inserted string 2 Deleted VLAN ID O Inserted string 3 Port number assigned to the deleted multicast router P3219 Cannot register group address more than 1 per system by IGMP snooping vlan 2 WARNING Explanation Since the number of group addresses that can be registered using IGMP Snooping reached the upper limit no more group addresses can be registered Inserted string 1 The maximum number of groups that can be registered for the entire switch O Inserted string 2 Failed VLAN registration Solution Review the registered multicast group addresses using the show bridge mac address table command to delete unnecessary multicast addresses 291 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 2 5 clim Basic CLI Co
377. rt source IP addressing and filtering IGMP snooping and the uplink filter function cannot be used at the same time The XG2000 series floods IGMP Report messages When IGMP v1 v2 is used it is necessary to connect a device such as a L3 switch that supports IGMP snooping between the XG2000 series and the IGMP hosts in order to avoid flooding it is necessary to set forward unregistered mac or filter unregistered mac when IGMP snooping is used Multicast Server Multicast Server Transfer only to the required ports Flooding to all ports Layer 2 Switch Layer 2 Switch IGMP Snooping 47 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 1 Registering Group Members On receiving an IGMP Report message the device registers a multicast MAC address with the MAC address table for the port that received the IGMP Report message and the connecting multicast router port e Multicast Router MAC address 0100 0501 0203 IGMP Report MAC 0100 5 01 0203 Destination IP 239 1 2 3 Group IP 2391423 T Registering Group Members The following figure shows the relationship between the registered IP multicast address and the multicast MAC address MAC addresses that are registered with IGMP snooping are between 0100 5E00 0000 and 0100 5E7F FFFF An IP multicast address is 32 bits The first 4 bits are
378. rtfast function and BPDU guard function for port 2 xg config interface port 2 xg config if spanning tree portfast xg config if spanning tree portfast bpdu guard 5 11 12 spanning tree portfast errdisable timeout Function Starts the timer that automatically releases a port from a shutdown state This function is only valid for ports in wherein the portfast function and the BPDU guard function is enabled This command is also used to specify a timer value Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax spanning tree portfast errdisable timeout interval lt 10 1000000 gt no spanning tree portfast errdisable timeout Parameter O errdisable timeout Enables the timer to release the port automatically from the shutdown status using the BPDU card O interval lt 10 1000000 gt Specifies the timeout value that automatically releases the port from a shutdown state The value must be within the range of 10 to 1000000 seconds If this parameter is omitted the value is set to 300 seconds Command type Configuration command Default None Note O Use this function only for ports connected to as an edge switch or for ports directly connected to a terminal node If this function is applied to other ports an unrecoverable loop condition will occur thereby affecting the switch and network operations Example Enable the automatic release timer for the po
379. rward all Forward unregistered mac Filter unregistered mac Port Security Shutdown Restrict Disabled Storm Control Enabled Disabled Default Qos Priority lt 0 7 gt Qos Egress Scheduling Strict DRR DRR Strict Qos Bandwidth Output Priority 0 lt 0 10000 gt Output Priority 1 lt 0 10000 gt Output Priority 2 lt 0 10000 gt Output Priority 3 lt 0 10000 gt Ingress Bandwidth lt 40 10000 gt total lt 400 100000 gt Vlan Information Port Default Vlan ID lt 1 4094 gt Vlan Member tagged frame None Vlan 1 Vlan 2 Vlan Member untagged frame None Vlan 1 Vlan 2 User Vlan Protocol ID lt 0x05DD OXFFFF gt Filter Information Ingress Filter no vlan member Disabled Enabled Ingress Filter tagged frame Disabled Enabled Ingress Filter untagged frame Disabled Enabled The configuration and status of each switch port will be displayed port 1 The number of the switch port for the following information is displayed In the case of an aggregation group the aggregation group number such as agg port 1 is displayed Generic Information O Description Port description is displayed MAC Address The MAC address of the port is displayed O Link State Link up Shows the port is in a link down state Link down Shows the port is in a link up state 142 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide
380. ry file may remain on the device Solution After deleting the files processed for import and unnecessary files using the delete command execute the command again Note When copied in the volatile memory the information will be lost when the system is restarted If uploading is necessary restart the system after storing the data in the TFTP server using the tftp command If there are no files in the TFTP server or directories are specified an error may occur it depends on the functionality of the TFTP server If timeout setting of the TFTP server is too short an error may occur it depends on the functionality of the TFTP server scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key A temporary file which form is show_ number is created when scp is specified lt may remain on the device when the command is not executed correctly In this case use delete command to delete the temporary file Example Copy the content of running config to the file name run_conf Then upload the copied run_conf file with the file name run_conf_20070122 in the TFTP server called host1 xg show running config gt run conf xg tftp put hostl run conf run conf 20070122 Copy the content of running config directly to a file in the TFTP server host1 xg show running config
381. ry of the device Prompt xg Command syntax delete FILE NAMES Parameter O FILE NAMES Specifies the name of the file to delete in the volatile memory Specify a generic designation with asterisk for the file name and files whose part corresponds to the file name of arbitrary strings will be deleted Command type Operation management commands Message cannot remove 1 No such file or directory Explanation The specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check whether the specified file name is correct Example Delete a file with the file name run_conf_20070122 xg delete run conf 20070122 Specify a generic target for deletion with run_conf_ All files whose file name starts with run_conf_ will be deleted xg delete run _conf_ Specify to delete all user files in the volatile memory xg delete 111 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 9 rename Function Changes the file names in volatile memory Prompt xg Command syntax rename FROM NAME TO NAME Parameter O FROM NAME Specifies the file name to change O TO NAME Specifies the new file name Point Follow the rules below in specifying file names File names must start with alphabet a z A Z Characters usable for file names are alphabet a
382. s 1 to 3 and enable VLAN ingress filtering xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if ingress filter no vlan member frame 177 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 12 9 ingress filter tagged frame Function Specifies that designated port VLAN tagged frames will be discarded Use the no form to disable frame discarding Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax ingress filter tagged frame no ingress filter tagged frame Parameter O tagged frame Discards VLAN tagged frames when they are received Command type Configuration command Default None Note If the user VPID is specified by the user vlan protocol id a tag having the same tag ID as the user VPID is considered to be the VLAN tag If both ingress filter tagged frame and ingress filter untagged frame are specified all frames received at this switch port are discarded Example Enter the interface edit mode for ports 1 to 3 and specify to discard VLAN tagged frames xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if ingress filter tagged frame 5 12 10 ingress filter untagged frame Function Specifies that designated port VLAN untagged frames will be discarded Use the no form to disable frame discarding Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax ingress filter untagged frame no ingress filt
383. s S Displays the receive frame rate in fps using an 8 digit right justified value Tx Frame Counts Displays the number of accumulated transmission frames after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value Rx Frame Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive frames after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value 209 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Rx Bcast Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive broadcast frames after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx Mcast Counts Displays the number of accumulated receive multicast frames after execution of this command using a 10 digit right justified value O Port Description Displays port descriptions If the port is not described it will not display anything Up to 36 characters can be displayed Output form if total is specified xg monitor traffic counts total Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Port Link State Tx Frames Rx Frames Rx Bcast Rx Mcast STP State Counts Counts Counts Counts 1 Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 2 Down 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 5 Up Forward 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 6 Up Forward 1234567890K 12345678
384. s are called Stacked VLAN Nested VLAN VLAN tunneling and 802 1Q in 802 1Q Q in Q Information For the frame format see the TPID Tag Protocol Identifier in Tag VLAN Frame Format O For the multiple tag VLAN setup example and the frame flow see Multiple VLAN Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax user vlan protocol id lt 0x05DD OxFFFF gt no user vlan protocol id Parameter O user vlan protocol id lt Ox05DD OxFFFF gt Specify the VPID or TPID using a hexadecimal integer beginning with 0x It can be an integer in the range of 0x05DD to OxFFFF Command type Configuration command Default 0x8100 Example Enter the interface edit mode for ports 1 to 3 and set the VPID or TPID to 0x2000 xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if user vlan protocol id 0x2000 5 12 8 ingress filter no vlan member frame Function Enables VLAN ingress filtering If the VLAN ingress filter is enabled frames from non member ports of a VLAN are discarded Use the no form to disable the ingress filtering Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax ingress filter no vlan member frame no ingress filter no vlan member frame Parameter O no vian member frame Discards frames from non member ports of a VLAN Command type Configuration command Default None Example Enter the Edit Interface mode for switch port
385. s can be displayed 224 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 12 show statistics framesize traffic counts Function Displays traffic statistics for each port in different frame size groups Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics framesize traffic counts Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics framesize traffic counts Framesize Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 19 44 11 No 1 Port tL Link State STP State Up Forward FrameSize 0 64 805 FrameSize 65 127 0 FrameSize 128 255 0 FrameSize 256 511 0 FrameSize 512 1023 0 FrameSize 1024 1518 0 Port Description port_namel No 2 No Displays statistics for each port Port Displays the port numbers O Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States FrameSize 0 64 Displays the accumulated number of 64 byte frames sent or received at each port after the system startup O FrameSize 65 127 Displays the accumulated number
386. s of port 11 and 12 xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to interface edit mode to assign downlink ports interface port range 1 3 In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 through 3 xg config if downlink allowed uplink domain 1 Register each port as a downlink member of the uplink domain xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show uplink View the state of the uplink Note Multicast broadcast and unlearned unicast frames are filtered by the uplink filter But both statically and dynamically learned unicast frames forwarded to a specified port are not filtered O An uplink port is not allowed to be a member of a link aggregation group STP must be disabled on uplink ports O The IGMP snooping and uplink filter features cannot be used at the same time 38 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 6 Spanning Tree Protocol STP The Spanning Tree Protocol STP is a function that prevents loops from occurring on a network lt is also possible to provide network redundancy by intentionally creating a loop STP exclusively uses only one active path between network devices and shuts out other paths to avoid network loops An active path is selected by comparing path costs defined on each path After the comparison the lowest cost
387. s representative S7491 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause dump switch was pressed Explanation As the Dump switch was pressed the system dump was saved Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales representative 294 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide S7492 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause machine check occurred memory or bus data error Explanation A machine check error occurred and a system dump saved Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales representative 7493 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause machine check occurred bus timeout Explanation A machine check error occurred and a system dump saved Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command then take note of the message content before contacting the sales representative 7494 CRITICAL A system dump has been saved Cause machine check occurred memory or bus data error bus timeout Explanation A machine check error occurred and a system dump saved Solution Obtain maintenance information using the tftp put maintenan
388. ser s Guide O Static unicast address By registering a unicast MAC address with the MAC address table unicast frames are forwarded toa specified port Static unicast addresses are not subject to MAC address removal controlled by the aging function To register change or delete a static unicast address carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config bridge mac address table Register a static unicast address and destination port with the static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt MAC address table or remove them from it port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt xg config no bridge mac address table static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode O Static multicast address By registering a multicast MAC address with the MAC address table a specific multicast frame will be forwarded to a designated port To register change or delete a multicast address carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config bridge mac address table Register or remove a stalie multicast address table and static MAC vlan lt 1 4094 gt destination port port lt 1 20 gt lt 1 20 gt For a multicast MAC address multiple ports can be specified agg port lt 1 10 gt lt 1 10 gt gt 1 xg
389. served Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide A 2 11 snmp SNMP Control 8500 8599 S8500 INFO SNMP authentication failure Explanation The device denied an SNMP request from a SNMP manager Solution Review the SNMP permission from the SNMP manager using the snmp access command 8501 INFO RMON alarmby rising threshold index 1 OID 2 sample 3 value 4 rising threshold 5 Explanation The current sampled value was greater than the upper threshold defined by the rmon alarm command A SNMP trap for the corresponding RMON event was generated O Inserted string 1 RMON alarm index O Inserted string 2 OID of MIB object to be monitored O Inserted string 3 Method of determining threshold 1 An absolute value is used when determining threshold absolute 2 The difference between the previous and current values is used when determining threshold delta O Inserted string 4 Value of MIB object to be monitored O Inserted string 5 Upper threshold of MIB object to be monitored 8502 INFO RMON alarm by falling threshold index 1 OID 2 sample 3 value 4 falling threshold 5 Explanation The current sampled value was less than the lower threshold defined by the rmon alarm command and a SNMP trap for the corresponding RMON event was generated O Inserted string 1 RMON alarm index e Inserted string 2 OID of MIB object to be monitored O Inserted
390. sion vi v2c No 2 Host 192 168 41 29 Community public Version vl v2c SNMP Manager Information Displays the current settings of the SNMP manager No 1 Indicates the number of the SNMP manager displayed A maximum of four may be defined Host Displays the host name or the IP address of the SNMP manager Community Displays the community name of the SNMP manager SNMP Trap Manager Information Displays the destination SNMP trap being set from the system No 1 Indicates the number of the SNMP trap item displayed Host Displays the host name or the IP address of the SNMP manager for trap notification Community Displays the community name of the SNMP manager for trap notification Version Displays the SNMP protocol version to be used for trap notification as follows vi The SNMP v1 protocol is used for trap notification v2c The SNMP v2c protocol is used for trap notification 233 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 17 2 snmp server location Function Sets the installation location for the device Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config Command syntax snmp server location SYSTEM LOCATION no snmp server location Parameter O SYSTEM LOCATION Specifies the installation location of the device The location name can be up to 255 alphanumeric characters No need to enclose a p
391. so 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 dot1dBridge 17 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 dotidBase NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dBridge 1 2 dot1dBaseBridgeAddress MacAddress dot1dBase 1 3 dot1dBaseNumPorts INTEGER dot1dBase 2 4 dot1idBaseType INTEGER dot1dBase 3 5 dot1dBasePortTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dBase 4 6 dotidBasePortEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dBasaPortTable 1 7 dot1dBasePort INTEGER dot1dBasePortEntry 1 8 dot1dBasePortlflndex INTEGER dot1dBasePortEntry 2 9 dot1dBasePortCircuit OBJECT IDENTIFIER dot1dBasePortEntry 3 10 dot1dBasePortDelayExceededDiscards Counter32 dot1dBasePortEntry 4 11 dot1dBasePortMtuExceededDiscards Counter32 dot1dBasePortEntry 5 12 dot1dStp NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dBridge 2 13 dot1dStpProtocolSpecification INTEGER dot1dStp 1 14 dot1dStpPriority INTEGER dot1dStp 2 15 dot1dStpTimeSince TopologyChange TimeTicks dot1dStp 3 16 dot1dStpTopChanges Counter dot1dStp 4 17 dot1dStpDesignatedRoot BridgelD dot1dStp 5 18 dot1dStpRootCost INTEGER dot1dStp 6 19 dot1dStpRootPort INTEGER dot1dStp 7 20 dot1dStpMaxAge Timeout dot1dStp 8 21 dot1dStpHelloTime Timeout dot1dStp 9 22 dotidStpHoldTime INTEGER dot1dStp 10 23 dot1dStpForwardDelay Timeout dot1dStp 11 24 dot1dStpBridgeMaxAge Timeout dot1dStp 12 25 dot1dStpBridgeHelloTime Timeout dot1dStp 13 26 dot1dStpBridgeForwardDelay Timeout dot1dStp 14 27 dot1dStpPortTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dStp 15 28 dot1dS
392. ss learning is enabled Disabled Dynamic MAC address learning is disabled O Multicast Forwarding Forward all All multicast frames will be forwarded flooded Forward unregistered mac Multicast addresses yet to be registered in the static MAC address table and multicast addresses registered will be forwarded flooded Filter unregistered mac Only Multicast addresses registered in the static MAC address table will be forwarded O Port Security Shutdown When a violating frame is detected the port enters a violation state and goes link down Restrict When a violating frame is detected the port enters a violation state and the violating frame is discarded Disabled Port security is disabled O Storm Control Enabled Broadcast storm control is enabled Disabled Broadcast storm control is disabled Default Qos Priority The QoS priority lt 0 7 gt is displayed Qos Egress Scheduling Strict Forwarding is scheduled using strict priority DRR Forwarding is scheduled using round robin DRR Strict Forwarding is scheduled using both strict priority and round robin Qos Bandwidth Bandwidth for each output queue priority is displayed Ingress Bandwidth The ingress rate limiting value of the port is displayed in Mbps For an aggregation group the ingress rate limiting value total total lt 240 60000 gt is displayed 143 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG
393. sses can be registered on the entire system Therefore if IGMP snooping is used by multiple VLANs care must be taken not to exceed the limit number of multicast MAC addresses O Sets the maximum number of multicast groups not to exceed the number of multicast groups that Is registered currently Example Set the number of groups that can be registered for IGMP snooping on VLAN 2 and 3 to 30 xg config interface vlan 2 3 xg config vlan ip snooping max group 30 199 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 13 ip snooping mrouter Function Automatically learns the IGMP query message receiving port as a multicast router port This command can statically set multicast router ports Also it can change the automatic learning mode of multicast router ports Set multicast router ports statically to register more than one multicast router port Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping mrouter port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt no ip snooping mrouter port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt ip snooping mrouter suppress learning no ip snooping mrouter suppress learning Parameter O mrouter port lt 1 20 gt Specifies a port number to be set statically as the multicast router port O mrouter agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies an aggregation group number to be set statically
394. stead of IP address changing the DNS server s IP address at a remote host will not be enabled It is necessary to restart the device after DNS server s IP address has been changed 252 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 4 save maintenance Function Stores the current internal system status in non volatile memory Prompt xg Command syntax save maintenance Command type Operation management command Message Cannot execute simultaneously Explanation save maintenance is executed while it is being executed in other console Solution Do not execute save maintenance while it is being executed in other console Note O Upto 5 maintenance information is saved and the oldest maintenance information is overwritten when exceeded The detail of 5 maintenance information is following system dump 1 process dump 1 system state 1 5 20 5 show maintenance Function Displays the maintenance information Prompt xgH Command syntax show maintenance Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg show maintenance Maintenance Information 2007 01 22 20 58 17 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system dump 2007 01 22 18 21 23 2 system dump dump switch 2007 01 22 19 57 58 3 system dump machine check 2007 01 22 19 58 14 NO Displays the maintenance information
395. sword using 16 or less characters Note This command password command for Global configuration mode is executable only when the user can access both operator and administrator class see account command for the details Specify a password with a length in the range of 5 to 16 characters Make a note of the changed password and retain it Refer to Section 7 1 3 Restoring Factory Defaults for recovery of lost or forgotten passwords Login password information is not included in the configuration information Therefore even when the configuration information is downloaded to another device the password information will not be displayed or transferred Example Change the login password of the user that username is operator xg password operatorl Changing password for operatorl Enter the new password minimum of 5 maximum of 16 characters Please use a combination of upper and lower case letters and numbers Enter new password Re enter new password Password changed 80 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 13 reset Function Restarts the device Prompt xgH Command syntax reset factory default Parameter O factory default When this parameter is specified the contents of startup config log and login password will be returned to the factory default Command type Operation management commands Note When the system
396. t Explanation A port with link aggregation membership cannot be specified and deleted Solution Specify an aggregation group and delete the MAC addresses Example Delete all dynamically learned MAC addresses xg clear bridge mac address table dynamic all 120 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 2 show bridge Function Displays the basic function configuration of the switch Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show bridge Command type Operation management commands Output form xg show bridge Switch Basic Information 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Aging Time Disabled lt 10 1756 gt sec Cut through Switching Disabled Enabled Jumbo Frame Support Disabled Enabled Max Frame Size 9216 byte Independent vlan learning Disabled Enabled DiffServ Tos Disabled Enabled O Aging Time Displays the ageing time of the MAC address entries Disabled Aging is disabled lt 10 1756 gt sec Aging time the time until a dynamically learned MAC address expires is displayed O Cut through Switching The switching state is displayed Disabled The switching method is store and forward Enabled The switching method is cut through Jumbo Frame Support The jumbo frame support state is displayed Disabled Jumbo frames are not forwarded Enabled Max Frame Size Displays the maximum si
397. t xg Command syntax update system local FILE NAME update system tftp scp USERNAME HOST REMOTE FILE Parameter O local FILE NAME Specifies the firmware image file that was downloaded from the TFTP server to non volatile memory in the device tftp Directly updates the firmware from the firmware image file stored on the TFTP server scp USERNAME Specifies the username of the SSH server HOST Specify the host name or the IP address of the TFTP server or SSH server The IP address must be within the range of 1 0 0 1 to 126 255 255 254 128 0 0 1 to 191 255 255 254 or 192 0 0 1 to 223 255 255 254 O REMOTE FILE Specifies the firmware image file residing on the TFTP server or SSH server Command type Operation management command Message File not found Explanation The specified file was not found Solution Check the file name for an error Reading the file failed Explanation The specified file could not be read Solution Check that the file is read enabled Checksum error 1 in the file Explanation A data error was detected in the specified file Inserted string 1 Firmware configuration module Solution Check the file for an error in its contents If the file contents are OK an error may have occurred during file transmission Transfer the file again Checksum error whole file Explanation A data error a checksum error of the entire file was detected Solution Check the file for an error
398. t Banner XG2000 El0L10 Z01 Startup Time 2007 01 22 19 28 24 Startup config Modified 2007 01 22 19 54 01 lt Last updated date and time 4 To enable the downloaded startup config reboot the device using the reset command xg reset Do you restart system y n lt A confirmation message is displayed 271 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 3 Updating Firmware The device can hold two versions of firmware If a firmware update is performed the inactive firmware will be updated The device automatically uses the new firmware updated version during reboot after the firmware update If the switch fails to start the new firmware it automatically uses the old version the one that was not updated If problems occur with the new version the old version can be manually selected First prepare and update the firmware O Preparing the remote Server as listed in Preparing the remote Server in Uploading Downloading a Configuration File O Updating Firmware Then select the firmware to use O Selecting Firmware 6 3 1 Updating Firmware This section describes the procedure involved when updating firmware using a remote server 1 After logging into the device use the enable command to switch to administrator EXEC mode xg gt enable 2 Using the update system command perform a firmware update
399. t Link State Tx Frame Rx Frame Tx Frame Rx Frame Rx Bcast STP State Counts S Counts S Counts Counts Counts T Up Discard 12345678K 12345678K 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 2 Down 0 0 0 0 0 3 Up Discard 923 923 1234567890K 1234567890K 1234567890K 4 Up Learn 999123 999123 1234567890M 256M 256M 5 Up Forward 999 999 1234567890G 256G 256G 6 Up Forward 999999 999999 1234567890T 256T 256T S eesepesssesssesecesaassaseeccesesasssassateasssaseeseseeesassssseseesessesisss ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right continues Traffic Statistics Current Frame Counts 2007 01 22 12 12 15 Rx Mcast Counts 1234567890K port _namel O port _name2 1234567890K port _name3 256M port_name4 port_name5 ESC exit U page up F refresh D page down L page left R page right Port Displays the port numbers Statistics for each port are displayed on one line Link State STP State Displays the port state in the Link State or STP State format The Link State may indicate one of the following link states Down The port link is down Up The port link is up The STP State displays the current port status based on the STP Spanning Tree Protocol Note that the STP State is not displayed if the Link State is down For port status details see Spanning Tree Protocol Port States Tx Frame Counts S Displays the transmission frame rate in fps using an 8 digit right justified value Rx Frame Count
400. tatistics lt Displayed after aborting the process pressing Ctrl C 5 packets transmitted 5 received 0 loss time 4041ms rtt min avg max mdev 0 549 0 619 0 724 0 060 ms Output form when the host to check is in trouble xg ping blue PING blue 192 168 1 3 from 192 168 1 2 56 84 bytes of data lt There is no response 292 packets transmitted 0 received 100 loss time 293516ms lt Displayed after aborting the process pressing Ctrl C Message ping unknown host 1 Explanation The specified hostname is incorrect Inserted string 1 specified hostname Solution Review the hostname and execute the command again 86 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 20 enable password Function Sets the password for the enable command Use the no form to disable the password protection Prompt xg config Command syntax enable password no enable password Parameter O password Specifies the password to associate with the enable command After executing the command entry of a password will be prompted Enter twice for confirmation Specify a password with a length in the range of 5 to 16 characters Command type Configuration command Default None Note O The password will be encrypted and reflected in running config O The password will not be displayed by any means after executing the command M
401. tatus of power supply 0 PWR 1 Displays the operational status of power supply 1 O Voltage Displays the supply voltage status If all the voltages are normal no information is displayed VDP Displays the VDP voltage status VDE Displays the VDE voltage status VDR Displays the VDR voltage status VDD Displays the VDD voltage status VDN Displays the VDN voltage status 245 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Displays the 3 3V voltage status on the switch ASIC board Displays the 12V voltage status on the switch ASIC board of of of of rear fan 0 rear fan 1 the fan mounted in power supply 0 the fan mounted in power supply 1 1 5V Displays the 1 5V voltage status on the CPU board 33V Displays the 3 3V voltage status on the CPU board 12V Displays the 12V voltage status on the CPU board 33V 12V O Fan Displays the fan operational status Rear Fan 0 Displays the operational status Rear Fan 1 Displays the operational status PWR 0 Fan Displays the operational status PWR 1 Fan Displays the operational status O xFP Displays the XFP status for each port port xx yy zz Displays the XFP status of port xx The vender name yy and PHY type zz are also displayed The number of displayed ports is depend on the device 20 ports are displayed for XG2000 and XG2000R and 4 ports for XG2000C and XG2000CR
402. ted date and time file Compare the file size of the maintenance information displayed on the screen to the size of the file stored on the SSH server xg save maintenance xgH show maintenance Maintenance Information 2008 06 30 20 58 17 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system dump 2008 06 30 18 21 23 2 system dump dump switch 2008 06 30 20 57 58 3 system dump machine check 2008 06 30 20 58 14 xg scp put maintenance foo host2 ssh host2 s password Total file size 480711 bytes 257 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 8 clear maintenance Function Clears the maintenance information from non volatile memory on the device Prompt xg Command syntax clear maintenance Command type Operation management command Note O Issue the clear maintenance command only after checking for a successful file transfer to the remote server using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command Example Clear the maintenance information from non volatile memory xg clear maintenance 258 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 20 9 update system Function Updates the firmware on the device The device stores two firmware images This command updates the standby firmware The updated firmware is made valid after the next system startup Promp
403. tem is restarted Solution To make the settings valid issue the copy running config startup config command first Then issue the reset command to restart the system Example Use the 32 bit path cost xg config spanning tree path cost default 32bit 167 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 10 spanning tree portfast Function The portfast function reduces the transition time required to transition to a Forwarding state When the function is enabled the port state is directly changed from Discarding to Forwarding and does not transition to a Listening or Learning state This function can only be used with an edge port that is directly connected to a terminal node Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax spanning tree portfast no spanning tree portfast Parameter O portfast Enables the portfast function Command type Configuration command Default None Message port 1 is membership of uplink domain 2 Explanation The specified port already belongs to an uplink domain Inserted string 1 specified port number Inserted stringl1 2 uplink domain number Solution Specify a port not belonging to an uplink domain or remove the port from its uplink domain Note O Use this function only for ports connected as an edge switch or for a port directl
404. tenance information Using the tftp put maintenance or scp put maintenance command forward the maintenance information to an external remote server Contact the sales representative 274 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 6 4 2 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when an endless System Loop Occurred This section describes the procedures for extracting maintenance information when an endless system loop occurs O A system loop occurred If a CLI command entry is not accepted for an extended period of time a system loop may exist O Press the dump switch on the device s front panel The maintenance information is automatically saved when the dump switch is pressed and then the system restarts O Reporting system logs on dump outputs Reporting traps After the system retorts a system log is issued to indicate that a forced system dump was generated Configuring an SNMP trap in advance causes a trap indicating the occurrence of a system failure to be reported to a system administrator Use previously edited bullet O Viewing maintenance information history Using the show maintenance command check that the maintenance information was saved xg show maintenance Maintenance Information 2007 01 22 15 55 20 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system dump Dump switch 2007 01 22 18 21 23 The maintenance information that was sa
405. ter the startup of this command using a 10 digit right justified value Output form if total is specified xg monitor qos priority traffic bytes total VLAN Traffic Statistics Total Frame Bytes 2007 01 22 12 12 15 VID Rx Frame Rx NonUcast Bytes Bytes 1 1234567890 1234567890 10 0 0 20 1234567890K 1234567889K 30 25690M 25690M 40 25690G 25690G 4094 0 0 ESC exit F refresh U page up D page down L page left R page right The bytes displayed in the Bytes column are the ones accumulated after the system startup Other values are the same as those displayed if the current option were specified 217 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 7 monitor vlan traffic counts Function Displays the received frame count of each VLAN Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax monitor vlan traffic counts current total interval lt 3 60 gt Parameter O current total Specifies the statistics to be displayed current Displays the accumulated number of frames for each VLAN received after startup of this command total Displays the accumulated number of frames for each VLAN received after the system startup O interval lt 3 60 gt Specifies the update interval in seconds The default interval is 3 seconds Command type Operation management command Output form if current is specified xg
406. terface ip 192 168 1 10 24 default gw 192 168 1 150 xg config management interface dns server 192 168 1 150 O Characters that can be entered Any letter A Z a z and digit 0 9 Space ASCII code 0x20 Symbols 55 0 oam 6Oh5 55 5461 874547 1 gt Command and option separators are recognized as one or more space characters ASCII code 0x20 Enclose a parameter in quotes if it contains a blank space The commands are not case sensitive Note that some entries password etc are case sensitive 2 2 2 Context Sensitive Help Entering a question mark at the command prompt displays a list of commands available for each command mode A list of command s associated with the keywords and parameters will be displayed O A list of commands that are available in the current mode Entering a question mark at the system prompt displays a list of commands and brief descriptions available for the current command mode xg Exec commands boot system Change firmware to boot clear Reset functions configure Enter configuration mode copy Copy from one file to another date Manage the system date and time delete Delete files on current system dir List files on current system The rest is omitted xgt _ O Word help Entering a question mark in the middle of a command name will list the possible command options required to complete the command The
407. tes the severity of the message CRITICAL Critical level The system failed to continue its operation Follow the instructions given by the message ERROR Error level A portion of the system functions have failed although the system can continue operation Follow the instructions given by the message WARNING Warning level There is no problem with the system operations although an error or a warning event was detected Check the message information and determine the actions necessary to take INFO Informational level This is an informational message displaying a system status change No response is necessary O MessagelD Displays the message ID in the S message number or P message number format S Indicates that the message is an SNMP trap notification P Indicates that the message is not an SNMP trap notification 251 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Message number Displays a unique number for message identification Read this message number to locate the message and take necessary actions Message text Displays the message text Example Display 10 entries of the latest INFO log xg show log info latest 10 5 20 3 log send Function Transfers the system log from the device to a remote host Prompt xg config Command syntax log send HOST info warning error critical udp tcp 1 no
408. the IP address in the correct format and reissue the command Example Enable an IGMP querier on VLAN 1 and set the query transmission source IP address to 192 168 1 200 xg config ip snooping vlan 1 querier ip 192 168 1 200 197 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 15 11 ip snoop Function Enables IGMP snooping for specified VLANs This command is enabled after enabling global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config vlan Command syntax ip snooping no ip snooping Command type Configuration command Default Enabled for the default VLAN Disabled for all VLANs other than the default VLAN Message Global IGMP snooping is not enabled Explanation Global IGMP snooping on the device is disabled Solution Enable global IGMP snooping using the ip snooping protocol command first then execute the command again More than 128 total max group per system Explanation The registered number of multicast addresses allowed on the entire system exceeded the limit 128 addresses Solution Reduce the maximum number of VLANs using a command such as ip snooping vlan max group or disable the IGMP snooping function for other VLANs Example Enable IGMP snooping of VLAN 2 and 3 xg config interface vlan 2 3 xg config vlan ip snoopin
409. the results to a file in volatile memory To display traffic statistics run the following commands in the operator EXEC mode or in the administrator EXEC mode E Command Task xg gt monitor traffic counts View incoming and outgoing traffic statistics number of current total interval lt 3 60 gt frames and number of bytes for each port xg gt monitor traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt xg gt show statistics traffic counts xg gt show statistics traffic bytes xg gt monitor framesize traffic counts View traffic statistics number of frames by frame size range current total interval lt 3 60 gt for each port xg gt show statistics framesize traffic counts xg gt monitor vlan traffic counts View traffic statistics number of frames and number of bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt on incoming frames for each VLAN xg gt monitor vlan traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt xg gt show statistics vlan traffic counts xg gt show statistics vlan traffic bytes xg gt monitor gos priority traffic counts View incoming traffic statistics number of frames and number current total interval lt 3 60 gt of bytes by QoS priority for each port xg gt monitor qos priority traffic bytes current total interval lt 3 60 gt xg gt show statistics qos priority traffic counts xg gt show statistics qos priority traf
410. ther the specified hostname is correct tftp server says 1 Explanation An error was received from the TFTP server Inserted string 1 content of error message received from the TFTP server The content of the message depends on the type of TFTP server For example File not found There are no files in the TFTP server Access violation File permission error occurred on the TFTP server Not allowed to overwrite existing files The file on the TFTP server cannot be overwritten Could not open requested file for reading There are no files in the TFTP server File already exists There are files on the TFTP server Unknown transfer ID Process will be aborted in time out Solution Take actions in accordance with the message received from the TFTP server tftp last timeout Explanation There is no response from the TFTP server A network communication error with the management LAN occurred or the time out setting of the TFTP server may be too short Solution Check the network connection with the TFTP server using the ping command If the problem persists review the time out setting of the TFTP server local file No such file or directory Explanation The specified file does not exist on the device Inserted string 1 specified file name Solution Check the status of the file on the device Invalid IP address Explanation The specified format of the IP address or specified content is incorrect Solut
411. this command using a 10 digit right justified value 228 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 16 show statistics vlan traffic counts Function Displays the traffic the number of frames for each VLAN after system startup Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show statistics vlan traffic counts Command type Operation management command Output form xg show statistics vlan traffic counts VLAN Traffic Statistics Total Frame Counts 2007 01 22 19 58 31 No 1 VID 40 Rx Frame Counts 0 Rx NonUcast Counts 0 No 2 No Displays statistics for each VLAN VID Displays the VID of the VLAN set for statistics collection Point Specify the VLAN for statistics collection using the vlan statistics collection command O Rx Frame Counts Displays the accumulated count of frames received at the specified VLAN after the system startup using a 10 digit right justified value O Rx NonUcast Counts Displays the accumulated count of non unicast frames received at the specified VLAN after the system startup using a 10 digit right justified value 229 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 16 17 show statistics dataflow Function Displays statistics including the transmission and reception of pause frames at each port and the data
412. this parameter is omitted the LOCAL FILE file name will be used Command type Operation management commands Message The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters lost connection Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Solution Specify the host name IP address or username No more remote host public key can be registered Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Check the access permission to the SSH server ssh connect to host 1 port 22 No route to host Explanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to th
413. tion There is no response from the TFTP server The network may have failed or too short a timeout was set on the TFTP server Solution Issue a ping command to check the network connection to the TFTP server If the error recurs change the timeout value on the TFTP server Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the correct IP address in the correct format then reissue the command Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username 16 or less characters No more remote host public key can be registered ole ole ole ole ole ole ole Explanation Specified remote host public key could not be registered Solution Delete a public key by using clear ssh rhost key command then execute the command again 260 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide scp 1 No such file or directory Explanation Specified file does not exist Inserted string 1 Specified file name Solution Specify the correct file name scp 1 Permission denied Explanation There was no access permission to the SSH server Inserted string 1
414. tpPortEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dStpPortTable 1 29 dot1dStpPort INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 1 30 dot1dStpPortPriority INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 2 31 dot1dStpPortState INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 3 32 dot1dStpPortEnable INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 4 33 dotidStpPortPathCost INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 5 34 dot1dStpPortDesignatedRoot Bridgeld dot1dStpPortEntry 6 307 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 35 dot1dStpPortDesignatedCost INTEGER dot1dStpPortEntry 7 36 dot1dStpPortDesignatedBridge Bridgeld dot1dStpPortEntry 8 37 dot1dStpPortDesignatedPort OCTET STRING dot1dStpPortEntry 9 38 dot1dStpPortForwardTransitions Counter dot1dStpPortEntry 10 39 dot1dTp NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dBridge 4 40 dot1dTpLearnedEntryDiscards Counter dot1dTp 1 41 dot1dTpAgingTime INTEGER dot1dTp 2 42 dotidTpPortTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTp 4 43 dot1dTpPortEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTpPortTable 1 44 dot1dTpPort INTEGER dot1dTpPortEntry 1 45 dot1dTpPortMaxInfo INTEGER dot1dTpPortEntry 2 46 dot1dTpPortinFrames Counter dot1dTpPortEntry 3 47 dot1dTpPortOutFrames Counter dot1dTpPortEntry 4 48 dot1dTpPortInDiscards Counter dot1dTpPortEntry 5 49 dot1dTpHCPortTable NOT ACCESSIBLE dot1dTp 5 50 dot1dTpHCPortEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE
415. ts Solution After switching the terminal session from global configuration mode to administrator EXEC mode re execute the command Example Switch from the administrator exec mode to the global configuration mode using the configure terminal command The prompt character will change to xg config xg configure terminal xg config 5 4 5 exit Function Returns to the prior command mode level The relationship between the current command mode and the command mode status after executing the exit command is as follows Current command mode _ Status after exit Operator exec mode Log out Administrator exec mode Log out Global configuration mode Administrator exec mode Interface Global configuration mode Terminal edit mode Global configuration mode Prompt xg gt xg xg config xg config if xg config agg xg config vlan xg config line Command syntax Exit Command type Operation management commands Example Switch from the global configuration mode to the administrator exec mode using the exit command The prompt character will change to xg xg config exit xgt 75 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 4 6 logout quit Function Logs out and disconnects the terminal session Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax Logout Comm
416. tting of the TFTP server is too short an error may occur during transfer scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key A temporary file which form is show_ number is created when scp is specified lt may remain on the device when the command is not executed correctly In this case use delete command to delete the temporary file Example Copy the content of running config to a file named run_conf Then upload the copied run_conf file with the file name run_conf_20070122 to the TFTP server called host1 xg show startup config gt start_conf xg tftp put hostl start _conf start_conf_20070122 Copy the content of running config directly to a file on the TFTP server host1 xg show startup config tftp hostl start conf 20070122 Copy the content of startup config directly to a file in the SSH server host2 xg show startup config scp foo host2 start conf 20080701 host2 s password 106 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 6 6 copy startup config Function Saves the configuration information stored in volatile memory to nonvolatile memory as startup config Also startup config can be loaded from a remote server using the tftp or scp command
417. ue of the TFTP server Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the correct IP address in the correct format then reissue the command Cannot find 1 Explanation An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Specify the correct host name or specify the IP address ole ole Note If the file or directory specified by REMOTE FILE does not exist on the TFTP server an error may occur it depends on the TFTP server functions If too short a timeout was set on the TFTP server an error may occur it depends on the TFTP server functions To ensure the transmission of all the maintenance information compare the file size displayed on the screen and the size of the file saved on the TFTP server 254 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Example Save the current system status data as a maintenance information file in non volatile memory then check the logged status of the maintenance information using the show maintenance command Transfer the maintenance information to the host1 TFTP server by naming it as the mainte_collected date and time file Compare the file size of the maintenance information displayed on the screen to the size of the file stored on the TFTP server xg save maintenance xg show maintenance
418. unt 0 1 22 cccceeeeneneeceeeeceeeeecaaeaeeeeeeeeeseesaaaeeeseeeseseeaaaeseeeeereesecseseeeteetteteeniaes 196 D 15 70 1D SNOOPINQ Vian que e T a las ba iin a anes 197 A A EN 198 5 15 12 1D SNOOPING MaX GTO UD 23 55 tes ese sos es aah os bras ales Meee 199 5 15 13 IP SNOOPING MIOULE Iss v3 eis os eb 200 5 15 14 ip snooping group member interval cccccccccccecececeeecneeeeeeceeeseceeaaeaeeceeeeesetecaaaeceseceseseesiaseeeeenseteenaees 201 DTO TSIP Snooping a E E AE r a stove o dee ached meee 202 5 15 16 ip snooping last member interval 2 ccccccceceeeecececeeetecnecaececeeecesecsaaaeceseeesetecnaeceseseteseessaseeeeeetteteesaaes 203 5 15 17 ip SNOOPING SENA QUELY COUNN 2 2 cccccccececeenneceeeceececeteenenaneeseeneasesanaeeeseesesateaseasecesesessssensaneeseetteseenines 204 531 53 18D SNOOPING QUEME 22 3 ss EEA A bo 205 5 16 lt Statistics Commands ida o levee teeta ri n 206 9 16 TIMORO trawhic Dyles NAAA AAA EE 207 5 16 2 monitor travhiC COUMES A a int eee dade 209 5 16 3 monitor framesize traffiC COUN S oooocciccnnnnnnnnncoconcccnnn cananea 211 5 16 4 monitor qos priority traffic DYteS oooooonniicicnnniniccnnincccnnnercccnn narrar 213 5 16 5 monitor QOS priority travfic COUNES 2 ccccccccccceesnccecececeeeetecacaececeeeeeseesaaaeceseeeeeeseseaaeaeeeeeessenesaeeeeeenteteenaees 215 5 16 6 monitor Vian traffic DyYtOS a resani tees cece ee eee rr 217 5 16 7 monitor vlan traffiC COUN S a a e r nr 218 D TO O M
419. unt for the RMON history group Interval Indicates an interval in seconds for collecting the RMON history group data Owner Displays the owner name of the RMON history group Alarm Information Displays the current RMON alarm settings O Alarm 1 Indicates a unique ID assigned to the RMON alarm O Monitored OID Indicates an OID within the MIB object to be monitored O Monitoring Interval Indicates an interval in seconds for threshold check of the MIB to be monitored O Sample Type Displays the threshold evaluation method Absolute The value obtained from the MIB is evaluated based on the absolute value Delta The difference between the value obtained from the previous MIB and the value obtained from the current MIB is evaluated 238 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide O Rising Threshold Indicates the threshold upper limit or the rising threshold O Rising Event Indicates a number for the event notification if the value obtained exceeded the threshold limit Event does not occur if the value is 0 Falling Threshold Indicates the threshold lower limit or the falling threshold Falling Event Indicates a number for the event notification if the value obtained dropped below the threshold limit Event does not occur if the value is 0 O Owner Displays the owner name of the RMON alarm group Event Information Displays the contents of the RMON event
420. unter32 snmp 26 25 snmpOutSetRequests Counter32 snmp 27 26 snmpOutGetSolutions Counter32 snmp 28 27 snmpOutTraps Counter32 snmp 29 28 snmpEnableAuthenTraps INTEGER snmp 30 29 snmpSilentDrops Counter32 snmp 31 30 snmpProxyDrops Counter32 snmp 32 O RMON MIB statistics group RFC2819 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 E mon 16 statistics 1 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 etherStats Table NOT ACCESSIBLE statistics 1 2 etherStatsEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE etherStatsTable 1 3 etherStatsIndex Integer32 etherStatsEntry 1 4 etherStatsDataSource OBJECT IDENTIFIER etherStatsEntry 2 5 etherStatsDropEvents Counter32 etherStatsEntry 3 6 etherStatsOctets Counter32 etherStatsEntry 4 7 etherStatsPkts Counter32 etherStatsEntry 5 8 etherStatsBroadcastPkts Counter32 etherStatsEntry 6 9 etherStatsMulticastPkts Counter32 etherStatsEntry 7 304 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 10 etherStatsCRCAlignErrors Counter32 etherStatsEntry 8 11 etherStatsUndersizePkts Counter32 etherStatsEntry 9 12 etherStatsOversizePkts Counter32 etherStatsEntry 10 13 etherStatsFragments Counter32 etherStatsEntry 11 14 etherStatsJabbers Counter32 etherStatsEntry 12 15 ethe
421. ve already been registered Solution Delete unnecessary SNMP trap managers then reissue the command Cannot find 1 Explanation The name cannot be resolved An incorrect host name was specified Inserted string 1 Specified host name Solution Review the host name then reissue the command by specifying the correct hostname or IP address Hostname is too long Explanation The specified host name exceeded the length limit Solution Reduce the host name length then reissue the command COMMUNITY NAME is too long Explanation The specified community name exceeded the limit length Solution Review the community name length then reissue the command COMMUNITY NAME cannot be used Explanation An illegal character was used in the community name Solution Review the community name setting then reissue the command Invalid IP address Explanation The IP address was specified in an incorrect format or an incorrect address was specified Solution Specify the correct IP address in the correct format then reissue the command Note If a previously defined host name is specified with new parameters the prior parameters are overwritten If the host name is specified instead of IP address of the destination for SNMP trap notifications changing the NTP server s IP address at the destination for SNMP trap notifications will not be enabled It is necessary to restart the device after DNS server s IP address has been changed Example S
422. ved by the dump switch is represented by system dump Dump switch under the Type column Extracting maintenance information Using the tftp put maintenance or Scp put maintenance command forward the maintenance information to a remote server O Contact the sales representative 6 4 3 Procedure for Extracting Maintenance Information when a Malfunction Occurs This section describes the procedures for extracting maintenance information when a malfunction occurs O A malfunction occurred When a function configured for the device fails to operate properly the maintenance information can be extracted Using the save maintenance command save the maintenance information O Viewing maintenance information history Using the show maintenance command check that the maintenance information was saved xg show maintenance Maintenance Information 2007 01 22 15 55 20 NO Type Occurred Time 1 system state 2007 01 22 20 58 14 The maintenance information that was saved by the Save maintenance command is represented by system state under the Type column Extracting maintenance information Using the tftp put maintenance or Scp put maintenance command forward the maintenance information to a remote server O Contact the sales representative 275 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Chapter 7 Troubleshooting This chapter descr
423. with a default QoS priority In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 though 3 xg config if qos default priority lt 0 7 gt Set a default priority for frames whose priority was not set VLAN untagged frame when received xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config bridge diffserv tos ipv4 ipv6 Optional Used to enable QoS based on DiffServ Code Point xg config qos map priority lt 0 7 gt output priority lt 0 3 gt Set the level of output queue to map to each frame that has a priority value xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode xg show gos qos map Show the QoS setting status 46 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 Frames are XG2000 series User s Guide 4 9 IGMP Snooping IP multicast is often used to distribute multimedia data including video and voice over a network A layer 2 switch floods multicast frames absorbing unnecessary network bandwidth A layer 3 switch that supports Internet Group Management Protocol IGMP manages multicast groups using IGMP packets The device controls how IP multicast packets are forwarded to required ports by monitoring IGMP packets generated by layer 3 switches thereby preventing unnecessary flooding This function is called IGMP Snooping The device supports IGMP snooping for IGMP v1 v2 v3 Note IGMP v3 does not suppo
424. xample the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 through 3 xg config if flowcontrol Set the flow control mode disable only receive only send send receive xg config if exit Exit to global configuration mode xg config exit Exit to administrator EXEC mode 28 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 4 1 5 Storm Control The device discards broadcast frames when the number of received broadcast frames are over a given threshold to prevent unnecessary waste of bandwidth due to retained broadcast frames on the network This function is called Storm Control For each port it is possible to configure storm control When broadcast frames are discarded by storm control error logs are output and storm control logging is disabled To re enabled logging these violations must be cleared with clear violation To configure storm control carry out the following procedures in the administrator EXEC mode _ Command Task xg configure terminal Switch to global configuration mode xg config interface port 1 2 3 Switch to the interface edit mode to specify the port s to be configured for storm control In this example the global interface configuration mode is selected for ports 1 though 3 xg config interface port range 1 3 xg config if storm control Enable storm control xg config if exit
425. xg config link pass through monitored agg port 1 domino port 4 5 153 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 10 14 ingress bandwidth Function Sets the ingress rate limiting value for the designated ports When reception traffic exceeds the ingress rate limiting value received frames will be discarded Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config or xg config agg Command syntax ingress bandwidth lt 40 10000 gt no ingress bandwidth Parameter o lt 40 10000 gt Specifies the ingress rate limiting value in the range of 40 to 10000 Mbps The value must be an integer divisible by 40 For an aggregation group the specified ingress rate limiting value applies to each port comprising the aggregation group The total ingress rate limiting value for the aggregation group will be the specified ingress rate limiting value multiplied by the number of ports Command type Configuration command Default 10000 Message 2 Note e e Example The set value is not step of 40 Explanation The specified ingress rate limiting value is not an integer divisible by 40 Solution Specify the ingress rate limiting value with an integer divisible by 40 For the specified ingress rate limiting value x the actual ingress rate limiting value used is expressed in the approximation below Actual ingress rate limiting va
426. xplanation A fan was installed O Inserted string 1 Identifies the fan installed Rear Fan 0 Rear fan 0 Rear Fan 1 Rear fan 1 P0113 port 1 Plug In INFO Explanation An XFP was installed O Inserted string 1 The port number of the installed XFP P0114 port 1 Plug Out INFO Explanation An XFP was removed O Inserted string 1 The port number of the XFP removed P0120 Fan Speed was changed into high speed INFO Explanation The fan speed changed from normal to high speed P0121 Fan Speed was changed into normal speed INFO Explanation The fan speed changed from high to normal speed S0122 port 1 PHY Alarm is detected 2 ERROR Explanation An XFP alarm was detected If a high temperature is detected the device will shut down the XFP O Inserted string 1 Number assigned to the port that detected the alarm O Inserted string 2 Displays additional information on the alarm Solution Check the XFP connection and temperature around the XFP If the same message is displayed after taking appropriate action note the message contents and contact the sales representative S0123 port 1 PHY Warning is detected 25 WARNING Explanation An XFP warning was detected O Inserted string 1 Number assigned to the port that detected the warning O Inserted string 2 Displays additional information on the warning Solution The XFP is still good but a failure may occur if the condition persists Check the XFP c
427. xplanation IGMP snooping is enabled Solution After disabling IGMP snooping execute the command again ole Note Use this function only for ports to be configured after STP is disabled or portfast is enabled The member of an uplink domain is not permitted to be a member of an aggregation group When releasing an uplink domain using the no form the members of downlink are also released IGMP snooping and the uplink function cannot be used at the same time Execute no ip snooping protocol igmp command before configuring an uplink domain 139 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Example The following is an example of configuring port 3 and 4 as uplink ports of domain 3 and then displaying the uplink domain information by using show command xg config uplink domain 3 port 3 4 xg show uplink Uplink Domain Information 2006 03 17 14 35 25 3 Uplink Active port 3 4 Uplink Inactive None Downlink None 140 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 9 3 downlink allowed uplink domain Function Configure the downlink ports belonging to the uplink domain Use the no form to release the membership Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax downlink allowed uplink domain lt 1 20 gt all no downlink allowed uplink domain lt 1 20 gt all Parameter O upli
428. xplanation It failed to access to specified SSH server Inserted string 1 Specified IP address or host name Solution Specify the correct IP address or host name Check the setting and status of SSH server and whether there is no problem in network connection to the SSH server Note scp supports only password authentication and this device can register up to 10 public keys of SSH servers O Execute clear ssh rhost key command to delete a registered public key 261 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide Example Download the firmware image file into the system volatile memory using the tftp get command Check the size of the downloaded firmware image file using the Is command Then update the firmware using the update system command xg tftp get tftp host1 firm upd file xg ls Update time File size File name 2007 01 31 13 52 54 5 754 559 firm upd file unused 8 888 320 bytes xg update system local firm upd file Update the firmware directly from the TFTP server xg update system tftp tftp host1 firm upd file Update the firmware directly from the SSH server xg update system scp foo ssh host1 firm upd file host1 s password After the firmware was updated successfully check the firmware version E L and make sure that the system firmware was set to new using the sh
429. y connected to a terminal node If this function is applied to other ports an unrecoverable loop condition will occur thereby affecting the switch and network operations may be affected O The port must be removed from an uplink domain before enabling the STP portfast function Example Enable portfast for switch port 2 xg config interface port 2 xg config if spanning tree portfast 168 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 11 11 spanning tree portfast bpdu guard Function Enable the BPDU guard function for a port within portfast enabled When BPDU guard enabled port receives a BPDU the port is shut down and its communication fails During this time the received BPDU is not processed If the port is shut down re enable the communication either by using the no shutdown command or the spanning tree portfast errdisable timeout command thereby automatically restarting the communication after the err disable timeout Use the no form to return to the default setup Prompt xg config if or xg config agg Command syntax spanning tree portfast bpdu guard no spanning tree portfast bpdu guard Parameter O portfast bpdu guard Enables the BPDU guard Command type Configuration command Default None Note O The function is enabled for the port only if portfast was previously enabled on the port Example Enables the po
430. y the class that the user can access to operator The user can access operator class only admin The user can access both operator and administrator class Command type Operation management commands Default admin username is admin class Message z The length of user name is invalid Explanation The length of the username is invalid Solution Specify the username between 2 and 16 characters First character is invalid Explanation The first character of the username is invalid Solution Specify the first character of the username to be an alphabet Invalid character is included Explanation Invalid character is included in the username Solution Specify characters usable for the username USERNAME already exists Explanation The user could not be added because specified username is already used Solution Change the username or delete the user and execute the command again cannot add user Explanation The user could not be added Solution Review the password and execute the command again USERNAME does not exist Explanation The user could not be deleted because it does not exist Solution Review if the username exists 4 users already exist Explanation The maximum number of users was exceeded Solution After deleting unnecessary users execute the command again The user name is reserved Explanation Reserved username is specified Solution Change the username and execute the c
431. ystem 4 5 sysName DisplayString system 5 6 sysLocation DisplayString system 6 7 sysServices INTEGER system 7 O IF MIB RFC2863 iso 1 org 3 dod 6 internet 1 mgmt 2 mib 2 1 interface 2 Item Object identifier SYNTAX number 1 ifNumber INTEGER32 interface 1 2 ifTable NOT ACCESSIBLE interface 2 3 ifEntry NOT ACCESSIBLE fifTable 1 4 iflndex Interfacelndex ifEntry 1 5 ifDescr DisplayString ifEntry 2 6 ifType IANAifType ifEntry 3 7 ifMtu INTEGER32 ifEntry 4 8 ifSpeed Gauge32 ifEntry 5 9 ifPhysAddress PhysAddress ifEntry 6 10 ifAdminStatus INTEGER ifEntry 7 11 ifOperStatus INTEGER ifEntry 8 12 ifLastChange TimeTicks ifEntry 9 13 iflnOctets Counter32 ifEntry 10 14 ifInUcastPkts Counter32 ifEntry 11 15 ifInNUcastPkts Counter32 ifEntry 12 16 ifinDiscards Counter32 ifEntry 13 17 ifinErrors Counter32 ifEntry 14 18 ifinUnknownProtos Counter32 ifEntry 15 19 ifOutOctets Counter32 ifEntry 16 20 ifOutUcastPkts Counter32 ifEntry 17 21 ifOutNUcastPkts Counter32 ifEntry 18 22 ifOutDiscards Counter32 ifEntry 19 23 ifOutErrors Counter32 ifEntry 20 24 ifOutQLen Gauge32 ifEntry 21 302 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 25 ifSpecific OBJECT IDENTIFIER ifEntry 22 O
432. ystem is restarted the new settings appear as the Timezone setting O Summer Time Displays the current summer time settings If the summer time settings were changed the new settings are displayed in the Next Boot area Once the system is restarted the new settings appear as the Summer time setting RS232C Baud Rate Displays the serial RS 232C baud rate Management LAN Information Displays the current status of the management LAN interface MAC Address Displays the MAC address IP Address Mask Displays the IP address and the subnet mask bit length Default Gateway Displays the IP address of the default gateway DNS Server Displays the IP address of the DNS server Domain Name Displays the domain name O System Load Information CPU Used Ratio Displays the CPU usage ratio Memory Used Size Displays both the currently used size of memory and the current memory usage ratio 248 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 19 3 show optical module sensor Function Displays the sensor values which is installed on the optical module Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show optical module sensor dbm Parameter O dbm Display the strength of the laser in dBm When parameter is omitted the strength will be displayed in mW Command type Operation management command Output form no parameter xg show o
433. ze of a jumbo frame that will be forwarded O Independent vlan learning The IVL Independent Vlan Learning is displayed Disabled The learning mode is SVL Shared Vlan Learning Enabled The learning mode is IVL Independent Vlan Learning O DiffServ ToS The DiffServ state based on ToS is displayed Disabled DiffServ is disabled IPv4 DiffServ of IPv4 is enabled IPv6 DiffServ of IPv6 is enabled Example Display the basic function configuration of the switch xg show bridge 121 315 All Rights Reserved Copyright C PFU LIMITED 2009 XG2000 series User s Guide 5 7 3 show bridge mac address table Function Displays the MAC address information registered in the MAC address table Prompt xg gt or xg Command syntax show bridge mac address table static dynamic igmp snooping port lt 1 20 gt agg port lt 1 10 gt vlan lt 1 4094 gt Parameter O static Displays only static MAC addresses O dynamic Displays only dynamic MAC addresses O igmp snooping Displays MAC addresses registered in IGMP snooping O port lt 1 20 gt Specifies the port number of the switch to display O agg port lt 1 10 gt Specifies the aggregation group number of the switch to display O Vian lt 1 4094 gt Specifies the vlan number of the switch to display When the parameters are omitted all MAC addresses will be displayed Command type

Fujitsu XG2000 User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents